| DOCUMENT |
| PART A – Main Subject – See separate web-page – https://9112037.com/?page_id=15 |
| PART B – Calendar Details – See separate web-page – https://9112037.com/?page_id=89 and https://9112037.com/?page_id=93 |
| PART C – Supportive Data – This document and https://9112037.com/?page_id=99 |
| PART C – Supportive Data |
| Sub-Headings [Copy & Paste title for quick find] |
| 1. Time |
| 2. The Moon & Hebrew Calendar |
| 3. Orion |
| 4. Gematria – Introduction |
| 5. Gematria, Vesica Piscis, Pi and Genesis 1 |
| 6. Antichrist |
| 7. Day and Hour – Matthew 24:36 & Mark 13:32 |
| 8. Prophecy & Fulfilment |
| 9. Advent people to Holy City |
| 10. 144,000 and related, including the Vision about mid November 1845 |
| 11. 1877, Systematic Benevolence, Dudley M. Canright and the Trinity |
| 12. Seven Last Plagues |
| 13. End Time Signs |
| 14. Notes regarding Jerusalem, the Ark of the Covenant and Israel |
| 15. The Ark of the Covenant and The Apocalypse of Baruch |
| 16. Earth – Limited Life – Soon to Die |
| 17. Tribulation |
| 18. Glorified Humanity |
| 19. End Time Events and the New Jerusalem |
| 20. It is Not for You |
| 21. End Time Events |
| PART C – Supportive Data |
| 1. Time |
| Time – Eternity Past, Past, Present, Future, Eternity Future |
| Eternity, Past, Present, and Future are concepts that describe the idea that time is infinite and has no beginning or end. |
| Time is represented as being: Throughout Eternity Past, Past, Present, Future, and Throughout Eternity Future. |
| Man only lives in Present time. Jesus has lived FROM Eternity Past. God has always existed. |
| Eternity Past |
| In Eternity Past, God planned and purposed |
| In John 1:1, “the beginning” refers to Eternity in the Past |
| FROM Eternity Past, Christ was the Son of God, but not yet a man |
| Eternity Future |
| In Eternity Future, everything will have been accomplished |
| In John 1:51, the Lord Jesus told Nathanael about the Future |
| John 1:51 And He [Jesus] saith unto him [Nathanael], Verily, verily, I say unto you, Hereafter ye shall see heaven open, and THE ANGELS OF GOD ASCENDING AND DESCENDING upon the Son of man. |
| In Eternity Future, Christ will be both the Son of God and man – He will retain His crucifixion scars. |
| Eternity and existence |
| A being can exist eternally if it is Omni-temporal, meaning it exists at every point in time |
| A being can also exist eternally if it is timeless, meaning it exists outside of time |
| Eternity and God |
| Isaiah 57:15 For thus saith [God] the HIGH AND LOFTY ONE that INHABITETH ETERNITY, whose Name [is] Holy; I dwell in the HIGH AND HOLY [PLACE], with Him [Jesus] also [that is] of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones. |
| Some Biblical passages suggest that God transcends time |
| What is the difference between Eternity Past and Eternity Future? |
| In Eternity Past there was no humanity, and there was no dwelling place for God. |
| In Eternity Future there will be humanity, and God will have a dwelling place. John 1 reveals the two sections of eternity. |
| Jesus has existed FROM Eternity Past |
| John 1:1,3,14 In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with [the] God, and the Word was God. [the] occurs in the the Greek Textus Receptus (otherwise known as the Received Text) of the New Testament.… [3] All things were made by HIM [Christ [Ms25-1898]]; and without Him was not any thing made that was made.… [14] And THE WORD WAS MADE FLESH, AND DWELT AMONG US, (and we beheld His Glory, the Glory as of THE ONLY BEGOTTEN OF THE FATHER,) full of grace and truth. [The word begotten means derived from something which is already in existence.] |
| Our Saviour came to earth and “became flesh and made His dwelling among us” over two thousand years ago. This is called His incarnation. But this divine Person had already existed from Eternity Past. He was known as “the Word,” the second person of the Holy Godhead. As the apostle John wrote, “the Word [Jesus] was with God, and the Word [Jesus] was [the] God.” He was with God the Father FROM Eternity Past. “In the beginning” He already “was.” We know His earthly, God-given name as “Jesus” (Matthew 1:21). |
| Not only was the Word (Jesus) “with” God, but the Scripture also declares that He “was God,” thus declaring Jesus’ full deity, which is reinforced by dozens of other Bible verses. And in His unlimited, Omnipotent divinity, Jesus the Word created all things (verse 3). The apostle Paul confirmed that God the Father “created all things by Jesus Christ” (Ephesians 3:9). |
| Ephesians 3:9 And to make all [men] see what [is] the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in GOD, who CREATED all things by JESUS CHRIST: |
| Micah 5:2 But thou, Bethlehem Ephratah, [though] thou be little among the thousands of Judah, [yet] out of thee shall HE [Jesus] come forth unto ME [God] [that is] to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth [have been] FROM OF OLD, FROM EVERLASTING. [Matthew 2:5-6, John 7:42] [Note: FROM OF OLD, FROM EVERLASTING – but it DOES NOT SAY THROUGH ALL ETERNITY. The Spirit of Prophecy speaks of a future period of time THROUGH ALL ETERNITY.] |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2793 |
| 2. The Moon & Hebrew Calendar |
| The Hebrew Calendar |
| The Hebrew calendar is primarily based on the moon, meaning it uses lunar months to determine the dates, although it does incorporate adjustments to align with the solar year, making it a lunisolar calendar overall. |
| Each month in the Hebrew calendar is based on the lunar cycle, typically alternating between 29 and 30 days. |
| To compensate for the difference between lunar and solar years, an extra month is added periodically in a 19-year cycle to keep the seasons aligned. |
| “Lunisolar” indicates that the calendar uses both lunar months and solar year adjustments. |
| The Hebrew calendar (which is sometimes called the Jewish calendar) is the way people who practice Judaism (and all people who live in Israel) measure the days, months, and years. The calendar is lunisolar, following not just the lunar (moon) cycles but also adjusting for the seasons as dictated by the sun. |
| The Moon Cycle |
| In our entire solar system, the only object that shines with its own light is the Sun. That light always beams onto Earth and Moon from the direction of the Sun, illuminating half of our planet in its orbit and reflecting off the surface of the Moon to create moonlight. Sometimes the entire face of the Moon glows brightly. Other times we see only a thin crescent of light. Sometimes the Moon seems to disappear. These shifts are called moon phases. |
| The eight lunar phases are, in order: new moon, waxing crescent, first quarter, waxing gibbous, full moon, waning gibbous, third quarter, and waning crescent. The cycle repeats once every 29.530575 days. |
| Like Earth, the Moon has a day side and a night side, which change as the Moon rotates. The Sun always illuminates half of the Moon while the other half remains dark, but how much we are able to see of that illuminated half changes as the Moon travels through its orbit. |
| Consider the individual phases, and how the movements of the Moon and Sun appear to us as we watch from the Northern Hemisphere on Earth: |
| [Click here to see the 8 moon phases] |
| https://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Moon_Phase_Diagram_for_Simple_English_Wikipedia.GIF |
| New Moon |
| This is the invisible phase of the Moon, with the illuminated side of the Moon facing the Sun and the night side facing Earth. In this phase, the Moon is in the same part of the sky as the Sun and rises and sets with the Sun. Not only is the illuminated side facing away from the Earth, it’s also up during the day! Remember, in this phase, the Moon doesn’t usually pass directly between Earth and the Sun, due to the inclination of the Moon’s orbit. It only passes near the Sun from our perspective on Earth. |
| Waxing Crescent |
| This silver sliver of a Moon occurs when the illuminated half of the Moon faces mostly away from Earth, with only a tiny portion visible to us from our planet. It grows daily as the Moon’s orbit carries the Moon’s dayside farther into view. Every day, the Moon rises a little bit later. |
| First Quarter |
| The Moon is now a quarter of the way through its monthly journey and you see half of its illuminated side. People may casually call this a half moon, but remember, that’s not really what you’re witnessing in the sky. You’re seeing just a slice of the entire Moon ? half of the illuminated half. A first quarter moon rises around noon and sets around midnight. It’s high in the sky in the evening and makes for excellent viewing. |
| Waxing Gibbous |
| Now most of the Moon’s dayside has come into view, and the Moon appears brighter in the sky. |
| Full Moon |
| This is as close as we come to seeing the Sun’s illumination of the entire day side of the Moon (so, technically, this would be the real half moon). The Moon is opposite the Sun, as viewed from Earth, revealing the Moon’s dayside. A full moon rises around sunset and sets around sunrise. The Moon will appear full for a couple of days before it moves into… |
| Waning Gibbous |
| As the Moon begins its journey back toward the Sun, the opposite side of the Moon now reflects the Moon’s light. The lighted side appears to shrink, but the Moon’s orbit is simply carrying it out of view from our perspective. The Moon rises later and later each night. |
| Last Quarter |
| The Moon looks like it’s half illuminated from the perspective of Earth, but really you’re seeing half of the half of the Moon that’s illuminated by the Sun ? or a quarter. A last quarter moon, also known as a third quarter moon, rises around midnight and sets around noon. |
| Waning Crescent |
| The Moon is nearly back to the point in its orbit where its dayside directly faces the Sun, and all that we see from our perspective is a thin curve. |
| Lunar Month |
| A lunar month is generally measured from the precise moment of one primary Moon phase to the moment of the same Moon phase the next lunar month. Normally, this is from one New Moon until the succeeding New Moon. |
| A lunar month, or a lunar cycle, is also known as a lunation. The astronomical term is a synodic month, from the Greek term synodos, meaning meeting or conjunction. |
| An average lunar month lasts 29.530575 days or 29 days, 12 hours, 44 minutes, and 2 seconds, a few days short of a calendar month. |
| Synodic vs. Sidereal Month |
| The time it takes the Moon to complete one orbit around the Earth is called a sidereal month. Sidereal refers to the Latin word for stars, and sidereal month means that the Moon returns to the same point under the stars. A sidereal month is precisely 27.321661 days long, which translates to 27 days, 7 hours, 43 minutes, and 11.6 seconds. |
| If the Earth stood still, the synodic (lunar) month would be the same as the sidereal month. However, at the same time as the Moon is orbiting Earth, our planet continues its annual orbit around the Sun in the same direction. So, after completing a sidereal month, the Moon has to move a little further to catch up to the same alignment with the Sun and Earth as at the previous New Moon. This is why a synodic (lunar) month is around 2.21 days longer than a sidereal month. |
| Rosh Chodesh, The New Moon |
| Rosh Chodesh is a monthly holiday that marks the start of a new month in the Hebrew calendar. The name translates to “head of the month”. |
| The Jewish month begins with the first sighting of the new moon, the Rosh Chodesh. There are special prayers associated with the beginning of the month, and Rosh Chodesh ceremonies have often-times played an important role particularly among the female members of the Jewish community. |
| Although the Jewish new year (Rosh Hashanah) is celebrated at the beginning of Tishrei, this month is actually the seventh month according to ancient reckoning. The first month is actually Nisan, during which Passover (Pesach) falls. In this manner, the Jewish year begins with God’s great redemptive act at the time of the Exodus from Egypt. Nisan 1 starts the Ecclesiastical/Biblical New Year while Tishrei 1 starts the Civil New Year. |
| Months |
| The Hebrew calendar is a lunisolar calendar, meaning that months are based on lunar months, but years are based on solar years. The calendar year features twelve lunar months of 29 or 30 days, with an additional lunar month (“leap month”) added periodically to synchronize the twelve lunar cycles with the longer solar year. These extra months are added in seven years (3, 6, 8, 11, 14, 17, and 19) out of a 19-year cycle, known as the Metonic Cycle. |
| The beginning of each Jewish lunar month is based on the appearance of the new moon. Although originally the new lunar crescent had to be observed and certified by witnesses (as is still done in Karaite Judaism and Islam), nowadays Jewish months have generally fixed lengths which approximate the period between new moons. For these reasons, a given month does not always begin on the same day as its astronomical conjunction. |
| The Hebrew Calendar Months |
| The months of the Hebrew calendar are Nisan, Iyar, Sivan, Tammuz, Av, Elul, Tishrei, Heshvan, Kislev, Tevet, Shevat, and Adar. |
| Nisan 12 March to 11 April Passover |
| Abib or Nisan (Exodus 12:2-37 ; Exodus 13:4 ; Nehemiah 2:1 ; Esther 3:7); |
| Iyar 11 April to 11 May Pessah Sheni, Lag Ba’omer |
| Iyar or Zif (1 Kings 6:1); |
| Sivan 10 May to 9 June Shavu’ot |
| Sivan (Esther 8:9); |
| Tamuz 9 June to 9 July Tamuz 17 (Fast day) |
| Tammuz (Ezekiel 8:14); |
| Av 8 July to 7 August Av 9 (Fast day) |
| Ab; |
| Elul 7 August to 6 September High Holy Days |
| Elul (Nehemiah 6:15); |
| Tishrei 5 September to 5 October Rosh Hashana, Yom Kippur, Sukkot |
| Ethanim or Tishri (1 Kings 8:2); |
| Heshvan 5 October to 4 November |
| Cheshvan or Marchesvan or Bul (1 Kings 6:38); |
| Kislev 4 November to 3 December Hanukah |
| Chisleu (Zechariah 7:1); |
| Tevet 3 December to 1 January Tevet 10 Fast |
| Tebeth (Esther 2:16); |
| Shvat/Shevat 1 January to 30 January Tu Bishvat |
| Sebat (Zechariah 1:7); |
| Adar/Adar I (only in leap years) 31 January to 12 February Purim, Esther Fast |
| (Adar II in leap years) 11 February to 13 March Purim Katan, Ta’anit Esther |
| Adar (Esther 3:7). |
| The Jewish year is consistent of twelve months. The Hebrew calendar is a lunar calendar meaning that the months are calculated based on the appearance and movement of the moon. The Hebrew word for month is (Khodesh) contains a root meaning new. The reason is that as the route of the moon is renewed, every month is renewed accordingly. Another word in Hebrew for month is actually Yerach, the word has a direct link to the Hebrew word for moon?, although the pronunciation is not the same. That emphasizes the direct link in the Hebrew calendar between the months and the moon. |
| In ancient times the calendar was determined based on the decision of a central court. The beginning of every month was published by using fire to let people all over Judea know that a new month is about to begin. In some cases, emissaries would spread the world by physically going to towns, villages and even tent camps to spread the calendar. |
| Why Tishrei is the first month? |
| In the Bible, Nisan is described as the first month: “in the first month, the month of Nisan” (Esther; 3:7). And this is not the only place that Nisan is referred to as the first month. So it seems only natural that the year will begin with the month of Nisan, aka the Month of Spring. Yet, Tishrei is the first month. The reason is that the time of Autumn was very important for the ancient agricultural society. This month is mentioned in various occasions in the Bible mentioning special days and times for religious rites, as well as for agricultural events. Actually, in the Bible there are several times that are named the start of year and it appears that quite early on, the Autumn month of Tishrei marked the beginning of the agricultural year. |
| Events in Tishrei, the Seventh Month |
| the Feast of Trumpets (Numbers 29:1-6), |
| the Day of Atonement (Leviticus 23:26-32), |
| the Feast of Tabernacles (Leviticus 23:34-44), |
| and every fiftieth year the Jubilee began in this month (Leviticus 25:1-17). |
| What’s the meaning of the months’ names? |
| In ancient times, as the Bible tells us, the months were mostly referred to according to their order: the first, the seventh etc.. Jewish communities began using the names we know today while being in Babylon, during the Babylonian Exile in the 6th Century BC. In the Books of Esther and Nehemiah which depict events that take place after the Babylonian Exile, the names of the mentioned months are the ones the we know today: Tishrei, Tamuz, Nisan etc.. |
| The Babylonian months that became part of the Jewish calendar were named after Babylonian gods or based on natural events. For example, the month of Tamuz is named after the Babylonian god Tamuz, The month of Tevet meant in Babylonian ‘(the month) when rain comes’. Tishrei meant the ‘month of beginning’. [As in the ancient Jewish calendar, the Babylonian year had more than one beginning, and Tishrei actually referred to the second beginning, marking the start of the Autumn season.] |
| 7 Feasts That Point to Christ |
| The seven feasts of the Lord are a set of feasts in the Bible that are said to point to Jesus Christ. These feasts are described in Leviticus 23. |
| Passover: Leviticus 23:4-8 |
| Passover: The first feast of the year, which symbolizes redemption from death |
| Unleavened Bread: Leviticus 23:6 |
| Unleavened Bread: A feast that lasts for seven days |
| First Fruits: Leviticus 23:10 |
| First Fruits: Celebrated the day after Passover, this feast celebrates the gift of produce from the land |
| Feast of Weeks or Pentecost: Leviticus 23:16 |
| Pentecost: Also known as the Feast of Weeks, this feast announces the sabbatical month |
| Feast of Trumpets: Leviticus 23:24 |
| Trumpets: Also known as Yom Teruah, this feast announces the sabbatical month |
| Day of Atonement: Leviticus 16, 23:26-32 |
| Day of Atonement: Also known as Yom Kippur, this feast is a day of confession |
| Feast of Tabernacles or Booths: Leviticus 23:34 |
| Tabernacles: Also known as Sukkot, this feast lasts for eight days |
| In addition, there is the Seventh day: |
| Sabbath: The seventh day of the week, when no work is permitted |
| The Jewish Holidays |
| Jewish holidays include celebrations of the harvest, the Creation of the world, and the Exodus from Egypt. Some Jewish holidays also commemorate the survival of the Jewish people. |
| Sukkot: A seven-day festival that celebrates the harvest and the Israelites’ 40 years in the desert. People decorate huts called sukkahs and wave a bouquet of four species to thank God for the harvest. |
| Shavuot: A festival that celebrates the end of the barley harvest and the beginning of the wheat harvest. It also commemorates the giving of the Torah at Mount Sinai. |
| Rosh Hashanah: The Jewish New Year. Some incorrectly believe that this marks the Creation of the world and Adam and Eve. |
| Yom Kippur: The Day of Atonement, which is considered the holiest day of the Jewish year. Jews ask for forgiveness from God and other people. |
| Festivals of Survival |
| Purim: A festival that commemorates the Survival of the Jewish people after they were marked for death by Persian rulers in the 5th century BC. |
| Tisha b’Av: A festival that commemorates the destruction of the First and Second Jerusalem Temples. |
| Passover |
| 1. Passover — Leviticus 23:4-8 |
| This feast remembers the last plague in Egypt, when the angel of death “passed over” the children of Israel who applied the blood of the Lamb to their doors. The Israelites took a bundle of hyssop and dipped it into the blood in the basin at the threshold. |
| Exodus 12:7 And they shall take of the BLOOD, and strike [it] on the TWO SIDE POSTS and on the UPPER DOOR POST of the houses, wherein they shall eat it. [Jews equate this to forming the shape of a cross] |
| Exodus 12:13 And the BLOOD shall be to you for a TOKEN upon the houses where ye [are]: and when I SEE the BLOOD, I will PASS OVER YOU, and the plague shall not be upon you to destroy [you], when I smite the land of Egypt. [1 John 1:7 – The blood of Jesus Christ his Son cleanseth us from all sin.] |
| Exodus 12:14 And this day shall be unto you for a MEMORIAL; and ye shall keep it a FEAST to the LORD throughout your generations; ye shall keep it a feast by an ordinance for ever. |
| Exodus 12:15 SEVEN DAYS shall ye eat UNLEAVENED BREAD; even the first day ye shall put away leaven out of your houses: for whosoever eateth leavened bread from the first day until the seventh day, that soul shall be cut off from Israel. |
| Exodus 12:16 And in the FIRST DAY [there shall be] an HOLY CONVOCATION, and in the SEVENTH DAY there shall be an HOLY CONVOCATION to you; no manner of work shall be done in them, save [that] which every man must eat, that only may be done of you. |
| Exodus 12:17 And ye shall observe [the FEAST of] UNLEAVENED BREAD; for in this SELFSAME DAY have I brought your armies OUT OF THE LAND OF EGYPT: therefore shall ye observe this day in your generations by an ordinance for ever. |
| This holiday commemorates the Exodus from Egypt. Passover is celebrated for seven or eight days (depending on your branch of Judaism) starting on the night of a full moon in April. Passover usually overlaps with Easter, though occasionally Passover occurs a month after Easter. |
| Almost all American Jews observe Passover to some extent, even if only to go to their parents’ house for a ritual dinner (called a Seder, pronounced SAY-der) on the first and/or second night of the holiday. Most (though not all) American Jews avoid bread and grain products to one extent or another throughout this holiday, in memory of the fact that our ancestors left Egypt in a hurry and didn’t have time to wait for their bread to rise. You should avoid scheduling events involving food during this holiday, and should avoid scheduling travel for Jews because it may be hard for them to find suitable food away from home. |
| Strictly observant Jews do not work, go to school or carry out any business on the first two and last two days of Passover (first one day and last one day for some branches). This is a requirement of Jewish law; however, only about 10% of the American Jewish population observes this rule strictly. Most American Jews will work through Passover, although many may want to take time off the day before Passover, to prepare for the big family dinner. To put this in perspective: imagine if you had to work during the day of Thanksgiving, then prepare for Thanksgiving dinner after getting home from work. |
| Remember that Passover, like all Jewish holidays, begins the evening before the date that it appears on your calendar. If your calendar says that Passover starts on April 24, then Passover really begins with the family dinner on the night of April 23. |
| 2. Unleavened Bread — Leviticus 23:6 |
| Leviticus 23:4 ¶ These [are] the FEASTS of the LORD, [even] holy convocations, which ye shall proclaim in their seasons. |
| Leviticus 23:5 In the fourteenth [day] of the first month at even [is] the LORD’S PASSOVER. [Passover Sacrifice (Pesach)] |
| Leviticus 23:6 And on the fifteenth day of the same month [is] the FEAST of UNLEAVENED BREAD unto the LORD: SEVEN DAYS ye must eat unleavened bread. [Feast of Unleavened Bread (Passover) (Pesach)] |
| Leviticus 23:7 In the first day ye shall have an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein. |
| Leviticus 23:8 But ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto the LORD SEVEN DAYS: in the seventh day [is] an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work [therein]. |
| This seven-day feast begins on the day following the start of Passover. In the haste of the Israelites to leave Egypt, there was no time to add leaven (yeast) to their bread. |
| During this time, remembering the hardships in Egypt and how God freed them from captivity, the Jews eat nothing leavened. |
| Leaven often represents sin and decay in the Bible. Once incorporated, yeast becomes an inseparable part of the bread; the same is true for sin’s effect on our lives. |
| The Jews were constantly sacrificing unblemished animals to temporarily atone for sin. Only the Messiah, the perfect sinless sacrifice, could offer a permanent solution. |
| The unleavened bread represents Jesus’ sinless life; He is the only perfect sacrifice for our sins. |
| In John 6:35, Jesus boldly states that He is the Bread of Life. Not only does He remove our sins, He nourishes our souls! |
| John 6:35 And Jesus said unto them, I am the BREAD of LIFE: he that cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on Me shall never thirst. |
| 3. First Fruits — Leviticus 23:10 |
| The Feast of First Fruits is one of three Jewish harvest feasts to thank and honour God for all He provided. Although they didn’t know it at the time, the children of Israel were celebrating what would become a very important day. |
| The priests sacrificed Passover lambs on the 14th day of the month of Nisan, and the first day of Passover was the 15th. The Feast of First Fruits was celebrated on the third day, the 16th of Nisan. This “third day” celebration was the same day that Jesus resurrected from the dead. |
| In 1 Corinthians 15:20 Paul refers to Jesus as the first fruits of the dead. He represents the first of the great harvest of souls that will resurrect to eternal life because of the new covenant in His blood (Luke 22:20). |
| 1 Corinthians 15:20 But now is Christ risen from the dead, [and] become the FIRST FRUITS of them that slept. |
| Luke 22:20 Likewise also the cup after supper, saying, This cup [is] the NEW TESTAMENT in My blood, which is shed for you. |
| 4. Feast of Weeks or Pentecost — Leviticus 23:16 |
| Leviticus 23:15 ¶ And ye shall count unto you from the MORROW after the SABBATH [this would be a Sunday], from the day that ye brought the sheaf of the wave offering; SEVEN SABBATHS shall be complete: |
| Leviticus 23:16 Even unto the morrow after the SEVENTH SABBATH shall ye number FIFTY DAYS [By inclusive reckoning, this would also be a Sunday]; and ye shall offer a new meat offering unto the LORD. [Equates to Pentecost] |
| This feast is the second of the three harvest feasts. It occurs exactly seven weeks after the Feast of First Fruits, so it’s also called Pentecost which means “50 days.” |
| Traditionally, people were expected to bring the first harvest of grain to the Lord including two leavened loaves of bread. |
| Leavened bread |
| God’s plan to save souls included more than the Jews. Through Jesus, this plan was revealed. In Matthew 9:37 Jesus tells His disciples that “the harvest is great, but the workers are few.” |
| Then He put the plan into place: In Acts 1:4 He tells them to wait in Jerusalem for the Holy Spirit. |
| That arrival was the day the Church was born — Pentecost — and the harvest began with 3,000 souls. The message spread to both Jews and Gentiles (the two leavened loaves of bread), extending the harvest to us! |
| Rosh Hashanah |
| 5. Feast of Trumpets — Leviticus 23:24 |
| Leviticus 23:24 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, In the SEVENTH MONTH, in the FIRST [DAY] of the month [Tishrei 1 – FEAST of Trumpets – The Mo’edim: Yom Teruah – Rosh Hashanah (Civil New Year) – The first of the High Holy Days], shall ye have a SABBATH, a memorial of BLOWING OF TRUMPETS, an holy convocation. |
| In a beautiful declaration God commands His people to rest. During this time all regular work is prohibited, and men and women present a food offering to God. |
| In Leviticus 23:24 God commands His people to gather and to commemorate the decree with trumpet blasts. |
| On the same front, the sound of a trumpet is also associated with the time Jesus will return for His bride (1 Corinthians 15:52). Once He returns, there will be a wedding feast of celebration. Revelation 19:9 says, “Blessed [are] they which are called unto the MARRIAGE SUPPER of the LAMB”. |
| 1 Corinthians 15:52 In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the LAST TRUMP: for the TRUMPET SHALL SOUND, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed. |
| Revelation 19:9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed [are] they which are called unto the MARRIAGE SUPPER of the LAMB. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God. |
| Rosh Hashanah is Jewish New Year, the day when the year number on the Jewish calendar increases. It occurs between Labour Day and Columbus Day. It lasts for one or two days, depending on your branch of Judaism. |
| Rosh Hashanah is a happy, festive holiday, but somewhat more solemn than American New Year. Like American New Year, it is a time to look back at the past year and make resolutions for the following year. It is also a wake-up call, a time to begin mental preparations for the upcoming day of atonement, Yom Kippur. |
| Many Jews who do not go to synagogue any other time of year will go to synagogue on Rosh Hashanah. You’ve heard of “twice-a-year Christians” who go to church only on Christmas and Easter? “Twice-a-year Jews” go to synagogue only on Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur. |
| Most American Jews expect gentiles to be aware of Rosh Hashanah. It is, after all, listed on most calendars you buy, but remember: the holiday starts at sunset the night before the day shown on your calendar! Many will be offended if you schedule important events, meetings or tests on Rosh Hashanah. Even those who do not go to synagogue and do not observe the holiday may be offended. Imagine how you would feel if someone scheduled such activities on Christmas or Easter, even if you didn’t have anything special planned for the day, and you will understand how Jews feel about this holiday. |
| Yom Kippur |
| 6. Day of Atonement — Leviticus 16, 23:26-32 |
| Leviticus 23:26 ¶ And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, |
| Leviticus 23:27 Also on the TENTH [DAY] of this SEVENTH MONTH [there shall be] a DAY of ATONEMENT: it shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall afflict your souls, and offer an offering made by FIRE unto the LORD. |
| Leviticus 23:28 And ye shall do no work in that same day: for it [is] a DAY of ATONEMENT, to make an ATONEMENT for you before the LORD your God. |
| Leviticus 23:29 For whatsoever soul [it be] that shall not be afflicted in that same day, he shall be cut off from among his people. |
| Leviticus 23:30 And whatsoever soul [it be] that doeth any work in that same day, the same soul will I destroy from among his people. |
| Leviticus 23:31 Ye shall do no manner of work: [it shall be] a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. |
| Leviticus 23:32 It [shall be] unto you a Sabbath of rest, and ye shall afflict your souls: in the NINTH [DAY] of the month AT EVEN, FROM EVEN UNTO EVEN [Tishrei 10 – Day of Atonement (Yom Kippur)], shall ye celebrate your Sabbath. |
| To make “atonement” is to make restitution for wrongs committed. As a day of humility and repentance to God, it was a time for the Jews to get their hearts, consciences and lives right before Him. |
| The observance involved the sacrifice of animals as the High Priest entered the Holy of Holies. What the High Priest did there couldn’t offer more than an annual payment for their sins. |
| However, hiding in plain sight was the promise of One who could atone for their sins permanently (Hebrews 9:12). |
| Where is Jesus in these sacrificed animals? The bull and one of the goats were an offering of thanks, but the “scapegoat” took on their sins (Leviticus 16:10). The scapegoat was to be burdened with all the sins of Israel and sent into the wilderness. |
| Leviticus 16:8 And Aaron shall CAST LOTS upon the TWO GOATS; one lot for the LORD, and the other lot for the scapegoat. |
| Leviticus 16:9 And Aaron shall bring the goat upon which the LORD’S lot fell, and offer him [for] a sin offering. |
| Leviticus 16:10 But the goat, on which the lot fell to be the scapegoat, shall be presented alive before the LORD, to make an ATONEMENT with him, [and] to let him go for a scapegoat into the wilderness. [Both goats represented the work that Christ would do; the goat designated “for the Lord” and the goat designated “Scapegoat” are to be found in Christ. Christ performed both tasks: the offering for sin, and the carrying away of sin.] |
| The Jewish leaders condemned Jesus, and He — burdened with the sins of all mankind — was led out of the city to be crucified: “He himself is the sacrifice that atones for our sins — and not only our sins but the sins of the world” (1 John 2:2, NLT). |
| 1 John 2:2 And He is the propitiation for our sins: and not for ours only, but also for [the sins of] the whole world. |
| The necessity of the Day of Atonement was rendered void by Jesus’ death on the cross — our debt has been paid! Yet for this life-changing truth to truly resonate, people must understand it in a language that touches their heart. |
| Yom Kippur is the Jewish day of Atonement, a day of fasting and repentance to reconcile ourselves with the Creator for the mistakes we have made in the last year. It occurs on the ninth day after the first day of Rosh Hashanah (Rosh Hashanah occurs on the first day of the Jewish month; Yom Kippur occurs on the 10th), so it is usually in late September or early October, sometimes falling on Columbus Day. For obvious reasons, nobody adds an extra day to this 25-hour fast! |
| Remember that this holiday starts the evening before the day it appears on your secular calendar. Some secular calendars will mark the preceding day as Kol Nidre, which is the name of the first service of the holiday, in the evening. |
| Most (but not all) Jews take off from work or school on this day, even ones who are not religious at other times. This is the busiest day of the year for synagogues, even though many synagogues charge for tickets to this day’s services (to defray the cost of serving so many extra people). Many will also want to leave work early the night before, so they have time for a large, slow meal before this 25-hour fast. Like Rosh Hashanah, most American Jews expect gentiles to be aware of this day, and almost all will be offended if you schedule important activities on it. |
| How do you pronounce the name of this holiday? “Yom” rhymes with “home” and “Kippur” sounds like “key poor” with emphasis on the “poor.” A lot of Americans (even American Jews) pronounce “Kippur” like the smoked fish dish, kipper, but this really isn’t correct. Please don’t pronounce it that way; there is something fundamentally wrong with naming a fast day after a food item! |
| Chanukah |
| Chanukah is the festival of lights, commemorating the rededication of the Temple in Jerusalem after a successful revolt against the Seleucid Greeks. As part of the rededication, the victorious Jews needed to light the Temple’s menorah (candelabrum), but they had only enough oil to last one day and it would take eight days to prepare more oil. Miraculously, the one-day supply of oil lasted for eight days. The miracle of the oil is commemorated with this eight-day candle-lighting holiday. |
| Chanukah begins between Thanksgiving and Christmas. About half of the time, it overlaps with Christmas, but there are many years when Chanukah ends long before Christmas. In 2002, for example, Chanukah began on Thanksgiving and ended in the first week of December, but that is unusual. |
| Almost all Jews light candles with their families for at least some nights of the holiday, so people like to be at home during this holiday. Although almost nobody takes off from work or school for this holiday, many may not want to work nights or travel during the holiday so they can light candles with the family, and accommodations should be made for this. |
| The most important thing to remember about Chanukah is that it is not Jewish Christmas, no matter what the card shops and toy stores want you to believe. Chanukah is a very minor holiday. It’s not about joy to the world and peace on Earth and presents galore for everyone you’ve ever met; it’s about lighting candles and playing games for chocolate coins and eating fried food (in memory of the miracle of the oil). Many Jewish parents give their children gifts during Chanukah because they don’t want their children to feel left out of Christmas, but Chanukah gift-giving rarely extends much beyond one’s own children. |
| Most American Jews feel a sort of ambivalence about Chanukah. On the one hand, most of them know that Chanukah is not a big thing. On the other hand, Christmas is everywhere, unavoidable and overwhelming, and Jews want something of their own to counterbalance it. This is the primary motivation behind elaborate Chanukah decorations and enormous Chanukah menorahs in public areas: Chanukah is not very important, but asserting our Jewish identity and distinctiveness and existence in the face of overwhelming pressure to conform to a non-Jewish norm is important. Pressuring Jews to conform to that norm or to participate in Christmas events if they don’t want to is inconsiderate at best. |
| Other Jewish Holidays |
| There are many other Jewish holidays, but most American Jews do not celebrate these holidays as strictly or as regularly as the holidays above, and most do not expect gentiles to be aware of them. In fact, there are a surprising number of Jews who don’t know about many of these holidays. |
| 7. Feast of Tabernacles or Booths [Sukkot] — Leviticus 23:34 |
| Leviticus 23:33 ¶ And the LORD spake unto Moses, saying, |
| Leviticus 23:34 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, The FIFTEENTH DAY of this SEVENTH MONTH [shall be] the FEAST of TABERNACLES [for] SEVEN DAYS unto the LORD. [Tishrei 15-21 – Feast of Tabernacles (Sukkot)] |
| Leviticus 23:35 On the first day [shall be] an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work [therein]. |
| Leviticus 23:36 SEVEN DAYS ye shall offer an offering made by FIRE unto the LORD: on the eighth day shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall offer an offering made by FIRE unto the LORD: it [is] a solemn assembly; [and] ye shall do no servile work [therein]. |
| Celebration always follows the Day of Atonement. The Feast of Tabernacles celebrates God’s provision and protection for the people of Israel during their 40 years of wandering in the wilderness. For seven days, people live in temporary structures, just as the Israelites did in the wilderness. |
| The Lord Himself was with the Israelites in the desert, in a tented temple called the Tabernacle, so the feast also celebrates His presence as He tabernacles (dwells) with us. |
| Jesus is called Emmanuel, meaning “God is with us” (Matthew 1:23) |
| Isaiah 7:14 Therefore the Lord Himself shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, and shall call His name IMMANUEL. [Matthew 1:23] |
| Matthew 1:23 Behold, a virgin shall be with child, and shall bring forth a son, and they shall call his name EMMANUEL, which being interpreted is, GOD WITH US. [Isaiah 7:14] |
| Revelation 21:4 And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be NO MORE DEATH, neither SORROW, nor CRYING, neither shall there be any more PAIN: for the former things are passed away. |
| This feast also points to the promise of Jesus’ return, when God will be with His people. On that day, there will be no more death or suffering, and He will wipe every tear from our eyes (Revelation 21:4). What a day of joy and celebration that will be! |
| Sukkot: This festival of booths commemorates the Biblical period of wandering in the desert, and is commemorated by building a temporary shelter (called a sukkah, usually rhymes with “book a”) in the garden/yard and eating meals in it. Some spend considerable time in the sukkah, even sleeping there. Sukkot begins on the fifth day after Yom Kippur, in late September or October, and lasts for 7 days. From the perspective of the Bible and Jewish law, this holiday is every bit as important as Passover, Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur, but most American Jews don’t see it that way. About 10% of Jews do not work on the first two days of this holiday (one day for some branches), in accordance with Jewish law, and will not want to travel during this holiday, because they want to be able to have meals in the sukkah. |
| Shemini Atzeret/Simchat Torah: These two holidays fall immediately after Sukkot. Shemini Atzeret is sort of an extra day tacked onto the end of Sukkot; Simchat Torah celebrates the completion of the annual cycle of Bible readings in Sabbath services. About 10% of Jews will take both of these days off from work. Some branches celebrate these two holidays on the same day, which is the first day after Sukkot. |
| Tu B’Shevat: Jewish Arbor Day, used for planting trees or calculating the age of trees for certain religious purposes. Occurs in late January or early February. There are no restrictions on this holiday that would require accommodation. |
| Purim: Jewish Mardi Gras, more or less. This is a partying holiday celebrating the rescue of the Jews from a Hitler-like figure bent on genocide. Occurs in March, a month before Passover, and lasts for one day. Although work is technically not forbidden on this holiday, a small number of Jews prefer not to work on it because of rabbinical dictum that no good will come from work done on this day. |
| Yom Ha-Shoah: Holocaust Memorial Day. A day to remember the victims of the Holocaust. Occurs in late April or early May. No accommodations are usually needed. |
| Yom Ha-Atzma’ut, Yom Ha-Zikkaron, Yom Yerushalayim: Israeli Independence Day, Israeli Memorial Day and Jerusalem Day. Yom Ha-Atzma’ut, in late April or May, commemorates the day that the British Palestinian mandate expired, and David Ben-Gurion declared the creation of the State of Israel within the lands that the UN had set aside for a Jewish state in Palestine. Yom Ha-Zikkaron in May is a memorial day for Israeli soldiers who died defending the state of Israel in its many wars. Yom Yerushalayim in late May or early June commemorates the reunification of Jerusalem in Israeli hands during the 1967 War. No accommodations are usually needed. Cities with large Jewish populations often have parades on a Sunday for Israeli Independence Day, just as cities with large Italian populations have Columbus Day parades. The other two Israel-related holidays get little acknowledgement in America. If gentiles choose to acknowledge these holidays, they should be sensitive to the feelings of Arabs, who may not think that the creation of the state of Israel or the reunification of Jerusalem in the hands of Jews is a cause for celebration, or that the death of Israeli soldiers is a cause for mourning. |
| Shavu’ot: Commemorates the Giving of the Torah at Mt. Sinai. Occurs between Memorial Day and Independence Day, and lasts for one or two days, depending on your branch. Like Sukkot, this holiday is every bit as important as Passover, Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur, but most American Jews don’t see it that way. About 10% of Jews do not work on this holiday, in accordance with Jewish law. |
| Tisha B’Av: A fast commemorating the destruction of the Temple in Jerusalem and other tragedies. Occurs in late July or August. About 10% of Jews observe this fast. Although work is not forbidden on this day, some prefer not to work on this day because it is difficult to fast while working with others who are not fasting. |
| Minor Fasts: There are five other fast days scheduled at various times of the year, which are observed only from sunrise to sunset. For the 10% or so of Jews who observe these fasts, no accommodations are usually needed, other than sensitivity for the fact that they are not eating. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2789 |
| 3. Orion |
| Firstly, as an aid to the description below, please click: |
| https://c02.purpledshub.com/uploads/sites/48/2020/02/Orion-Belt-6496a26.jpg?webp=1&w=1200 |
| https://c7.alamy.com/comp/G3AYMT/orion-giant-hunter-clubbing-a-lion-being-slain-by-diana-he-was-made-G3AYMT.jpg |
| Orion is a boy’s name of Greek origin, meaning “heaven’s light.” If you think of your son as a shining star, consider this celestial name, pulled right out of the sky. |
| Among Orion’s best-known features is the “belt,” consisting of three bright stars in a line, each of which can be seen without a telescope. The westernmost star in Orion’s Belt is known officially as Delta Orionis = Mintaka. |
| Betelgeuse marks Orion’s right shoulder, Bellatrix the right, Rigel his left foot and Saiph, the right knee. Alnitak, Alnilam and Mintaka form the Belt of Orion, one of the best-known asterisms [a prominent pattern or group of stars that is smaller than a constellation] in the night sky. |
| The star located between Mintaka and Rigel is called Tau Orionis. When drawing an imaginary line from Mintaka to Rigel, Tau Orionis can be found roughly one-sixth of the way from Mintaka. |
| Orion was originally spelled Oarian, from the Hebrew root word, ohr, meaning “Light”. |
| In Egyptian it is Hagat, which means “this is He who Triumphs”. |
| The ancient Akkadian is Ur-ana, the “Light of Heavens”. |
| Orion is called “the Glorious One”, “the Hunter”, “the Coming Prince”. |
| Orion is the self portrait of Christ. |
| Orion’s seven brightest stars form a distinctive hourglass-shaped asterism, or pattern, in the night sky. Four stars – Rigel, Betelgeuse, Bellatrix, and Saiph – form a large roughly rectangular shape, at the centre of which lies the three stars of Orion’s Belt – Alnitak, Alnilam, and Mintaka. |
| Orion is the brightest of all of the constellations, and is one of the constellations associated with Taurus (“The Bull”) which tells of the Second Coming of Christ. Orion, which means “Coming Forth as Light”, is a picture of a warrior who is preparing to crush the serpent. The constellation captures the theme of the Star Bible, the Seed of Woman who is bruised in the heel and crushes the head of the serpent. Star names Saiph (“Bruised”) in one knee and Rigel (“The Foot that Crushes”) in the foot raised above the serpent leave no doubt that the triumph of Christ is shown. The constellation Eridanus (The River of Fire) flows out of Orion, leaving no doubt as to the fate of Christ’s enemies (See Daniel 7:9-10). |
| Orion has a distinctive hourglass “X” shape, with the upper stars of Betelgeuse (“The Coming of the Branch”) and Bellatrix (“Swiftly Destroying”) and the lower stars the above mentioned Saiph (“Bruised”) and Rigel (“The Foot that Crushes”). In the centre of the “X” is the equally distinctive “Belt of Orion” consisting of three bright stars which include the star Alnitak (“The Wounded One”) in the side of Orion, reminding us of Christ’s wound in the side. Orion also contains the brightest stellar cloud, or nebula, known as M42, which is usually pictured as a sword hanging from the belt. |
| Orion’s Belt is formed by two stars (Alnilam, and Mintaka) and one star cluster (Alnitak). Alnitak is actually a triple star system at the eastern edge of Orion’s Belt. These stars (along with all the other stars forming Orion) are not gravitationally bound like those in Pleiades. Instead, the stars of Orion’s Belt are heading in different directions. |
| Garrett P. Serviss, a noted astronomer, wrote about the belt of Orion in his book, Curiosities of the Sky: “The great figure of Orion appears to be more lasting, not because its stars are physically connected, but because of their great distance, which renders their movements too deliberate to be exactly ascertained. Two of the greatest of its stars, Betelgeuse and Rigel, possess, as far as has been ascertained, no perceptible motion across the line of sight, but there is A LITTLE MOVEMENT PERCEPTIBLE IN THE “BELT.” At the present time this consists of an almost perfect straight line, a row of second-magnitude stars about equally spaced and of the most striking beauty. In the course of time, however, the two right-hand stars, Mintaka and Alnilam (how fine are these Arabic star names!) will approach each other and form a naked-eye double, but the third, Alnita, will drift away eastward, so that the “Belt” will no longer exist.” |
| Unlike the Pleaides clusters, the stars in the band of Orion do not share a common trajectory. In the course of time, Orion’s Belt will be loosened just as God told Job. |
| The Orion Constellation is brilliant, bright and shows forth Jesus as “The Light of the World”. By constellation size, Orion is No. 26 of the 88, where 26 = The Gospel of Christ. |
| John 8:12 ¶ Then spake Jesus again unto them [the Pharisees], saying, I am the LIGHT OF THE WORLD: he that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the LIGHT OF LIFE. |
| John 1:4 IN HIM WAS LIFE; and the LIFE was the LIGHT OF MEN. |
| John 1:5 And the LIGHT shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not. |
| John 9:5 As long as I am in the world, I AM THE LIGHT OF THE WORLD. |
| Matthew 5:14 Ye are the LIGHT OF THE WORLD. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. [Proverbs 4:18; 1 Thessalonians 5:5] |
| Isaiah 60:1 ¶ Arise, shine; for THY LIGHT IS COME, and the GLORY of the LORD is risen upon thee. |
| Isaiah 60:2 For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the LORD shall arise upon thee, and HIS GLORY shall be seen upon thee. |
| Isaiah 60:3 And the Gentiles shall come to THY LIGHT, and kings to the BRIGHTNESS OF THY RISING. |
| There are 78 stars that make up the Orion Constellation, many of such brilliance and brightness that they are specifically named, two being of the 1st magnitude, four of the 2nd, four of the 3rd, sixteen of the 4th, etc.. |
| The number 78 = Miracles |
| The brightest in the shoulder is named Betelgeus, which means “the coming of the branch” (Zechariah 3:8, Malachi 3:2) This is a star of great size – 700 million miles in diameter, while the earth’s equatorial diameter is 7,926 miles (about 12,756 kilometres). The Earth is slightly smaller when measured between the North and South Poles which gives a diameter of 7,907 miles (12,725 kilometres). |
| Prime factors of 7926 are: 2, 3, 1321. The number is 6 x the Prime Number of 1321, where 6 relates to Man [created on the sixth day], His Weakness and the Manifestation of Sin. |
| 7,907 is a Prime Number. It is the 999th Prime Number, and the 99th Prime Number between 7,001 and 8,000. 999 = Divine Justice; it is 666 Reversed. 99 means the Shekinah Glory of God – Seal. |
| Zechariah 3:8 Hear now, O Joshua the high priest, thou, and thy fellows that sit before thee: for they [are] men wondered at: for, behold, I WILL BRING FORTH MY SERVANT THE BRANCH. |
| Malachi 3:2 But who may abide the DAY OF HIS COMING? and who shall stand when He appeareth? for He [is] like a refiner’s fire, and like fullers’ soap: [Fuller’s soap is a harsh, alkaline soap used in ancient times to clean and whiten wool and cloth. It was made from the ashes of soap plants and was used as a bleach.] |
| The eight main stars in the Orion Constellation are: |
| 1. Meissa: A star in Orion’s head |
| 2. Betelgeuse: A bright RED star that is the tenth brightest star in the night sky. [10 = Testimony – Law and Responsibility – Ordinal Perfection / Completion – God’s Law – Trial – Testing – Account] |
| 3. Bellatrix: A star whose name comes from Latin |
| 4. Alnitak: A star in Orion’s Belt |
| 5. Alnilam: A star in Orion’s Belt |
| 6. Mintaka: A star in Orion’s Belt |
| [The beating heart of Orion Nebula is] M42 |
| The Orion Nebula, also known as Messier 42 (M42), is located in the constellation Orion. It’s not a star, but rather a cloud of dust and gas that’s part of Orion’s “sword”. |
| 7. Rigel: The seventh brightest star in the sky, and part of a triple star system |
| 8. Saiph: A star in the constellation Orion |
| The “triple star system” of Rigel refers to the combination of Rigel B and Rigel C, which are both fainter companion stars orbiting the primary star, Rigel A, making it a multiple star system where the secondary components are considered a “triple” system when observed together; “Rigel B” itself is further comprised of two stars, Rigel Ba and Rigel Bb, which orbit each other closely, creating a spectroscopic binary within the larger Rigel system. |
| Head and Shoulders |
| Betelgeuse [pronounced beetle juice] means “The Coming of the Branch” |
| Meissa |
| Bellatrix means “female warrior” or “Quickly Coming and Swiftly Destroying” |
| Belt |
| Alnitak means “the girdle” or “The Wounded One” |
| Alnilam |
| Mintaka |
| Sword |
| Orion Nebula/M42 |
| Legs and Feet |
| Saiph means “sword of the giant” or “the One who was bruised” |
| Rigel means “the left foot” or “The Foot that Crushes” |
| Eridanus is a long constellation visible in the Northern and Southern hemispheres, representing a river, which snakes its way from the feet of Orion. Like other constellations, much more could be said about Eridanus |
| Eridanus means “The River of Fire”, The River of the Judge” or “A Fiery Stream” |
| As a review of the above and with additional information: |
| Betelgeus is a red star and Rigel is a blue star and is hotter than Betelgeus. |
| The next in brightness is in the foot and called Rigel which means “the foot that crushes”. The foot is lifted up, and placed immediately over the head of the enemy, as though in the very act of crushing it. |
| The next star in the left shoulder is called Bellatrix, which means “quickly coming” or “swiftly destroying”. |
| The three in the belt are called “the thee sisters”; also “the three kings” to uphold the Christmas tradition. |
| Job 38:31 Canst thou bind the sweet influences of PLEIADES, OR LOOSE THE BANDS OF ORION? [the PLEIADES are known as “the many” and “the seven sisters”.] [the PLEIADES STAR CLUSTER has up to 500 stars (not 7) which are a “bound” cluster; therefore the stars are not breaking away from themselves.] |
| One of the three in the belt is Al Nitak, “the wounded One”. |
| Another star in the belt is Minaka, “dividing” as a “sacrifice”. |
| From his belt hangs a sharp sword. The handle is in the form of a head and body of a lamb. In the belt is a very fuzzy looking star, but it is a Nebula (a cloud of gas). |
| In his right hand Orion lifts up a mighty club. |
| In his left hand he lifts up the token of his victory, just as David did of Goliath. The head looks much like a ‘roaring lion” who has been slain. |
| In the right leg, the knee, is called Saiph, which means “bruised” (see Genesis 3:15) with the other leg he is crushing the enemy. |
| Also note the names of other stars: Al Rai, “who bruises”, “who breaks”; and Thabit (Hebrew) “treading on”; Al Giauza, “the branch”; Al Gebor, “the mighty”; Al Mirzam, “the ruler”; Al Nagjed, “the prince”; Niphla, “the mighty”; Nux, “the strong”; Heka, “coming”; Meissa, “coming forth”. |
| https://www.gematrix.org/ and https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=508 |
| Belt of Orion = 131 = Children of God |
| Alnitak = 68 = Victorious Disciples |
| Alnilam = 62 = Jerusalem the Royal City |
| Note that Alnilam is the middle star in the belt of Orion |
| Mintaka = 69 = Killing Believers |
| Note: 7 is the maximum difference [62 to 69] where 7 = Spiritual Completeness / Perfection – Sanctification – Resurrection – Covenant – Holy Spirit – Finished – Totality – God’s Seal – The End (sword) |
| Also, 68-62=6 where 6 = Man (conscience, flesh) – His Weakness – Something Incomplete or Imperfect |
| 68+62+69 = 199 |
| 199 = Dramatic Rescue |
| Orion Nebula = 126 = Saved from Wrath |
| Rigel = 51 = Praise the Father |
| Betelgeuse = 101 = Rebellious Cast Out |
| Bellatrix = 103 = Name of God |
| Saiph = 53 = Faithful Witness |
| Meissa = 66 = Idol / Image Worship |
| [The Orion Nebula, known as M42 or] NGC 1976 = 24 = The Priesthood – Heavenly Government & Worship of God – Christian Number for Completion / Restoration – Priest |
| Eridanus = 91 = Wicked Judged – Casting Out |
| Pleiades = 71 Judge(s) |
| Celestial Equator = 183 = Deadly Blow |
| FU Orionis = 126 = Saved from Wrath |
| [Theta 1C = ]Theta One C = 91 = Wicked Judged – Casting Out |
| New Jerusalem = 146 = Free of All Bonds |
| or loose the bands of Orion = 264 = Souls in Great Distress |
| bands of Orion = 132 = Anointed |
| Note that 132 is exactly half of 264 |
| Cloud of dust and gas = 186 = New Glory Dawns |
| A cloud of dust and gas = 187 = Ascension to Heaven |
| Rigel Betelgeuse Bellatrix Saiph Tau Orionis Alnitak Alnilam Mintaka Meissa = 714 in Simple English Gematria |
| 714 = You are Jesus Christ I am not I cant be both My Father and My Son at same time |
| 714 = And it repented the LORD that He had made man on the earth and it grieved Him at His heart |
| 714 = Do not think I came to bring peace to the earth I came to bring not peace but a sword |
| 714 = Humanities sins bought paid for and humanity set free in the name of Jesus |
| 714 = Millions of people begin to understand the number of the written Word |
| 714 = And then shall many be offended and shall betray one another and shall hate one another |
| 714 = Who shall lay any thing to the charge of God’s elect it is God that justifieth |
| 714 = And you will know His name is the Lord when He lays His vengeance upon thee |
| Isaiah 40:26 Lift up your eyes on high, and behold who hath created these [things], that bringeth out their host [army of stars] by number: He calleth them all by names by the greatness of His might, for that [He is] strong in power; NOT ONE FAILETH. |
| Revelation 19:17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the MIDST OF HEAVEN, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God; [First Heaven – a sky heaven – where the birds fly] |
| 2 Corinthians 12:1 ¶ It is not expedient for me doubtless to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord. |
| 2 Corinthians 12:2 I knew a man in Christ above fourteen years ago, (whether in the body, I cannot tell; or whether out of the body, I cannot tell: God knoweth;) such an one caught up to the THIRD HEAVEN. |
| 2 Corinthians 12:3 And I knew such a man, (whether in the body, or out of the body, I cannot tell: God knoweth;) |
| 2 Corinthians 12:4 How that He was caught up into PARADISE, and heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to utter. |
| John 14:2 In MY FATHER’S HOUSE are many mansions: if [it were] not [so], I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. [Jesus, speaking singularly, confirms God as His Father in a singular context – no plural God.] |
| John 14:3 And if I go and prepare a place for you, I WILL COME AGAIN, and receive you unto Myself; that WHERE I AM, [THERE] YE MAY BE ALSO. |
| Amos 4:12 Therefore thus will I do unto thee, O Israel: [and] because I will do this unto thee, prepare to meet thy God, O Israel. [God’s people are not literal (Jewish) Israel but they are spiritual Israel] |
| Amos 4:13 For, lo, He that formeth the mountains, and createth the wind, and declareth unto man what [is] his thought, that maketh the morning darkness, and treadeth upon the high places of the earth, The LORD, The GOD OF HOSTS, [is] HIS NAME. |
| Job 9:9 Which maketh ARCTURUS, ORION, and PLEIADES, and the CHAMBERS OF THE SOUTH. [The Pleiades is a constellation not far from Orion, which we call the Seven Stars. By the chambers (or inmost chambers, as the word signifies) of the south, Job seems to understand those stars and constellations which are toward the southern pole, which are called inward chambers, because they are for the most part hid and shut up from these parts of the world.] [the unseen regions of the southern hemisphere, with its own set of stars, as distinguished from those just mentioned of the northern. The true structure of the earth is here implied.] [the chambers of the south are probably the great spaces and deep recesses of the southern hemisphere of the heavens, with the constellations which they contain. These being known to exist, but only suggested to the eye, are alluded to generally.] [ARCTURUS is a RED GIANT STAR in the constellation Bootes, and the brightest star in the northern celestial hemisphere. It’s also known as Alpha Bootes.] [ARCTURUS is next to Ursa Major which is the Great Bear.] [Bootes is a Greek name meaning “herdsman”.] [ARCTURUS means “guardian of the bear” = “watcher”.] [ARCTURUS is “a runaway-star”; it is travelling at 122 KM/second.] [ARCTURUS moves with a group of 52 other stars, known as the ARCTURUS STREAM in a perpendicular direction to most other stars.] [ORION is known as “the hunter”, “light” “the coming prince” and “the glorious one”.] [“Light Breaking Forth in the Person of the Redeemer.”] |
| Job 38:32 Canst thou bring forth MAZZAROTH in his season? or canst thou guide ARCTURUS with HIS SONS? [the Great Bear with his cubs.] |
| The Orion Nebula is one of the most famous deep-sky objects in astronomy and, at just 1,350 light-years away, the closest major star-forming region to Earth. The nebula is well-known among astronomers and astro-photographers for its distinctive shape, but you don’t necessarily need a telescope to observe it. |
| A nebula is a distinct luminescent part of interstellar medium, which can consist of ionized, neutral, or molecular hydrogen and also cosmic dust. |
| The Hebrew word kesil is often translated as Orion, which is said to mean “light” in Greek. [Job 9:9, Amos 5:8, and Isaiah 13:10] Kesil is the Hebrew word for the constellation Orion, which is also known as the hunter. |
| It also means “the Coming Prince” and “the Glorious One”. |
| “Light Breaking Forth in the Person of the Redeemer.” |
| While speaking of a Redeemer and as a side issue in the night sky, Cassiopeia is a constellation in the northern sky which is easily recognized by a group of five bright stars forming a slightly irregular W. |
| Cassiopeia looks like a W, a 3 and finally an M as she makes her way around the north star. She is seen as a queen on her throne but she is upside down when she first rises above the horizon in the east. Then, dramatically, as her lover and glorious redeemer Orion arises, she is righted or made righteous at his appearing. |
| For more information, click the following link: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2764 |
| The Orion star Betelgeuse in the Orion Hunter star display is the star in the shoulder of the hunter and means “The Coming of the Branch”. |
| Zechariah 3:7 Thus saith the LORD of HOSTS; If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by. |
| The Orion star Bellatrix, on the other shoulder of the hunter means “female warrior” or “Quickly Coming and Swiftly Destroying”. |
| “Bellatrix quickly coming and swiftly destroying” refers to the character Bellatrix Lestrange from Harry Potter, highlighting her ability to appear suddenly and unleash powerful, destructive attacks with great speed, often described as a ruthless and aggressive fighting style; essentially, she is a force that can quickly strike and cause significant damage. |
| Isaiah 63:1 ¶ Who [is] this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? this [that is] glorious in his apparel, travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save. |
| Isaiah 63:2 Wherefore [art thou] red in thine apparel, and thy garments like him that treadeth in the winefat? |
| Isaiah 63:3 I have trodden the winepress alone; and of the people [there was] none with me: for I will tread them in mine anger, and trample them in my fury; and their blood shall be sprinkled upon my garments, and I will stain all my raiment. |
| Isaiah 63:4 For the day of vengeance [is] in mine heart, and the year of my redeemed is come. |
| Isaiah 63:5 And I looked, and [there was] none to help; and I wondered that [there was] none to uphold: therefore mine own arm brought salvation unto me; and my fury, it upheld me. |
| Isaiah 63:6 And I will tread down the people in mine anger, and make them drunk in my fury, and I will bring down their strength to the earth. |
| The name Alnitak comes from the Arabic word an-nitaq, which means “the Girdle”. Alnitak is the name of eastern most star in the constellation of Orion’s Belt. |
| Alnitak also means “The Wounded One”. |
| Isaiah 53:5 But He [was] wounded for our transgressions, [He was] bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace [was] upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed. |
| John 19:34 But one of the soldiers with a spear PIERCED HIS SIDE, and forthwith came there out BLOOD AND WATER. [Jesus had died from a broken heart – from bearing our sins – The blood and water could represent the cleansing blood of the slain Lamb and the life-sustaining water from the smitten Rock.] |
| The name Saiph means “sword of the giant” in Arabic and refers to the star that marks Orion’s left knee. |
| It also means “the One who was bruised”. |
| The name “Rigel” means “the Left Foot” in Arabic, referring to its position as the brightest star in the foot of the constellation Orion, the hunter; the word “Rigel” itself comes directly from the Arabic word “rijl” which means “foot”. |
| It also means “The Foot that Crushes”. |
| Hebrews 1:13 But to which of the angels said He at any time, Sit on My right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool? |
| Immediately below Rigel is the unclean Giant Hare which represents the “Powers of the Underworld”. |
| The only mention of rabbits in the Bible is that they are unclean to eat. They chew their cud, but do not have split hooves. The only clean animals must chew the cud and have cloven hooves. |
| Deuteronomy 14:6 Whatever cloven the hoof and divides the foot and chews the cud, you may eat. |
| Deuteronomy 14:7 Nevertheless these ye shall not eat of them that chew the cud, or of them that divide the cloven hoof; [as] the camel, and the HARE, and the CONEY: for they chew the cud, but divide not the hoof; [therefore] they [are] unclean unto you. [The word “CONEY” is used to refer to the HYRAX, a small animal that lives in the rocks of the Middle East and Africa. The word “CONEY” is also used to refer to a RABBIT.] |
| Eridanus is a long constellation which snakes its way from the feet of Orion, close to the Celestial Equator, all the way down to Tucana at a declination of almost 60°S. It can be found in the southern evening sky in the months around November. |
| Eridanus means “River of Fire and of the Judge” or “A Fiery Stream” |
| It is the sixth largest constellation, but despite its size contains only two stars brighter than third magnitude. Its brightest star, Achernar lies at the far southern end of the river’s path; its name is Arabic for “the River’s End”. |
| Eridanus lies away from the plane of the Milky Way, but contains a number of bright deep sky objects nonetheless. Brightest among these is the elliptical galaxy NGC 1291 which lies close to the river’s southern limit. |
| Daniel 7:9 ¶ I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the ANCIENT OF DAYS DID SIT, whose garment [was] white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne [was like] the fiery flame, [and] his wheels [as] burning fire. |
| Daniel 7:10 A FIERY STREAM ISSUED and came forth from before him: thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: the JUDGMENT WAS SET, AND THE BOOKS WERE OPENED. |
| Eridanus constellation lies in the southern celestial hemisphere. It is one of the largest constellations in the sky. It represents the celestial river that runs from Cursa (Beta Eridani) near Rigel in Orion all the way to Achernar (Alpha Eridani) in the far southern sky. Achernar, the constellation’s brightest star, is the ninth brightest star in the sky. |
| Eridanus is one of the 48 Greek constellations, first catalogued by the Greek astronomer Claudius Ptolemy in the 2nd century AD. It is associated with the Greek myth of Phaeton and usually depicted as a river flowing from the waters poured by Aquarius. The constellation’s name was was later used as a Latin name for the river Po in Italy. In Sanskrit, Eridanus is called srotaswini, which means “current” or “course (of a river).” |
| Notable stars in the constellation include Achernar, one of the brightest stars in the sky, Cursa, a white giant that marks the footstool of Orion, Acamar, a binary star that marked the end of the celestial river in Ptolemy’s time, and Epsilon Eridani, one of the nearest stars visible to the unaided eye, that hosts a confirmed exoplanet. |
| John 1:29 ¶ The next day John seeth Jesus coming unto him, and saith, Behold the LAMB OF GOD, which taketh [margin, beareth] away the sin of the world. |
| Revelation 19:11 And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and He that sat upon him [was] called FAITHFUL AND TRUE, and in RIGHTEOUSNESS He doth judge and make war. |
| Revelation 19:12 His eyes [were] as a FLAME OF FIRE, and on His head [were] many crowns; and He had a name written, that no man knew, but He Himself. |
| Revelation 19:13 And He [was] clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and His name is called THE WORD OF GOD. |
| Revelation 19:14 And the armies [which were] in heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. |
| Revelation 19:15 And out of His mouth goeth a SHARP SWORD, that with it He should smite the nations: and He shall rule them with a rod of iron: and He treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and WRATH OF ALMIGHTY GOD. |
| Revelation 19:16 And He hath on [His] vesture and on His thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS. |
| Orion is often depicted with a club in his right hand and the skin of a lion he killed in his left hand. |
| Leo the Lion is the constellation that appears near Orion in the spring sky. |
| 1 Peter 5:8 Be sober, be vigilant; because your ADVERSARY the DEVIL, as a ROARING LION, walketh about, seeking whom he may devour: |
| Psalm 34:7 The ANGEL of the LORD ENCAMPETH ROUND ABOUT THEM THAT FEAR HIM, AND DELIVERETH THEM. |
| Numbers 24:17 I shall see Him, but not now: I shall behold Him, but not nigh: there shall come A STAR OUT OF JACOB, and a Sceptre shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth. [Sceptre = an ornamented staff carried by rulers on ceremonial occasions as a symbol of sovereignty] [Jesus was born from the Old Testament church. Compare Revelation 22:16] |
| Revelation 22:16 I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, [and] the BRIGHT AND MORNING STAR. [Satan used this verse to get people to Sun worship] [compare Numbers 24:17] |
| Malachi 4:2 ¶ But unto you that fear MY NAME shall the SUN OF RIGHTEOUSNESS arise with HEALING IN HIS WINGS; and ye shall go forth, and grow up as calves of the stall. [The prophet compares Jesus with the sun because His glory shines forth] |
| John 3:13 And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but He that came down from heaven, [even] the SON OF MAN which is in HEAVEN. [3rd person usage] [ This verse emphasizes that Jesus is the only one who has come down from heaven to earth, thus referring to him as the “Son of Heaven”.] [Jesus is also the Son of God and the “Sun of Righteousness” – Malachi 4:2] |
| Colossians 1:16 For by Him [Jesus] were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether [they be] thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers: all things were created by Him [Jesus], and for Him [Jesus]: [Everything being done through God, His Father.] |
| By God, Jesus was the Creator of the Orion Nebula. |
| As defined by the International Astronomical Union (IAU), a light-year is the distance that light travels in a vacuum in one Julian year (365.25 days). Astronomers measure distance in light-years. |
| Light travels through interstellar space at a speed of 299,792,458 metres per second = 186,282 miles per second. |
| This is equal to 1,079,252,849 kilometres/hour = 670,615,288 miles/hour. |
| This equates to light travelling a distance of 9,460,528,177,427 kilometres in a year = 5,878,487,915,803 miles in a year. |
| This approximates to 9.46 million million kilometres per year = 5.88 million million miles per year. |
| This distance is known as a “light-year”, and is used to measure objects in the Universe that are at a considerable distances from us. |
| From the earth, all the stars in the Orion Constellation appear to be close together as in one plain. A 90° sideways view shows that they are well spaced apart over many hundreds of light-years. According to NASA/ESA: |
| https://www.space.com/16659-constellation-orion.html |
| Bellatrix 243 |
| Betelgeuse 427 |
| Saiph 724 |
| Rigel 777 |
| Alnitak 826 |
| Mintaka 919 |
| Meissa 1069 |
| [The beating heart of Orion Nebula is] M42 1350 |
| Alnilam 1360 |
| Even though the stars in Orion appear together, they actually are at different distances from us. Betelgeuse is about 427 light-years away, while Rigel is about 777 light-years away. That means the light you see from Betelgeuse started out 427 years ago, but the light from Rigel started out 777 years ago; before Christopher Columbus first sailed the Atlantic Ocean in 1492. |
| When we consider these light-year numbers we see God’s Mathematical Hand at work again: |
| Bellatrix 243 = Saints Crowned |
| Betelgeuse 427 = Marriage Supper of the King |
| Rigel 777 = Power of the Godhead / Perfection – Jesus Christ – Divine Completeness |
| [NB: The meaning of most numbers above 700 are unknown to the author; so other stars may also convey a message] |
| The ten brightest stars in the night sky are: |
| Sirius: The brightest star in the night sky, located in the Canis Major constellation. |
| Canopus: The second brightest star, located in the Carina constellation. |
| Alpha Centauri: A triple star system in the Centaurus constellation, and the closest star system to our solar system. |
| Arcturus: A bright orange giant star in the Bootes constellation. |
| Vega: A white main sequence star in the Lyra constellation. |
| Capella: Also known as the “Goat Star”, Capella is a multiple-star system in the Auriga constellation. |
| Rigel: A blue supergiant star in the Orion constellation. |
| Procyon: A white main sequence star in the Canis Minor constellation, also known as the “Little Dog Star”. |
| Achernar: A hot, blue supergiant star in the Eridanus constellation, also known as the “River’s End” star. |
| Betelgeuse: A red supergiant star in the Orion constellation, nearing the end of its life. |
| Two of the ten brightest stars in the sky are located in Orion: Rigel (Beta Orionis) and Betelgeuse (Alpha Orionis). |
| Do we see God’s Hand at work again? Betelgeuse has already been mentioned at being at No. 10. Now Rigel, the brightest Orion star and the “Foot that Crushes” [Jesus destroys Satan – see Genesis 3:15, etc.], is the 7th brightest star in the sky. |
| Astronomers measure how bright a star is with a number called magnitude. The brighter the star, the lower the magnitude. Also, magnitude changes very fast. A difference of 5 in magnitude means a factor of 100 difference in brightness. A magnitude 1 star is 100 times brighter than a magnitude 6 star. |
| With one exception, all of the main stars in Orion are bright young blue giants or supergiants, ranging in distance from Bellatrix (243 light-years) to Alnilam (1,360 light-years). The Orion Nebula is located around 1,350 light-years away from Earth. |
| The exception is the star Betelgeuse, which is a red giant and one of the largest stars known. Observers with a keen eye should be able to see the difference in colour between Betelgeuse and all the other stars in Orion. |
| Within the galactic view of the Orion Constellation there is also: |
| The Flame Nebula |
| The Horsehead Nebula |
| Barnard’s Loop |
| A scattering of stars in the HEART of the Orion Nebula illuminate an unfolding cloud of gas and dust reaching across 24 light-years of space [141 million million miles]. That is God’s front gate, His front door. |
| The nebula is an enormous cloud of dust and gas where VAST NUMBERS OF NEW STARS ARE BEING FORGED. Its bright, central region is the home of four massive, young stars that shape the nebula. The four hefty stars are called the Trapezium because they are arranged in a trapezoidal pattern. |
| The Trapezium, or Orion Trapezium Cluster, also known by its Bayer designation of Theta1 Orionis, is a tight open cluster of stars in the heart of the Orion Nebula, in the constellation of Orion. It was discovered by Galileo Galilei. |
| At some 30 light-years in diameter, this great nebulous cocoon is giving birth to perhaps a thousand stars. A young open star cluster, whose stars were born together in the gas cloud and are still loosely bound by gravity, appears within the Orion Nebula. |
| The tight group of stars at M42’s core is the famous Trapezium (Theta1 Ori), a multiple star system so named for its trapezoid of four bright stars. These are the brightest members of a cluster that’s home to an incredible 6,000 stars per cubic light-year! They are young, hot and massive early-type stars that are still swathed in their birthing nebulosity, rendering them invisible to amateur instrumentation but uncloaked by professional infrared surveys. |
| However, just a modest 80mm refractor at 40x power can split Theta1 into its four components. The stars are labelled A, B, C and D, with C being the brightest (magnitude +5.13) and most southerly lying. It is by far the dominant member, a class-O6 monster of over 40 solar masses which emits the vast majority of the cluster’s withering ultraviolet light. Components D and A are the next brightest, but are over a magnitude fainter at +6.3 and +6.6, respectively, and mark the are the more easterly and westerly stars. Located furthest north, star B is the faintest of the trapezoid, glowing at magnitude +8. |
| Stars A and B are the closest, with a separation of 8.7 arcseconds, with D and B the furthest apart at almost 20 arcseconds. |
| The Spectacular Size of the Orion Nebula |
| Have you ever looked up at the night sky and wondered about the size of those sparkling stars and glowing nebulae? One of the most fascinating celestial bodies is the Orion Nebula, also known as Messier 42, M42, or NGC 1976. This magnificent nebula is located in the Milky Way, south of Orion’s Belt in the constellation of Orion. With an apparent magnitude of 4.0, it is one of the brightest nebulae and can be seen with the naked eye from Earth. But just how big is the Orion Nebula? Let’s dive into the cosmic world of size comparison to understand the sheer scale of this gigantic celestial feature. |
| The Size of the Orion Nebula |
| The Orion Nebula is approximately 1,344 light-years away from Earth, making it the closest region of massive star formation to us. One light-year is equal to about 5.9 million million miles! So, the Orion Nebula is about 7,936 million million miles away from us. But that’s just the distance. The actual size of the Orion Nebula is even more mind-boggling. The Orion Nebula stretches out approximately 24 light-years across. Imagine this: if you could travel at the speed of light (which is nearly 671 million miles per hour), it would still take you 24 years to cross from one side of the nebula to the other! |
| To give you an idea of how enormous this is, consider this: our entire solar system is about 1.5 light-year across. That means the Orion Nebula is 16 times larger than our solar system! |
| The Orion Nebula also has a mass that’s approximately 2,000 times that of our Sun. In other words, you could fit 2,000 Suns inside the Orion Nebula, and it would still have room to spare! |
| Size Comparison |
| To illustrate the size of the Orion Nebula even further, let’s compare it to other well-known objects: |
| Pluto’s average distance from the Sun is 3,670,050,000 miles (5,906,380,000 kilometres). |
| 38,442 = No. of distances of the Sun to Pluto for Orion Nebula = 24 light-years across. |
| The Orion Nebula is so big that it would take over 17,800 million Earths lined up edge to edge to span its diameter. |
| The Orion Nebula: A Celestial Giant |
| The Orion Nebula is a celestial giant, dwarfing our solar system in both size and mass. Its spectacular size makes it one of the most intriguing objects in our night sky and a favourite among astronomers. The next time you gaze up at the stars and spot the Orion Nebula, remember: what you’re seeing is a cosmic wonder that’s 16 times larger than our entire solar system. With such astounding dimensions, the Orion Nebula truly gives us a sense of the immense scale of our universe. |
| The Great Orion Nebula – M42 |
| The Orion Nebula (Messier 42) is probably the most storied and observed deep-sky object of all. This big, bright and beautiful hotbed of ongoing star birth has the advantage of being very favourably placed to find with the naked eye as a fuzzy star-like patch of light in Orion’s Sword, which hangs from Orion’s Belt of brilliant stars. |
| The Orion Nebula is the archetypal galactic nebula and the largest site of on-going star formation within close proximity to our Solar System. This emission nebula, or H-II region is a prodigious stellar nursery, where new stars are being born within dusty cocoons. It spans around 24 light-years across and lies about 1,350 light-years away, virtually on our door step in cosmological terms. Messier 42 is more massive than other, closer star-forming regions, with a significantly larger reservoir of gas and dust to draw from, which makes it of supreme interest to professional astronomers. |
| A recurring theme of destruction, upheaval, birth and rebirth occurs within the spiral arms of galaxies. H-II regions within the spiral arms of galaxies serve as celestial recycling stations where the birth of new stars completes a great cycle, creating and recycling matter, ultimately enriching and replenishing the interstellar medium with heavier elements. These heavier elements may potentially become the building blocks of terrestrial planets and ultimately living organisms. The Orion Nebula is arguably the greatest of all H-II clouds visible from our location within the Milky Way. With a gaseous repository of 10,000 suns, and illuminated by a cluster of hot young stars, the clouds of M42 glow with fantastic colours and shapes, giving us a birds eye view of one of the greatest star forming nurseries in our part of the galaxy. |
| The radiance and beauty of Orion transcends dry astronomical facts, however the history as well as the physics and chemistry of the Orion Nebula is a tale worthy of telling that helps us understand the nebula’s great significance. M42 is a complex cloud of glowing gas, mostly hydrogen but also helium, carbon, nitrogen, and oxygen in decreasing amounts. Although a true astronomical icon, M42 is essentially a bright condensation of the Orion A Molecular Cloud which extends far beyond the Orion Nebula. Although it spans about 24 light-years, the ionized gas of M42 is an exceptionally thin blister only 0.08 light-years thick on the surface of the larger and optically invisible molecular cloud. |
| Directly in front of M42 is a small grouping of hot O and B type stars known as the trapezium which shine between 5th and 8th magnitude. This grouping represents the 4 brightest members of an extended cluster of several thousand young stars many of which lie unseen within the opaque gas and dust. The bright trapezium grouping represents the cluster core where stars are packed so tight they exceed the stellar concentration of our suns vicinity some 20,000 times. Stars within the trapezium are separated by only 0.12 light-years whereas our sun’s nearest neighbour is 4 light-years away. |
| The thin blister of ionized gas we call the Orion Nebula would be invisible if not for the four trapezium stars which together produce all of the ultraviolet radiation illuminating the nebula. The trapezium stars, also called the Theta-1 group, are classified from west to east as Theta 1A, B, C, and D ( spectral classes B1, B0, O6, B0.5) all located within a tight space spanning only 10,000 astronomical units. The trapezium stars number 4 bright stars. Actually the number is 11 taking into consideration that all members are multiple star systems. If one includes stars seen at only infrared wavelength then the trapezium cluster probably contains over 500 young stars. The highly visible cluster members are hot, massive O and B type stars. All contribute energy to the massive nebula however Theta 1C, a massive O6 giant, is by far the most prodigious contributor, supplying more than 99% of the ultraviolet energy. Theta 1C is an enormous star of 40 solar masses and a surface temperature of 40,000 degrees Kelvin. If the earth were located within the trapezium cluster the night sky would be dominated by extraordinarily bright stars. Theta 1C would shine 10 times brighter than the full moon and the other trapezium members would be at least as bright as the full moon. |
| The other three members of the trapezium are far less dominant although each weighs in at over 10 solar masses. Amazingly Theta 1C is 210,000 times more luminous than our sun and produces a gargantuan stellar wind 100,000 times the flow rate of our sun. High resolution images taken by HST show that Theta 1C’s powerful winds are evaporating dusty disks which surround newly formed stars in the vicinity. These disks might have been the precursors of new planets but will not likely survive the harsh environment imposed by the massive star. |
| Job 26:7 He stretcheth out the NORTH over the EMPTY PLACE, [and] HANGETH THE EARTH UPON NOTHING. [Hebrew translation says: He stretcheth out the NORTH over the VOID and He hung the earth upon NOTHING.] [God has written about His dwelling place in code – we need to understand 3 code words: VOID, NOTHING and NORTH.] |
| Job 26:8 He bindeth up the waters in HIS THICK CLOUDS; and the cloud is not rent under them. |
| Job 26:9 He HOLDETH BACK the FACE OF HIS THRONE, [and] SPREADETH HIS CLOUD UPON IT. |
| Windsock meaning: a light, flexible cylinder or cone mounted on a mast to show the direction and strength of the wind, especially at an airfield. |
| The Orion Nebula is like a giant windsock in the heavens. Between the front cloud and the back cloud [the Third Heaven], there are BANDS which divide the front and back sections of cloud. It has been established that one area between two bands is a VOID/AN EMPTY SPACE. This void/empty space being close to the back MYSTERIOUS PART. |
| Isaiah 40:21 Have ye not known? have ye not heard? hath it not been told you from the beginning? have ye not understood from the foundations of the earth? |
| Isaiah 40:22 [It is] He that sitteth upon the CIRCLE OF THE EARTH, and the inhabitants thereof [are] as grasshoppers; that STRETCHETH OUT THE HEAVENS as a curtain, and SPREADETH THEM OUT AS A TENT to dwell in: |
| So our Earth is a ROUND WORLD; we have a CIRCULAR GLOBE and not a reconstituted 15th century flat earth! |
| God rested on the SEVENTH DAY, and set it apart for man to observe in honour of His creation of the heavens and the earth in six literal days. He BLESSED AND SANCTIFIED AND MADE HOLY the day of rest. When men are so careful to search and dig to see in regard to the precise period of time, we are to say, GOD made His SABBATH for a ROUND WORLD; and when the SEVENTH DAY comes to us in that ROUND WORLD, controlled by the sun that rules the day, it is the time in all countries and lands to OBSERVE THE SABBATH. In the countries where there is no sunset for months, and again no sunrise for months, the period of time will be calculated by records kept. . . . {3SM 317.1} |
| The Lord accepts all the obedience of every creature He has made, according to the circumstances of time in the sun-rising and sun-setting world. . . . The Sabbath was made for a ROUND WORLD, and therefore obedience is required of the people that are in perfect consistency with the Lord’s created world. – Letter 167, 1900. {3SM 317.2} |
| Isaiah 14:12 How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! [how] art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! [Lucifer means “the light bearer” and “the shining one”] [son of the morning can be translated son of the morning star.] |
| Isaiah 14:13 For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I WILL SIT also UPON THE MOUNT of the CONGREGATION, in the SIDES OF THE NORTH: [CONGREGATION = MEETING in Jewish Bible] [By location, we would expect God to be located up (North) rather than down (South).] |
| Isaiah 14:14 I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. [6 I’s; where 6 = Man (conscience, flesh) – His Weakness – Manifestation of Sin – Evil – Satan (& his influences) – Something Incomplete or Imperfect] |
| Isaiah 14:15 Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit. |
| Isaiah 14:16 They that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee, [and] consider thee, [saying, Is] this the man that made the earth to tremble, that did shake kingdoms; |
| Isaiah 14:17 [That] made the world as a wilderness, and destroyed the cities thereof; [that] opened not the house of his prisoners? |
| Jesus is the true star of heaven.; Lucifer and Satan are the imposters. |
| Psalm 48:1 ¶ Great [is] the LORD, and greatly to be praised in the CITY OF OUR GOD, [in] the MOUNTAIN OF HIS HOLINESS. |
| Psalm 48:2 Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth, [is] MOUNT ZION, [on] the SIDES OF THE NORTH, the CITY OF THE GREAT KING. |
| “Most astronomers do not attempt to describe this MYSTERIOUS LIGHT. it is not the light of stars, it is not reflected light, it doesn’t come from the nebula, but FROM WAY BACK SOMEWHERE.” |
| So that MYSTERIOUS LIGHT, that HEAT SOURCE formed at the end of the windsock is something that we don’t understand at present. |
| “Through which, as through a window, one sees a glimpse of the heavens and a BRIGHTER REGION BEYOND. The constellation of Orion is not only the richest in bright stars, but it conceals treasure, that none other can present. The first time its discoverer found its cosmetic beauty, he was sufficiently astonished to say that it seemed like an OPEN REGION – an opening in the heavens, which threw light on a brighter region.” Elijah H. Burrett. The Geography of the Heavens, page 45. |
| Job 36:32 WITH CLOUDS HE COVERETH THE LIGHT; and COMMANDETH IT [NOT TO SHINE] BY [THE CLOUD] THAT COMETH BETWIXT. |
| So God has a screen at His front gate which screens His beautiful and glorious dwelling place beyond. |
| It covers Him and shields Him. God’s Third Heaven is beyond that beautiful covering. |
| 1 Timothy 6:14 That thou keep [this] commandment without spot, unrebukeable, UNTIL THE APPEARING OF OUR LORD JESUS CHRIST: |
| 1 Timothy 6:15 Which IN HIS TIMES HE SHALL SHOW, [who is] the BLESSED AND ONLY POTENTATE, THE KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS; |
| 1 Timothy 6:16 Who only hath immortality, DWELLING IN THE LIGHT WHICH NO MAN CAN APPROACH UNTO; whom no man hath seen, nor can see: to whom [be] honour and power everlasting. Amen. |
| Job 22:12 [Is] not God in the HEIGHT OF HEAVEN? and behold the HEIGHT OF THE STARS, HOW HIGH THEY ARE! |
| Psalm 103:19 The LORD hath PREPARED HIS THRONE in the HEAVENS; and HIS KINGDOM RULETH over all. |
| Soon, Jesus will come for His people. |
| Returning to the round world, how will every person SEE the Second Coming of Jesus? |
| Orion’s position on the Celestial Equator makes it visible for almost all over our planet because the equinoctial line (or solstitial colure) passes nearly through the middle of Orion. |
| “Orion is the most startling and splendid of all the constellations; and as the equator runs through the middle of it, it is visible from all parts of the globe.” Dr. Thomas Dick, Celestial Scenery, page 7. |
| As the earth spins on its axis, every eye SHALL see Him. |
| This is a very powerful principle. In fact, even spacecraft returning to earth have to line up with this Celestial Equator. |
| The Celestial Equator is the great circle of the imaginary celestial sphere on the same plane as the equator of Earth. By extension, it is also a plane of reference in the equatorial coordinate system. In other words, the Celestial Equator is an abstract projection of the terrestrial equator into outer space. |
| Modern astronomers define the Celestial Equator as a projection of Earth’s equator into space that divides the celestial sphere into the northern and southern hemispheres. It has a declination of 0 degrees and is a 360 degree circle around our sky. |
| Due to Earth’s axial tilt, the Celestial Equator is inclined by about 23.436° with respect to the ecliptic (the plane of Earth’s orbit), |
| An observer standing on Earth’s equator visualizes the Celestial Equator as a semicircle passing through the zenith, the point directly overhead. As the observer moves north (or south), the Celestial Equator tilts towards the opposite horizon. The Celestial Equator is defined to be infinitely distant (since it is on the celestial sphere); thus, the ends of the semicircle always intersect the horizon due east and due west, regardless of the observer’s position on Earth. At the poles, the Celestial Equator coincides with the astronomical horizon. At all latitudes, the Celestial Equator is a uniform arc or circle because the observer is not only finitely far from the plane of the Celestial Equator, but infinitely far from the Celestial Equator itself. |
| Astronomical objects near the Celestial Equator appear above the horizon from most places on earth, but they culminate (reach the meridian) highest near the equator. The Celestial Equator currently passes through these constellations: |
| Pisces (contains the first point of Aries above its southern border) |
| Cetus |
| Taurus |
| Eridanus |
| Orion (Orion’s Belt) |
| Monoceros |
| Canis Minor |
| Hydra |
| Sextans |
| Leo |
| Virgo (contains the first point of Libra) |
| Serpens (caput) |
| Ophiuchus |
| Serpens (cauda) |
| Aquila |
| Aquarius |
| These are the most globally visible constellations. |
| The Celestial Equator goes through Orion all the time, as the constellation Orion is situated directly on the Celestial Equator, meaning it’s visible from both the Northern and Southern Hemispheres and is considered a “Celestial Equator marker” due to its belt stars lying almost precisely on that line. |
| Orion’s Belt, consisting of the stars Alnitak, Alnilam, and Mintaka, is positioned directly on the Celestial Equator. |
| Because of its location on the Celestial Equator, Orion is visible from almost anywhere on Earth at some point during the year. |
| Best viewing time: In the Northern Hemisphere, Orion is most visible during winter evenings, while in the Southern Hemisphere, it’s best seen during summer nights. |
| Orion is visible on winter evenings in the northern hemisphere but not on summer evenings because of the position of the Earth around the Sun. We cannot see the whole “night sky” at the same time. |
| The constellation Orion is visible at night across most of the globe during the winter months in the Northern Hemisphere; during the summer months, it is in the sky during daylight hours when the sun makes it impossible to see. (These seasons are reversed if you are viewing Orion from the Southern Hemisphere.) |
| Matthew 24:20 But PRAY ye that your FLIGHT be not in the WINTER, neither on the SABBATH DAY: |
| Note: Orion/Christ’s return is therefore better for all the world to see during Spring or Autumn. |
| In countries close to the equator (e.g., Kenya, Indonesia, Colombia, Ecuador), Orion appears overhead in December around midnight and in the February evening sky. |
| The Orion is a striking constellation located along the Celestial Equator. It is very well-known and is often translated as “the Hunter.” In its area are a multitude of interesting deep-sky objects. |
| The constellation Orion stretches across the Celestial Equator and is visible worldwide. It appears between 80° N and 68° S so it can be observed from ALMOST ALL INHABITED REGIONS of the earth. It is only NOT VISIBLE from the northern areas of Greenland and surrounding islands near the North Pole, as well as from Antarctica. |
| It can be observed during many seasons, with the months of November through March offering the best conditions. It is especially visible in January. |
| Orion covers an area of approximately 594 square degrees in the night sky, making it the 26th largest out of all 88 constellations. |
| The constellation consists of many bright stars, with the brightest one being the star Rigel (Latin: ? Orionis, Beta Orionis) with an apparent magnitude of roughly 0.12. Its name comes from Arabic and means “left foot of the middle (one).” |
| This name fits the visualization of the constellation, as Rigel represents the left foot of the hunter Orion. In some depictions, only the body of the celestial hunter is shown, which already includes a number of very bright stars. In other illustrations, connections are also drawn to stars that represent his arms and a slain animal. |
| Orion is surrounded by five other constellations in the night sky, including the two astrologically known constellations of Gemini and Taurus. The great river Eridanus, the Lepus, and the Monoceros also border it. |
| In the area of Orion, there are several open star clusters, emission nebulae, reflection nebulae, and diffuse nebulae. Some objects can already be seen with the naked eye. |
| Especially beautiful is the emission nebula with the catalogue number M42 or NGC 1976, also known as the Orion Nebula. The nebula is located south of the star belt consisting of Alnitak, Alnilam, and Mintaka. Under good conditions, a non-stellar blur can be perceived. Through a telescope, four trapezium stars and nebulae can be observed. |
| “A scattering of stars in the heart of the Orion Nebula … reach across 24 light-years of space [141 million million miles = 227 million million kilometres]. Unpresentated views of the Orion’s nebula centre reveal the BIRTH PANGS OF STARS and perhaps the creation of planetary system like our own.” National Geographic, 1995 updated. |
| Orion is a star factory – the constellation Orion is often referred to as a “star factory” because it contains the Orion Nebula, a massive region where NEW STARS ARE ACTIVELY FORMING, making it one of the closest and most observable star-birthing areas from Earth. There are at least one hundred thousand star factories. |
| The Orion Nebula is an example of a stellar nursery where new stars are being born. Observations of the nebula have revealed approximately 700 stars in various stages of formation within the nebula. |
| The birthplace of a star is nebula which is made up of dust particles and gases. These are present in the interstellar space, i.e., the space between the stars. |
| Stars are factories for elements. As they live and die, they form nearly all of the elements on the periodic table, like oxygen and carbon. These elements make up Earth – and us. The most massive stars can be almost a million times as luminous as the Sun! |
| FU Orionis is a variable and binary star system in the constellation of Orion, that in 1937 rose in apparent visual magnitude from 16.5 to 9.6, and has since been around magnitude 9. The name FU Orionis is a variable star designation in the Argelander system, which are assigned sequentially as new variables are discovered. FU Orionis is about 1,360 light-years distant and is associated with the molecular cloud Barnard 35. |
| In 1936/1937, astronomers saw a puzzling event in the constellation Orion: the young star FU Orionis (FU Ori) became a hundred times brighter in a matter of months. At its peak, FU Ori was intrinsically 100 times brighter than our Sun. Unlike an exploding star though, it has declined in luminosity only languidly since then. |
| A team of astronomers has wielded NASA’s Hubble Space Telescope‘s ultraviolet capabilities to learn more about the interaction between FU Ori’s stellar surface and the accretion disk that has been dumping gas onto the growing star for nearly 90 years. They find that the inner disk touching the star is extraordinarily hot – which challenges conventional wisdom. |
| Originally deemed to be a unique case among stars, FU Ori exemplifies a class of young, eruptive stars that undergo dramatic changes in brightness. These objects are a subset of classical T Tauri stars, which are newly forming stars that are building up by accreting material from their disk and the surrounding nebula. In classical T Tauri stars, the disk does not touch the star directly because it is restricted by the outward pressure of the star’s magnetic field. |
| “The Hubble data indicates a much hotter impact region than models have previously predicted,” said Adolfo Carvalho of Caltech and lead author of the study. “In FU Ori, the temperature is 16,000 kelvins [nearly three times our Sun’s surface temperature]. That sizzling temperature is almost twice the amount prior models have calculated. It challenges and encourages us to think of how such a jump in temperature can be explained.” |
| Note: A return of Jesus in 2037 would be 100 years after the astronomers saw this dramatic intensity of light. |
| Now we return to the Trapezium: |
| The Trapezium or Orion Trapezium Cluster, also known by its Bayer designation of Theta1 Orionis, is a tight open cluster of stars in the heart of the Orion Nebula, in the constellation of Orion. It was discovered by Galileo Galilei. |
| The stars of the Orion Trapezium are named Theta1 Orionis A, B, C, and D. The brightest of the four is Theta1 Orionis C, also known as star C. |
| The Trapezium is a group of four bright stars in the Orion Nebula, with a fifth star partially hidden behind one of the four. |
| The Trapezium is a relatively young cluster that has formed directly out of the parent nebula. The five brightest stars are on the order of 15 to 30 solar masses in size. They are within a diameter of 1.5 light-years of each other and are responsible for much of the illumination of the surrounding nebula. |
| The four hottest stars in the Orion Nebula, called the Trapezium Cluster, are carving a cavity in the nebula and disrupting the formation of new stars. This process is sculpting the nebula and is known as “loosening the bands of Orion”. |
| These stars emit ultraviolet light that destroys the gas and dust that new stars need to form. |
| The Orion Nebula Cluster might be home to a black hole more than 100 times the mass of the Sun, according to a recent simulation. At 1,350 light-years away, that would make it the closest known black hole to Earth. Most of space is empty. |
| “The brightest of the four trapezium stars, THETA 1C provides 99% of the light energy in the nebula….so intense is THETA 1C burning, ans so fast are hydrogen atoms flying off, that A HOLE IS BEING BORED RIGHT INTO THE MOLECULAR CLOUD along a visible area the astronomers call the ionization front…..” John Bally, University of Colorado, Anatomy of a Nebula. |
| The bands of Orion are loosening as the return of Jesus is imminent. This is akin to birth pains. |
| “The Orion grouping all lie about 1350 light-years away. |
| “Despite its size of about 350 light-years in diameter and despite the vast quantities of gas and dust it contains, the whole system is GRAVITATIONALLY UNSTABLE and is STEADILY EXPANDING outwards. |
| The gravitational “BANDS” holding the constellation together have indeed been loosed, just as God said to Job. |
| Not only that, but even the small clusters of stars within the association are fragmenting….It strongly indicates that the whole constellation of Orion is less than 10,000 years old.” Barry Setterfield, Astronomical Insights, page 29. |
| Hebrews 11:3 Through FAITH we understand that THE WORLDS WERE FRAMED BY THE WORD OF GOD, so that things which are seen were NOT made of things which do appear. [Man is good at destroying but God is good at creating things out of nothing.] |
| From the NORTH [most upward] and through the EMPTY PLACE [VOID] God has planned that Heaven is going to come down to Earth. |
| Why is planet Earth going to be the dwelling place for God’s people for eternity? |
| It is because God’s ONLY BEGOTTEN SON, JESUS CHRIST, died on the cross of Calvary for mankind. THEY had made mankind in their OWN IMAGE. |
| Revelation 21:3 And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God [is] with men, and HE WILL DWELL WITH THEM, and they shall be His people, and God HIMSELF SHALL BE WITH THEM, [and be] their God. [Exodus 29:45; Leviticus 26:11-12; Zechariah 2:10; 2 Corinthians 6:16] |
| God wants to be with us. We should not run away from God; we should RUN TO HIM. He wants to dwell with His people. |
| God loves you. God does not care about your past. He cares about your FUTURE. |
| And there is no sin that cannot be washed away by the blood of Christ. |
| And there is no sin that cannot be forgiven except the persistent continual refusal of the Holy Spirit of God working on your heart. |
| You should confess that sin, You should forsake that sin, You should ask for power to overcome that sin. |
| And you say NO!, NO!, NO!, I don’t want to hear that Voice any more. |
| That is the sin against the Holy Spirit of God; because eventually the Holy Spirit goes quiet. |
| Because God does not harass anyone; He has given us freedom of will, to choose. |
| Jesus is the Lamb of God and His helping Hand gets us to Heaven. |
| He will round you up, He will encourage you, He will feed you, He will direct your path. |
| But He will never coerce you; He will never force you. |
| Revelation 5:11 And I beheld, and I heard the VOICE OF MANY ANGELS round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was TEN THOUSAND TIMES TEN THOUSAND, AND THOUSANDS OF THOUSANDS; [Over 100 million angels!] |
| No one will be sleeping through the time of the Return of Jesus. |
| We will witness the Glory of the Father, the Glory of His Son and the Glory of the Angels as Jesus returns. |
| This will be like lightning breaking across the sky. |
| “Human speech is impotent, pen of writer, brush of artist, alike are lifeless and inert in any attempt even to describe this interior. [Mammoth Cave glories in Kentucky, illumined by electric lights, are so beautiful that words cannot be used in their description.] What, then, should be said of the mighty cavern in the depths of Orion’s Nebula? Torn, twisted, and riven masses of shining gas, irregular pillars, columns and stalactites in glittering splendour, and stalagmites rising from the mighty floor! The appearance is that of light shining and glowing behind Herculean walls of ivory or pearl, and there studded with millions of diamond points-shining stars.” – Professor Larkin, 0274 – ORIONS MYSTERIES, George Burnside. |
| Professor Hyde, of the University of Southern California, after studying the Orion Nebula said: “It seemed that I was looking through the door to infinity and that the CELESTIAL CITY was not far away. The Orion Nebula is indescribably beautiful, an explosion of glory in the blackness of space.” 0274 – ORIONS MYSTERIES, George Burnside. |
| DARK, HEAVY CLOUDS CAME UP, AND CLASHED AGAINST EACH OTHER. THE ATMOSPHERE PARTED AND ROLLED BACK, THEN WE COULD LOOK UP THROUGH THE OPEN SPACE IN ORION, FROM WHENCE CAME THE VOICE OF GOD. THE HOLY CITY WILL COME DOWN THROUGH THAT OPEN SPACE. I saw that the powers of earth are now being shaken, and that events come in order. War, and rumours of war, – sword, famine and pestilence, are first to shake the powers of earth, then the VOICE of GOD will shake the Sun, Moon and Stars, and this earth also. I saw that the shaking of the powers in Europe is not (as some teach) the shaking of the POWERS of HEAVEN, but it is the shaking of the angry nations. {Broadside2, January 31, 1849 par. 5} [Vision given on December 16, 1848] |
| Notice when the vision was given and when the article was released. |
| Now read this next article which relates to the FIRST PHOTOGRAPH taken 1880. This was 32 years LATER. |
| https://cosmicreflections.skythisweek.info/2020/09/30/first-photograph-of-the-orion-nebula/ |
| On this date [September 30, 2020] 140 years ago, American physician and prominent amateur astronomer Henry Draper (1837-1882) made the first successful photograph of the Great Nebula in Orion, now usually referred to as the Orion Nebula. He used an 11-inch telescope (an Alvan Clark refractor!) and an exposure time of 50 minutes for the black and white photograph. |
| This PROVES that the then Ellen G. Harmon (aged18) received her VISION FROM GOD. Ellen G. White then had many other Visions from God afterwards. |
| 1 Corinthians 2:9 BUT AS IT IS WRITTEN, EYE HATH NOT SEEN, NOR EAR HEARD, NEITHER HAVE ENTERED INTO THE HEART OF MAN, THE THINGS WHICH GOD HATH PREPARED FOR THEM THAT LOVE HIM. [Isaiah 64:4] |
| Are you ready to go home? |
| If Jesus was coming now, would you be ready? |
| Are you looking for a small cloud about the size of a man’s hand? |
| Are you ready to go to a place where there is no pain, sorrow, death, sickness, heart-break, destruction of relations, … |
| Are you building a growing relationship with Jesus every day? |
| This can be done by turning to the Word of God every morning. |
| By walking with God you will soon see that place called Heaven. |
| We are in this world as probationers; we are here to obtain a fitness for the future immortal life, and should we devote the precious golden moments that are now granted us, these precious moments of probation, in finding our own pleasure, in doing our own ways, and seeking our own gratification, we should fail to secure a fitness for immortal life. IF WE LOSE HEAVEN WE LOSE EVERYTHING, and it would be better for us if we had never been born. But if we gain the precious Heaven of bliss we gain everything, and we may bless the day in which we were born. If we would dwell with the precious Saviour in the kingdom which He has gone to prepare for those that love Him, we must seek to be like Him here; we must bring Him into our life and weave Him into our character, and He will be unto us everything that our hearts can desire. {ST, September 8, 1887 par. 5} |
| This TEMPLE was supported by SEVEN PILLARS, all of transparent gold, set with pearls most glorious. The glorious things I saw there, I cannot describe. Oh, that I could talk in the language of Canaan, then could I tell a little of the GLORY of the BETTER WORLD. I saw there TABLES of STONE in which the names of the 144,000 were engraved in letters of gold. After we beheld the glory of the temple, we went out, and JESUS left us, and went to the City. Soon we heard his lovely voice again, saying, “Come, my people, you have come out of great tribulation, and done my will; suffered for me; come in to supper, for I will gird myself, and serve you.” We shouted Alleluia, glory, and entered into the City. And I saw a table of pure silver, it was many miles in length, yet our eyes could extend over it. I saw the fruit of the TREE of LIFE, the manna, almonds, figs, pomegranates, grapes, and many other kinds of fruit. I asked JESUS to let me eat of the fruit. He said, Not now. Those who eat of the fruit of this land, go back to earth no more. But in a little while, if faithful, you shall both eat of the fruit of the TREE of LIFE, and drink of the water of the fountain. And he said, YOU MUST GO BACK TO THE EARTH AGAIN, AND RELATE TO OTHERS WHAT I HAVE REVEALED TO YOU. Then an ANGEL bore me gently down to this dark world. Sometimes I think I can stay here no longer, all things of earth look so dreary. I FEEL VERY LONELY HERE, FOR I HAVE SEEN A BETTER LAND. Oh, that I had WINGS like a dove, then would I fly away and be at rest. {1851 ExV 15.1} |
| Orion has 31 named stars. 31 = Increase – Offspring – Deity – Family of One God |
| Betelgeuse = Alpha Orionis |
| Rigel = Beta Orionis |
| Bellatrix = Gamma Orionis |
| Mintaka = Delta Orionis |
| Alnilam = Epsilon Orionis |
| Alnitak = Zeta Orionis |
| Saif al Jabbar = Eta Orionis |
| Theta-1 Ori = Theta-1 Orionis = The Trapezium |
| Na’ir al Saif = Iota Orionis |
| Saiph = Kappa Orionis |
| Meissa = Lambda Orionis |
| Mu Ori = Mu Orionis & |
| Omi-1 Ori = Omicron-1 Orionis |
| Tabit = Pi-3 Orionis |
| Pi-4 Ori = Pi-4 Orionis |
| Pi-5 Ori = Pi-5 Orionis & |
| Sigma Ori = Sigma Orionis |
| Tau Ori = Tau Orionis |
| Ups Ori = Upsilon Orionis |
| Phi-1 Ori = Phi-1 Orionis |
| Chi-1 Ori = Chi-1 Orionis & |
| Chi-2 Ori = Chi-2 Orionis |
| Psi Ori = Psi Orionis = Psi-2 Orionis |
| Omega Ori = Omega Orionis |
| 25 Ori = 25 Orionis |
| 31 Ori = 31 Orionis |
| 32 Ori = 32 Orionis & |
| U Ori = U Orionis & |
| W Ori = W Orionis |
| VV Ori = VV Orionis & |
| Now some further thoughts: |
| 141,083,709,979,278 Miles across Orion Nebula 17,800,114,809 No. of earths put together Pluto’s average distance from the Sun is 3,670,050,000 miles (5,906,380,000 kilometres). Because Pluto has an orbit that is very elliptical, there is a big difference between its closest distance to the sun and its farthest distance from the Sun. The closest Pluto gets to the Sun is 2,756,902,000 miles or 4,436,820,000 kilometres. The farthest Pluto gets from the Sun is 4,583,190,000 miles or about 7,375,930,000 kilometres. At its closest, it is inside the orbit of Neptune. 38,442 38,442 = No. of distances of the Sun to Pluto for Orion Nebula = 24 light-years across. 1,350 The Orion Nebula is 1,350 light-years away 5,878,487,915,803.25 Light travels 5,878,487,915,803 miles in a year 7,935,958,686,334,388 The Orion Nebula is 7,935,958,686,334,388 miles away |
| 7 Days in a week 24 Hours in a day 60 Minutes in an hour 60 Seconds in a minute 604,800 Seconds in a week |
| 13,121,624,812 The speed to get to the Orion Nebula in 7 days is 13,121,624,812 miles per second 186,282.0244864270 Speed of light in miles per second. 70,439.5652142857 With the journey to the Sea of Glass taking 7 days, the speed would have to be 70,440 times the speed of light ! 15,308,562,280.74 82,179.49275 With no travelling being done on the Sabbath day, then the speed becomes 15,308,562,281 miles per second, which is 82,180 times the speed of light Clearly, celestial travel occurs by another method which is far superior to the speed of light. Remember that God’s people will travel to other worlds – probably even further away! |
| As time went on, people realised that the Earth’s journey wasn’t exactly 365.25 days – it actually took 365.24219 days, which is about 11 minutes 15 seconds less. So adding a whole day every four years was actually a little more correction than was needed. 365.24219 A calendar year is typically 365 days long. These so called “common years” loosely define the number of days it takes the Earth to complete one orbit around the Sun. But 365 is actually a rounded number. It takes Earth 365.242190 days to orbit the Sun, or 365 days 5 hours 48 minutes and 56 seconds. This “sidereal” year is slightly longer than the calendar year, and that extra 5 hours 48 minutes and 56 seconds needs to be accounted for somehow. If we didn’t account for this extra time, the seasons would begin to drift. This would be annoying if not devasting, because over a period of about 700 years our summers, which we’ve come to expect in June in the northern hemisphere, would begin to occur in December! By adding an extra day every four years, our calendar years stay adjusted to the sidereal year, but that’s not quite right either. Some simple math will show that over four years the difference between the calendar years and the sidereal year is not exactly 24 hours. Instead, it’s 23.262222 hours [23 hours 15 minutes 44 seconds]. By adding a leap day every four years, we actually make the calendar longer by over 44 minutes. Over time, these extra 44+ minutes would also cause the seasons to drift in our calendar. For this reason, not every four years is a leap year. The rule is that if the year is divisible by 100 and not divisible by 400, leap year is skipped. The year 2000 was a leap year, for example, but the years 1700, 1800, and 1900 were not. The next time a leap year will be skipped is the year 2100. |
| 23.262222 hours = 23 hours 15 minutes 44 seconds 23.2622220000 23 0.2622220000 60 15.7333200000 15 0.7333200000 60 43.9992000000 44 365.2500000000 365.2421900000 0.0078100000 24 0.1874400000 60 11.24640 This amounts to 11 minutes 15 seconds less. |
| 100 cm / 39.37 in/100 cm = 2.54000508001016 in/cm. 39.37 in/100 cm is only 1.000002 too big (0.00002% or 2 parts in 1 million). 2.540005080010160 Centimetres per inch 5,280 12 63,360 Inches in a mile 1,609.34721869444000 Metres in a mile |
| 299,792.45800 Speed of light in kilometres per second 186,282.0244864270 Speed of light in miles per second. 1,079,252,848.800 Speed of light in kilometres per hour 670,615,288.151 Speed of light in miles per hour 365.2421900 Actual days per year 9,460,528,177,426.820 9,460,528,177,426.820 Speed of light in kilometres per year 5,878,487,915,803.250 5,878,487,915,803.250 Speed of light in miles per year |
| Further Notes on Orion The Great Nebula in Orion is referred to in astronomical circles as M42. It is found in the middle of Orion’s sword, hanging from the three stars that comprise the Hunter’s belt. In the southern hemisphere, it is the centre star in the handle of the saucepan. According to the University of Oklahoma, “Orion’s belt of three bright stars is situated on the celestial equator, visible from every inhabited part of the globe.” History of the Constellations. Science Department. In 1656, the astronomer Christian Huygens, who was the first to describe the nebula, spoke of it as “an opening in the sky”. For many years, astronomers believed the nebula was a “flat surface of nebulous matter”, but since the invention of large telescopes and modern equipment, they have found it to be “the mouth of a cavern, a deep opening receding into the mighty distance beyond.” One astronomer, Professor Larkin, wrote of this yawning abyss, “The nebula of Orion is wider in angular diameter than the moon…. Cut off all outlying streamers, and treat mathematically a diameter of thirty-two minutes, and the distance of dimension of the nebula at once submerges human thought as by a flood of infinitude. Ninety thousand little rings of the dimension of the earth’s orbit, each with a sun in the centre, could enter this abyss side by side and be engulfed… The distance of the rear of the chasm from the opening cannot be measured; but it must be at least three times greater in depth than width, or fifty-one trillion miles….” |
| Astronomers are not only amazed by the incredible width and depth of interstellar space in this huge cavern, but they are awe-struck by its beauty. Professor Hyde of the University of Southern California said, “The Orion Nebula is incredibly beautiful, an explosion of glory in the blackness of space.” Thomas Dick LLD stated, “Orion is the most startling and splendid of all the constellations.” Celestial Scenery p30. Sir Robert S. Ball said, “The most glorious constellation of stars in the firmament is undoubtedly that of Orion.” In Starry Realms p127. Rev Thomas Webb stated, “The Great Nebula, one of the most wonderful objects in the heavens.” Celestial Objects for Common Telescopes. An amateur astronomer made the following observation, “Those of you who have gazed upon the Great Nebula know how words fail its description, the haunting glow of unexpected energy, mirroring the source of our creation.” OrionNebula@Everything2.com The Compendium of Astronomy stated categorically, “Orion is the most beautiful in the heavens.” Compendium of Astronomy p328. In the Middle Ages, Orion was called Flamma Orions, a fitting name for the nebula. The Director of the Russian Observatory once said, “Since that time, this name – Flamma Orions – is dear to me; I love it – the “wonder of the heavens’.” What is the mystery of Orion’s beauty? The cavern has brilliant light within its depths that does not come from a sun or any of the surrounding stars. Of this brilliance, Sir John Herschel said, “I know not how to describe it…. and to attempt even a guess at what this light may be would be presumption.” A Cycle of Celestial Objects p150. |
| Sir Robert Ball wrote, “The light with which it glows is no reflected sunlight. The nebula is, indeed, indebted to no foreign source for that weird – I had almost said ghost-like – radiance which it gives forth. The light comes from the nebula itself.” In Starry Realms p127. Andrew James of Southern Astronomical Delights wrote, “This magnificent object is a bright emission nebula that is still spectacular even in light-polluted skies… In even moderate telescopes it is truly a grand object and words cannot adequately describe this nebula as it truly appears.” http://homepage.mac.com/andjames/Page 204.htm |
| Professor Hyde of the University of Southern California said, “It seems that I was looking through the door to infinity and that the celestial city was not far away.” According to the Christian Bible, this celestial city is called the New Jerusalem. It is not a wispy cloud or an airy-fairy dreamland. It is the dwelling-place of God, the supreme Being of the universe, with His beloved Son Jesus Christ, who are surrounded by an unnumbered host of heavenly angels. The city has twelve foundations, each garnished with precious stones – jasper, sapphire, emerald, topaz, jacinth, amethyst and more. Revelation 21:19-20. The prophet John saw the holy place in vision as “having the glory of God; and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal….” Revelation 21:11. Its jasper walls are “great and high”, and its gates are precious pearls, “twelve gates, every gate was of one pearl.” The streets are “pure gold, as it were transparent glass.” Revelation 21:21. Imagine the colours and the reflections! In this heavenly city is the throne of God, “high and lifted up”, glorious to behold. Isaiah 6:1. Arched above it is a “rainbow”, shimmering “like an emerald.” Revelation 4:3. Our finite minds can hardly grasp the glory. The One seated on the throne is the Designer of the universe, the Being who created the heavens and the earth, who formed the nebula of Orion, the suns, stars, planets, constellations, galaxies, upholding and sustaining them in their trackless course through space. |
| The city has no need of artificial light because the glory of God enlightens it. “And there shall be no night there, and they need no candle, neither light of the sun, for the Lord God giveth them light.” Revelation 22:5. (This is speaking only of the city) A sparkling river flows forth from the “high and holy” throne, as clear as crystal. Isaiah 57:15. All are able to drink freely of its healing waters. A magnificent tree spans the river, bearing its life-giving fruit once a month. Revelation 22:2. All who partake of this fruit will live for eternity. Language is altogether too feeble in describing such beauty. The most exalted language surely must fail, and we can only wonder. The Bible says the city’s measurements are twelve thousand furlongs. This means the New Jerusalem is 2414 kilometres (1500 miles) in circumference. (Ancient cities were always measured by the perimeter) Ground space would be 364,217,430,485 square metres (3,920,400,000,000 square feet) or 90,000,000 acres. As the city lies “four-square”, the length, breadth are equal, measuring 603.5 kilometres (375 miles) on each side! Revelation 21:16. Ancient men like Abraham, Moses, Daniel and others, believed in this heavenly city “whose builder and maker is God”. Hebrews 11:10. The apostle Peter wrote of it as an inheritance for all who accept the Lord Jesus Christ as their Lord and Saviour, an “… inheritance incorruptible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in heaven for you.” 1 Peter 1:3-4. |
| Jesus Himself said, “In my Father’s house are many mansions. If it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” John 14:2-3. All heaven rejoices in seeing the glory of God, and in seeing the Son face to face. John gives the promise for those who believe, “they shall see His face.” Revelation 22:2-3. The prophet Isaiah was privileged to see the Lord “sitting upon a throne”. Isaiah 6:1. “Above it”, he said, “stood the seraphim, each one had six wings… And one cried unto another, and said, ‘Holy, Holy, Holy is the Lord…” Isaiah 6:3. Ezekiel’s description is rather mysterious. “I saw the likeness of a throne, as the appearance of a sapphire stone, and upon (it) was the likeness as the appearance of a man… I saw as it were the appearance of fire, and it had brightness round about… as the appearance of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain.” Ezekiel 1:26-28. The apostle Paul was unable to describe his vision at all. He said, “I was caught up to the third heaven… caught up to Paradise, and heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful to utter.” 2 Corinthians 12:1-4. The Living Bible says Paul saw, “things so astounding that they are beyond a man’s power to describe or put into words.” The New English Bible says Paul heard “words so secret that human lips may not repeat them.” But what has this holy place to do with the Great Nebula in Orion? |
| But what has this holy place to do with the Great Nebula in Orion? Modern technology has now confirmed Huygen’s statement that the Great Nebula is “an opening in the sky”, a deep cavern “receding into the mighty distance beyond.” In 1848, a young lady named Ellen, claimed to have had a vision of the Great Nebula in Orion, and she too called it an “open space”. She did not profess to be a prophet, a visionary, or a psychic, but simply, “the messenger of the Lord”. When writing of the second coming of Christ she said, “The atmosphere parted and rolled back; then we could look up through the open space in Orion, whence came the voice of God. The holy city will come down through that open space.” Christian Experience and Teachings p111. John wrote in the Apocalypse, “I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband…. And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God.” Revelation 21:2, 10. (The Bible classifies three heavens – the atmospheric heaven, the starry heavens, and the Heaven of heavens, the dwelling-place of God. The city [the third Heaven] will descend through the starry heavens into our atmosphere, to land upon the earth, one thousand years [earth time] after the return of Christ.) |
| But before the descent of the holy city, Jesus Himself will descend through the great starry passage, “with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God; and the dead in Christ shall rise first. Then we which are alive and remain will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air….” 1 Thessalonians 4:16-17. The Creator asks an interesting question of the patriarch Job, “Canst thou loose the bands of Orion.” Job 38:31. Are the bands of Orion now being held together in some way? And will they one day be loosed? During her seventy one years as the messenger of the Lord, Ellen White had many visions of heaven and the future life. These accounts are scattered throughout her writings, giving hope to many in the 19th and early 20th century, and indeed in the 21st century too. Ellen White was a diligent Bible student, but because she also saw the events in vision, she was able to write as if they were then taking place. Bible prophets sometimes wrote of future scenes in the present, the future, or even the past tense. Writing in this way gives an impact of reality that is hard to dismiss as fiction. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2766 |
| 4. Gematria – Introduction |
| Gematria is an alphanumeric code of assigning a numerical value to a name, word or phrase based on its letters. |
| The pronunciation may be heard here: https://www.thefreedictionary.com/gematria |
| Gematria is a God given language; it works across Biblical Hebrew, Greek and in the modern English language. |
| To find out the gematrial value of a word or phrase, visit here: https://www.gematrix.org/ |
| Alternatively, you can calculate the value using the following coding: |
| For Simple English Gematria: A=1, B=2, C=3, ….. Y=25 and Z=26. |
| For English Gematria: A=6, B=12, C=18, ….. Y=150 and Z=156. This is just 6 fold the Simple English Gematria values. |
| For Jewish Gematria using the English alphabet, the numbering basically goes up in units, then tens, then hundreds. |
| But there are exceptions – J, V and W – these are the newer letters in the modern English alphabet. |
| A=1, B=2, C=3, D=4, E=5, F=6, G=7, H=8, I=9, J=600, K=10, L=20, M=30, N=40, O=50, P=60, Q=70, R=80, S=90, T=100, U=200, V=700, W=900, X=300, Y=400 and Z=500. |
| Notice that the 800 value is missing. |
| The Jewish, Greek and Latin letter values may be seen here: |
| https://menorah-bible.jimdo.com/english/structure-of-the-bible/alphabets-and-numerical-values/ |
| Revelation 13:18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the BEAST: for it is the NUMBER OF A MAN; and his number [is] SIX HUNDRED THREESCORE [AND] SIX. |
| In this Biblical verse, we are introduced to Gematria. God’s Word tells us that Here is wisdom, also by us acquiring understanding, we may count the number of the beast. To ensure that we get it right, God tells the answer – Six hundred threescore [and] six which is 666. |
| The Bible also speaks to us, telling us about many other numbers. Consider numbers 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 and 12: |
| 4 = God’s Absolute Control over His Creation & World / Earth (directions, winds, empires) – Universal Truth – Creative Works including All Things Terrestrial – Message (hear) |
| 5 = Power & Divine Grace – Mercy – God’s Goodness – Pentateuch – Redemption – Human Weakness (life, child) – [Living] Faith |
| 6 = Man (conscience, flesh) – His Weakness – Manifestation of Sin – Evil – Satan (& his influences) – Something Incomplete or Imperfect |
| 6 Also: Lacking (i.e. not yet 7), Human wisdom, efforts and labour (Luke 13:14). |
| 7 = Spiritual Completeness / Perfection – Sanctification – Resurrection – Covenant – Holy Spirit – Finished – Totality – God’s Seal – The End (sword) |
| 10 = Testimony – Law and Responsibility – Ordinal Perfection / Completion – God’s Law – Trial – Testing – Account |
| When we acquire this knowledge and wisdom, by understanding their meanings, then God is able to speak to us more fully. |
| Job12.22: He discovereth deep things out of darkness, and bringeth out to light the shadow of death. |
| Proverbs 1.7: >The fear of the LORD [is] the beginning of knowledge: [but] fools despise wisdom and instruction. |
| Proverbs 2.6: For the LORD giveth wisdom: out of his mouth [cometh] knowledge and understanding. |
| Proverbs 2.10: >When wisdom entereth into thine heart, and knowledge is pleasant unto thy soul; |
| Proverbs 2.11: Discretion shall preserve thee, understanding shall keep thee: |
| Proverbs 3.13: >Happy [is] the man [that] findeth wisdom, and the man [that] getteth understanding. |
| Proverbs 4.7: Wisdom [is] the principal thing; [therefore] get wisdom: and with all thy getting get understanding. |
| Ecclesiastes 2.26: For [God] giveth to a man that [is] good in his sight wisdom, and knowledge, and joy: but to the sinner he giveth travail, to gather and to heap up, that he may give to [him that is] good before God. This also [is] vanity and vexation of spirit. |
| Jeremiah 33.3: Call unto me, and I will answer thee, and show thee great and mighty things, which thou knowest not. |
| Daniel 2.21: And he changeth the times and the seasons: he removeth kings, and setteth up kings: he giveth wisdom unto the wise, and knowledge to them that know understanding: |
| Daniel 2.22: He revealeth the deep and secret things: he knoweth what [is] in the darkness, and the light dwelleth with him. |
| Luke 8.10: And he said, Unto you it is given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they might not see, and hearing they might not understand. |
| Ephesians 1.8: Wherein he hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; |
| Ephesians 1.9: Having made known unto us the mystery of his will, according to his good pleasure which he hath purposed in himself: |
| Colossians 1.26: [Even] the mystery which hath been hid from ages and from generations, but now is made manifest to his saints: |
| James 1.5: If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all [men] liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. |
| So, we see from the above that it is only correct to: |
| 2Timothy 2.15: Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth. |
| As we delve into Gematria we shall find that it is extremely detailed in it’s meanings; so much so, that we shall have to concede that this multilingual language is beyond chance and man’s capability. In learning about Gematria, it will be seen to be divinely inspired by that master heavenly mathematician who also intertwines this theme with chemistry and physics. A truly multi-language, multi-subject ability from our Creator God to mankind. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=1419 |
| 5. Gematria, Vesica Piscis, Pi and Genesis 1 |
| What is Gematria? |
| The Oxford English Dictionary defines gematria as, “A cabbalistic method of interpreting the Hebrew Scriptures by interchanging words whose letters have the same numerical value when added.” This is actually a rather restrictive definition because gematria was every bit as important to other peoples in antiquity, and examples of its use are more common in the culture of classical Greece than in Judaism. |
| Hebrew and Greek are the two languages with which gematria has been traditionally associated and until now the gematria of other languages has not been on such a secure footing. English, with its origin in Latin script, is every bit as valid a language for gematria and that its heritage by this means is as rich as those of Hebrew and Greek. The only difference being that the gematria coding of English has been one of the best kept secrets of the English-speaking world. |
| How does it work? |
| Gematria works on the premise that the letters of the alphabet can also be used as numbers, and therefore words and phrases acquire distinctive numerical values. A well known example is that of God, whose name spelt in Hebrew, is IHVH. The values of these four letters are 10 – 5 – 6 – 5, thus the ‘number of His Name’ is 26. It follows from this, by means of numerical equivalence, that God is identifiable with AHBH and AChD – Love and Unity – because the letter values of these two words sum as 1 + 5 + 2 + 5 and 1 + 8 + 4 = 26. Each letter matches a number with no letter having a zero value. |
| Why the name Gematria? |
| Gematria is said to derive from the Greek word meaning Geometry. It may also be compounded with the word meaning Writing. The reason for the geometric connection is because the rules of sacred geometry play an important part in the secondary encoding of literary cabala. Isolated numbers, such as 26, have only limited utility: they are the words of the numerical language. The sentence structure, or grammar rules, derive from number patterns which are conformed according to the properties of ‘sacred’ geometry. |
| What is meant by Vesica Piscis? |
| The Vesica Piscis is an ancient symbol holding many meanings, which is found in cultures all over the world. A common element is that it symbolises a portal or bridge to transcendence, often an abstracted bodily aperture or organ. |
| The Vesica Piscis consists of two equal sized overlapping circles, creating a pointed oval shape in the centre. It has been used throughout history and holds significant meaning in various spiritual and esoteric traditions. |
| The Vesica Piscis, the “mother” of geometry, from which all other regular geometric forms are born, is a curvilinear form very easily created by overlapping these two circles at their central points. Its meeting points create a balanced tension, not resolved but held. |
| When two equal circles are joined so that the perimeter of one passes the epicentre of the other, it produces a third, intermediate section, which resembles the shape of a fish. This section further contains two equilateral triangles. The mathematical ratio of its width (measured to the endpoints of the body) is nearly 265:153, yielding the number 1.73203, or the square root of 3. This can be confirmed using Euclid’s 47th Proposition. |
| The form of the Vesica Piscis occurs everywhere in nature; in buds, leaves, fruits and seeds and in the basic body shape of many creatures, such as birds and fishes. Vesical structures such as seed pods and the chrysalis are often protective and temporary. |
| In humans, the Vesica Piscis is recognised in the shape of the eye and the mouth. It is also the shape formed in the penis and vigina when they are open. |
| The Vesica Piscis shares with the phenomenon of symbolism a capacity to act as a bridge or portal between different realms – divine and earthly, potential and manifest, inner and outer – whilst demarcating these realms. The most commonly occurring example in the Christian tradition is of Christ, divine yet incarnated into flesh. He is often shown in medieval illuminations and carvings emerging from a womb-like vesica which is also a halo or aura encompassing His whole body. He is human and at the same time, transcends earthly humanity. |
| Jesus Christ is a symbol of God in man. Essentially He represents enlightened man. Man becomes enlightened when ego-consciousness becomes aware of the split-off content buried in the unconscious. |
| This is the union of heaven and earth. Heaven is the Mind which receives the ‘Voice of God’ the superconscious. Earth is the personal unconscious, the repository for our programs which prompt habitual behaviours, beliefs, attitudes, perceptions, character traits, etc.. |
| In Latin, “Vesica Piscis” literally means “bladder of a fish”, reflecting the shape’s resemblance to the conjoined dual air bladders (swim bladder) found in most fish. In Italian, the shape’s name is mandorla (“almond”). A similar shape in three dimensions is the lemon. |
| Science shows us that nature has to find balance in order for creation to flourish. We see this in the sub-atomic particles of an atom. Male protons (positive charge) bind with female electrons (negative charge) to try and find equilibrium. |
| When positive and negative charges of an atom find a balance, a perfect creation is formed. When they cannot find equilibrium, the female electron will look for another proton. |
| If the atom cannot find equilibrium, the neutron kicks in and the atom neutralises. This only happens if there is more or less of a balance of electrons and protons. If there are more of one than the other, an imperfect creation forms. |
| An equal amount of electrons and protons balance out an atom. |
| The Vesica Piscis is the shape in the centre of two interlocking circles. Let’s say one of the circles is the male energy and the other is the female energy. Male and female are opposites that create a balance in a relationship just as protons (male) and electrons (female) create balance in an atom. |
| The area of the Vesica Piscis: (1/ 6)(4 Pi − 3 √3) r 2 , which is approximately 1.2284 r 2. |
| The area of the Circle: Pi r 2. |
| The area ratio of VP/C = (4 Pi − 3 √3) / (6 Pi) = (2 / 3) – (√3 / (2 Pi)) = 0.39100221895577064191100341751018 |
| 391 = 17 x 23 |
| 391 = Holy One of God is Killed (Faith in Christ) |
| In Hebrew Gematria, the number 391 is the numerical value for the phrase “Yahweh Shophet”, which translates to “Yahweh is Judge”. |
| The number of chapters in the 3 consecutive Books of Joel, Amos, and Obadiah = 3, 9, 1. |
| Joel + Amos + Obadiah = 391 |
| 391 is one of the key numbers in the New Bible Code, because it is the standard value of the Hebrew word for Jesus, transliterated as Yehoshua, and also because it is the standard value of the English phrase ‘Second Coming’. |
| At the centre of this number is Amos chapter 9. This is the 888 chapter in the Bible. |
| In Hebrew, 888 is related to The Lord’s Second Coming. |
| 888 = Jesus Christ / God’s Holy Spirit – The Sum of the Tree of Life – First Resurrection of Saints |
| 12 Minor Prophets/Book and Main Theme of the Book |
| Hosea – Salvation |
| Joel – The Day of the Lord |
| Amos – Judgement; The Day of the Lord; Redemption |
| Obadiah – The destruction of Edom; The Day of the Lord |
| Jonah – Serving the Lord; His mercy |
| Micah – Injustice; Oppression |
| Nahum – Judgement on Nineveh; Comfort to Israel |
| Habakkuk – God embracing Judah; Chaldea’s destruction |
| Zephaniah – God’s anger; The Day of the Lord; Repentance |
| Haggai – Building the Temple; God’s Kingdom |
| Malachi – The messenger to come; The Day of the Lord |
| The phrase “the day of the LORD [Yahweh]” refers both to the ultimate time when Yahweh will punish and restore the whole world through Christ’s first and second comings and to the periodic pen-ultimate days that clarify and anticipate it. |
| 2 Peter 3:10 But THE DAY OF THE LORD will come as a THIEF IN THE NIGHT; in the which the HEAVENS shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. |
| The Creator |
| The Vesica Piscis is one of the most important figures in sacred geometry. A vesica with a width of 26 – IHVH (the Creator), has a height of 45, which is the gematria value of the man He created ADM – Adam. The difference between God and man is 45 – 26 = 19. This is the value of the woman created as a companion for Adam, ChVH – ‘Eve’. In this way the sacred vesica defines the relationship between the Creator and mankind. |
| God’s primal act of creation is encapsulated by the first verse of Genesis. The Hebrew words here – BRAShITh BRA ALHIM ATh HShMIM VATh HARTz – have a value of 2701. Among the many interesting properties of this number is the fact that it comprises the sum of 26 squared (676) and 45 squared (2025) – hence the combination of God and Adam. This means that the 26 by 45 rectangle enclosing the vesica of creation has a diagonal of the square root of 2701. |
| In addition to this, the circle within which the rectangle may be precisely drawn has a circumference of 163, and by this means can symbolise that which was created: AaVLM HZH – ‘This World’. It is also a fact that the area of the rectangle is equal to that of a square with a perimeter of 139: the value of – GN ALHIM – the Garden of Eden. Furthermore, the difference between 2025 and 676, gives the value of GN ALHIM when the final letters N and M are counted high – 1349. At the same time, the area of the rectangle is equal to that of a circle with a radius of 19 – ChVH – Eve. |
| There are unfathomable mysteries in the gematria of Genesis and this but a gleam from the crest of the tip of a very large iceberg. |
| 45/26 = 1.7307692307692307692307692307692 |
| The square root of 3 = 1.7320508075688772935274463415059 |
| The difference is -0.00128157679964652429667711073664 which is 1/780.2887819721870168081845756203 |
| 780 = The Hebrew name for the Lord Jesus Christ. [See below] |
| Consider an equilateral triangle comprising of dots. |
| In the first [top] row there would be just 1 dot; making [1!] 1 dot in total. This would form the triangle T1 where on each of the 3 sides you see 1 dot. |
| In the second row there would be 2 dots; making [2!] 3 dots in total. This would form the triangle T2 where on each of the 3 sides you see 2 dots. |
| In the third row there would be 3 dots; making [3!] 6 dots in total. This would form the triangle T3 where on each of the 3 sides you see 3 dots. |
| And so on. |
| In the 36th row there would be 36 dots; making [36!] 666 dots in total. This would form the triangle T36 where on each of the 3 sides you see 36 dots. |
| 36! = 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 + 10 + 11 + 12 + 13 + 14 + 15 + 16 + 17 + 18 + 19 + 20 + 21 + 22 + 23 + 24 + 25 + 26 + 27 + 28 + 29 + 30 + 31 + 32 + 33 + 34 + 35 + 36 = 666 |
| In the 37th row there would be 37 dots; making [37!] 703 dots in total. This would form the triangle T37 where on each of the 3 sides you see 37 dots. |
| T73, which equates to the first 7 words of Genesis comprises of (3 x T36) + (1 x T37). |
| One T36 = 36! = 666 is on top, and beneath it are 3 triangles touching each other as follows: |
| A T36 = 36! = 666 being located each side of an inverted T37 = 37! = 703. |
| This layout results in the T73 having 4 triangles with the inverted T37 being an “inner” triangle. |
| Consider the first 7 Hebrew Words: |
| Genesis 1:1 In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth |
| 913 + 203 + 86 + 401 + 395 + 407 + 296 + 302 = 2701 |
| (666 + 666 + 666) + (703) = 1998 + 703 = 2701 |
| T36 = 36! = 666 2556 T37 = 37! = 703 2701 |
| T73 = 3 x T36 + 1 x T37 |
| 2701 = 37 x 73 |
| 37 = The Word of God – The Godhead – God’s Attributes – Chosen Servant – Exaltation |
| 73 = Babylon (World Rule) |
| Consider 2701-1072 [the reflection of 2701]: |
| 2701-1072 = 1629 = 3 x 543 |
| 543 in Hebrew is I AM THAT I AM |
| Consider 2701+1072 [the reflection of 2701]: |
| 2701+1072 = 3773 = 11 x 7 x 7 x 7 |
| Consider the first 8 Hebrew Words: |
| In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth; and the earth |
| 913 + 203 + 86 + 401 + 395 + 407 + 296 + 302 = 2701 + 302 = 3003 |
| T38 = 38! = 741 2850 T39 = 39! = 780 3003 |
| 780 = The Hebrew name for the Lord Jesus Christ. |
| 3003 = 3 x 7 x 143 |
| T77 = (3 x T38) + (1 x T39) |
| 77! = 3003 |
| Thus the first eight words of the Bible offer a very similar pattern to that the first seven words (Genesis 1:1). |
| Most importantly, the interior triangle now reads 780, a perfect correlation to the perfect rendition of the highest name in Hebraic Christianity, the Lord Jesus Christ. This is achieved by using the correct biblical form of the name Jesus and the original proper name of the Lord. |
| This 77th triangle holds a powerful proof of the divinity of Jesus in its hidden inner triangle. Inner triangles are the basis of the fundamental mechanic of the mathematics of the first verse of the Bible. By applying that same mechanism to the 77th triangle we find a sum most triangular indeed. |
| The number 780 is the finest linguistic construction of the Hebrew name for the Lord Jesus Christ. So holy is it, that no practising Jew (non-messianic that is) would ever attempt to pronounce it, for to the non-believing Jew such a pronouncement would be akin to blasphemy. Nevertheless we find this name and number in the infinite essence of all triangular numbers—the terminal repeat cycle. |
| 452 + 262 = 2025 + 676 = 2701 = Pi r2. This gives a circle radius of 29.321579128389702125857452591007 |
| 452 + 262 = 2025 + 676 = 2701 = 51.9711458407451316797775338291422, the side of the 2701 square that can contain the Circle. Hence the maximum circle size would have 51.971145840745131679777533829142 as a diameter. |
| Pi x 51.971145840745131679777533829142 = 163.27216997192864414273405924292.This is the circle circumference. |
| 163 = Word Hid in Heart |
| 163 in Hebrew, symbolises This World. |
| 139 in Hebrew, symbolises the Garden of Eden. |
| 139/4 = 34.75 being the side of the square having a perimeter of 139. |
| 34.752 = 1,207.5625 being the area of that square, which is equatable with: |
| 45 x 26 = 1170, the area of the rectangle. |
| So there is a difference as the √3:1 ratios for 45 and 26 would have to be: |
| 45.733571950099113013467856837446 x 26.404290076392841019758774335245 = 1,207.5625 |
| 1207.5625/1170 = 1.0321047008547008547008547008547 = 1 + 1/31.148086522462562396006655574043 in error. |
| 31 = Increase – Offspring – Deity – Family of One God |
| 32 = Covenant – Fellowship |
| 1170 x 4 / Pi = 38.5965058954841188457989255779742. |
| Hence a radius of 19.298252947742059422899462788987 |
| This radius is 1 + 0156975235653715485736559362625 in error or 1 + 1 / 63.704315896424695209110598192665 |
| 64 = Fellowship Broken |
| 19 was related to Eve. The fellowship was broken with God in the Garden of Eden. |
| The Garden of Eden in Hebrew Gematria equals 360. |
| Pi x 192 = 1,134.1149479459153590850142613639, the area of the circle. |
| 1170 / 1,134.1149479459153590850142613639 = 1.0316414593768284922415180229687 = 1 + 1/31.604104857828231554738110693459 in error. |
| 31 = Increase – Offspring – Deity – Family of One God |
| 26/19 = 1.3684210526315789473684210526316 |
| 1.3684210526315789473684210526316 to the power of √3 = 1.7216288148835081966418222259642 |
| √ 3 = 1.7320508075688772935274463415059 |
| 1.7320508075688772935274463415059 / 1.7216288148835081966418222259642 = 1 + the error of 0.00605356543482009949971303222263 = 1 / 165.1919039724922220433565182919 |
| 165 = Peace and Safety |
| In the value of Pi commencing at decimal position 455771 is the only 452619 “Vesica Piscis” occurrence within the first million decimal places: |
| 3446669783 7732810111 4526195995 8866650108 2168815975 |
| 9495666029 0352758332 1493728643 5874599676 4765258208 |
| It is surrounded/attacked by 3 lots of 666 [The Mark / Number of the Beast – The Antichrist – Hands in Chains] and is directly preceded by 111 [which is another 666 > Simple English to English gematria]. |
| Note also that 455771 is a semi-prime number [157 × 2903] where: |
| 157 = Chosen People |
| 2903 is 293 as no 0 in gematria. 293 = Accounts Settled |
| Note also that 452619 is a semi-prime number [32 × 50291] where: |
| The number 50291 is a prime number. |
| In gematria, 50291 becomes 5291 which is a semi-prime number [11 × 481] where: |
| 481 = Many Foes (Put Down) |
| Kabbalah (also spelled Kabalah, Cabala, Qabala) — sometimes translated as “mysticism” or “occult knowledge” — is a part of Jewish tradition that deals with the essence of God. Whether a sacred text, an experience, or the way things work, Kabbalists believe that God moves in mysterious ways. |
| According to the Kabalah, the entire creation and every part of it consists of an inner spiritual core surrounded by an outer physical shell. |
| Geometrically, this concept is represented in the Genesis 1:1 Triangle. T73 = 3 T36 + 1 T37. 3 x 666 + 703 = 2701. |
| The Genesis 1:1 triangle of 28 letters is the 7th Triangle number. It’s perimeter is 6+6+6. 7! = 28. |
| In the T73, 6 represents the physical world, the world of external appearance. The surrounding 666 triangles and perimeters represents the creation of matter and time. There are 6 weekdays (time) and 6 directions of space from a centre point – up, down, north, east, south, west. |
| Correspondingly, there were “6 DAYS OF CREATION” (Physical) and a 7TH DAY Sabbath (Spiritual). |
| Now take the T73 and fold it into a 3-sided pyramid. The 3 x 666 triangles (and total perimeters) are folded as a “shell” around 703 which represents the inner spiritual realm (Sabbath) which is the goal of creation and which is the Temple of God. The Sabbath = 703. |
| Note that the 666 Triangle is the 36th Triangle while the 703 Triangle is the 37th Triangle, a difference of 1. |
| Thus, the three 666 Triangles are folded into a hollow 3D structure to get the formation of triangles of 703 from each of the 4 sides. Due to overlap on the perimeters, they superimpose dots and we get to a total of 2594 dots. |
| i.e. you have the 703 Triangle surrounded by three 666 triangles. Each of these three 666 triangles folds upwards and you get this hollow 3D structure that has the secret 2594 dots and 703 dots on each face. |
| 703 is really the complete structure, including the 666 triangles. It is the “little” that holds the parts, as 2701 in Gematria is 2+701 = 703 itself. For the true reality is the spiritual reality. The physical is merely an external superficial appearance, an outer “perimeter” or shell serving the inner core. The spiritual reality itself is what creates and sustains the physical reality. |
| A similar picture is hinted in Pi. 2701 first appears in Pi at the 165th, 166th, 167th, and 168th decimal digits of Pi: |
| Pi=3. |
| 14159265358979323846264338327950288419716939937510 58209749445923078164062862089986280348253421170679 82148086513282306647093844609550582231725359408128 481117450284102701… |
| Adding the Pi positions: |
| 165 + 166 + 167 + 168 = 666. |
| Note that this is the ONLY 4-digit sequence in all of Pi whose digital positions sum to 666 and likewise the 73rd triangle (2701) is the ONLY Triangle with a Perimeter of 6×6×6 dots. |
| The sum of the first 165 digits of Pi = 737, a squeezed version of 73×37 = 2701. |
| Pi is associated with the Hebrew holy name – Sha-dai. This Hebrew word has Gematria 314 (just like Pi starts 3.14.) |
| It was used to constrict the infinite into the finite to make it possible for Creation to exist. |
| The sum of the first 165 squared digits of Pi: (12+42+12+52…, etc. for 165 digits of Pi) = 4699 = 2701 + 666 + 666 + 666 further hinting that 2701 and 703 are interchangeable. |
| 4699 is also = 127×37 and 127 is a very special super prime. Super primes are defined as primes whose index is also a prime. 127 is a “super” super prime in that it has a direct lineage of primes all the way down to 1, namely: |
| 127 is the 31st prime |
| 31 is the 11th prime |
| 11 is the 5th prime |
| 5 is the 3rd prime |
| 3 is the 2nd prime |
| 2 is the 1st prime, where |
| 1 is the unitary, the point of Creation. |
| Interestingly, the number of unique combinations of words for the seven words in Genesis 1:1 is 27-1 = 127. Notice also 4699 = 4+699=703. |
| 37 is the Gematria of “Hevel”, which means breath in Hebrew. |
| 37 is also the Gematria of “Yechida”, the fifth and highest level of soul (Nefesh, Ruach, Neshama, Chayah, Yechidah). |
| 37 is likewise the ordinal Gematria of “wisdom” (Chachmah). |
| Genesis 2:7 And the LORD God formed man [of] the dust of the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living SOUL. [1 Corinthians 15:45] {NB: A MAJOR difference between man and beast is that man is the ONLY creature with a SOUL. According to the King James Bible, you are a living SOUL and you are located in a body (or at least you used to be before the NIV and NKJV). Your SOUL has eyes, nose, and mouth. Your SOUL can see and talk. New versions miss this point. Also replacing SOUL here and retaining it (all as the KJV) in the NKJV for Matthew 16:26 looses the cross referencing advantage which exists in God’s Word. (KJV: For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, AND LOSE HIS OWN SOUL? or what shall a man give IN EXCHANGE FOR HIS SOUL?; NKJV: For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?)} |
| Proverbs 2:6 For the LORD giveth wisdom: out of his mouth [cometh] knowledge and understanding. |
| Thus, 37 represents the divine within which sustains everything. The divine breath which vivifies man’s soul and which grants wisdom. |
| The innermost spiritual core in the creation is none other than man’s soul – the Yechidah. Though man, looks in external appearance not much different than an ape. But in reality he is the innermost core of the universe, the intermediary between God and the entire creation. Through his actions, he controls how much divine flow and blessings are transmitted to the creation, or God forbid, concealed and blocked. |
| Starting from the first triangle T1, every 3rd Triangle number has a centroid T1,T4,T7,T10… The maths formula for the centroid is: |
| Centroid = 1/9*(2*n2 + 2*n + 5). |
| Thus for the 73rd Triangle: |
| Centroid = 1/9*(2*732 + 2*73 + 5) = 1201. |
| Check: 2/3 of T72 is T48. 48!=1176. 2/3 of “T73.5” would be 49!=1225. So for T73, 1201 appears valid. |
| 1201 is the location of the “centroid” of 2701 in a formation of Triangle T73 – counting from any of the corners towards the central location (the “centroid” is analogous to the “centre of gravity”, or “balance point” of a triangle). |
| 1201 is the 197th prime and 197 is the 45th prime. 45 = Adam, hinting that man is the inner core of the Creation; everything being balanced around him. |
| In Pi, the number 197 first appears at the 37th digit. |
| Pi=3.1415926535 8979323846 2643383279 502884 197 1 69399 37 510 |
| 37 appears 6 digits later and the sum of these 6 digits =1+6+9+3+9+9 = 37 |
| The sum of the first 37 EVEN decimal digits of Pi (4 + 5 + 2 + 5 + 5 + 9 + 9 + 2 + 8 + 6 + 6 + 3 + 8 + 2 + 9 + 0 + 8 + 4 + 9 + 1 + 9 + 9 + 3 + 5 + 0 + 8 + 0 + 7 + 9 + 4 + 9 + 3 + 7 + 1 + 4 + 6 + 8) = 197 |
| The sum of the first 37 ODD decimal digits of Pi (1 + 1 + 9 + 6 + 3 + 8 + 7 + 3 + 3 + 4 + 2 + 4 + 3 + 3 + 7 + 5 + 2 + 8 + 1 + 7 + 6 + 3 + 9 + 7 + 1 + 5 + 2 + 9 + 4 + 4 + 5 + 2 + 0 + 8 + 6 + 0 + 2) = 197 – 37 |
| The sum of all PRIME NUMBERS up to 37 = 2+3+5+7+11+13+17+19+23+29+31+37 = 197 |
| In Genesis 1:1 = 2701 = 666 + 666 + 666 + 703. Note 666 + 703 = 372. Also 666 / (6+6+6) = 37. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2464 |
| 6. Antichrist |
| Antichrist: What the KJV Bible says: |
| 1 John 2:18 Little children, it is the last time: and as ye have heard that ANTICHRIST shall come, even now are there many ANTICHRISTS; whereby we know that it is the last time. |
| 1 John 2:19 They went out from us, but they were not of us; for if they had been of us, they would [no doubt] have continued with us: but [they went out], that they might be made manifest that they were not all of us. |
| 1 John 2:21 I have not written unto you because ye know not the truth, but because ye know it, and that no lie is of the truth. |
| 1 John 2:22 Who is a liar but he that denieth that JESUS is the CHRIST? He is ANTICHRIST, that denieth the FATHER and the SON. |
| 1 John 2:23 Whosoever denieth the SON, the same hath not the FATHER: [(but) he that acknowledgeth the SON hath the FATHER also]. |
| 1 John 4:01: ¶ Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world. [True prophets teach that Jesus came in the flesh – see 1 John 4:2-3.] |
| 1 John 4:02 Hereby know ye the Spirit of God: Every spirit that confesseth that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God: [True prophets teach that Jesus came in the flesh – see 1 John 4:1&3.] |
| 1 John 4:03 And every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God: and this is that [SPIRIT] of ANTICHRIST, whereof ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world. [True prophets teach that Jesus came in the flesh – see 1 John 4:1-2.] |
| 1 John 4:04 Ye are of God, little children, and have overcome them: because greater is He that is in you, than he that is in the world. |
| 2 John 1:06 And this is love, that we walk after his commandments. This is the commandment, That, as ye have heard from the beginning, ye should walk in it. |
| 2 John 1:07 For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an ANTICHRIST. |
| 2 John 1:08 Look to yourselves, that we lose not those things which we have wrought, but that we receive a full reward. |
| Antichrist: What the Spirit of Prophecy says: |
| The determination of ANTICHRIST to carry out the rebellion he began in heaven will continue to work on the children of disobedience. Their envy and hatred against those who obey the fourth commandment will wax more and more bitter. |
| Satan has carried his first great work of deception down through all the ages, and will until the close of time. In ANTICHRIST, he has a living agent. When the Christian world shall make void the LAW of GOD when church and state are united, when Protestantism shall reach its hands across the gulf to unite with Romanism, allegiance to the LAW of GOD will be fully thrown off and the DECREE will go forth against the PEOPLE of GOD. |
| Fallen ANGELS upon earth form confederations with evil men. In this age ANTICHRIST will appear as the true CHRIST, and then the LAW of GOD will be fully made void in the nations of our world. Rebellion against GOD’S HOLY LAW will be fully ripe. But the true leader of all this rebellion is Satan clothed as an ANGEL of light. |
| In the counsels of the synagogue of Satan it was determined to obliterate the sign of allegiance to GOD in the world. ANTICHRIST, the man of sin, exalted himself as supreme in the earth, and through him Satan has worked in a masterly way to create rebellion against the LAW of GOD and against the memorial of HIS CREATED WORKS. |
| The man of sin was to arise, and do his work of exaltation and blasphemy, before the brethren could look for the COMING of CHRIST. That great event was to be preceded by a falling away. There would be revealed a form of ANTICHRIST, and the leaven of apostasy was to work with increasing POWER to the end of time. We are not to be surprised beyond measure to see the widespread declension of FAITH and piety. |
| Little children, it is the last time,” writes John, “and as ye have heard that ANTICHRIST shall come, even now there are many ANTICHRISTS: whereby we know that it is the last time. They went out from us, but they were not of us; for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us. (1 John 2:18-19a quoted). |
| Since the FATHER “hath committed all JUDGEMENT unto the Son” (John 5:22), whoever presumes to judge the motives of others is again usurping the prerogative of the SON of GOD. These would-be judges and critics are placing themselves on the side of ANTICHRIST, “who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called GOD, or that is worshipped; so that he as GOD sitteth in the TEMPLE of GOD, showing himself that he is GOD.” 2 Thessalonians 2:4. {1896 MB 125.3} |
| The SPIRIT of ANTICHRIST is far more wide-spread than any of us imagine. |
| The SPIRIT of ANTICHRIST is prevailing to such an extent as never before. |
| The classes who deny the FATHER and the SON are rapidly increasing in the world, and the name given to this class by the BIBLE is ANTICHRIST. |
| We are now at the ebb-tide of FAITH in the world. ANTICHRISTIAN ideas, customs, and practices prevail, and they are even construed to be Christian; but that which is of most value, that which GOD esteems most highly, is treated with contempt. |
| It is the reign of ANTICHRIST. GOD’S LAW is set aside. The SCRIPTURES are exchanged for the traditions of men. |
| Many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that JESUS CHRIST is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an ANTICHRIST. |
| Every Spirit that confesseth not that JESUS CHRIST is come in the flesh is not of God; and this is that SPIRIT of ANTICHRIST, |
| For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that JESUS CHRIST is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an ANTICHRIST. |
| 2 Peter 2:1, 2. Here the APOSTLE has pointed out one of the marked characteristics of spiritualist teachers. They refuse to acknowledge CHRIST as the SON of GOD. Concerning such teachers the beloved John declares: “Who is a liar but he that denieth that JESUS is the CHRIST? He is ANTICHRIST, that denieth the FATHER and the SON. Whosoever denieth the SON, the same hath not the FATHER.” 1 John 2:22-23. Spiritualism, by denying CHRIST, denies both the FATHER and the SON, and the BIBLE pronounces it the manifestation of ANTICHRIST. {1890 PP 686.1} |
| In this age of the world we see every grade and degree of skepticism. There are rank infidels, those who believe in the lying wonders of Spiritualism, and those who reject the claims of DIVINE TRUTH. All these are placed among the class that John has written of, and are controlled by the SPIRIT of ANTICHRIST. |
| All that have refused to be taught of GOD, hold the traditions of men. They at last pass over on the side of the enemy, against GOD, and are written, “ANTICHRIST.” |
| The soul that has had light in regard to the Lord’s SABBATH, His MEMORIAL of CREATION, and to save himself from inconvenience and reproach has chosen to remain disloyal, has sold his Lord. He has dishonoured the NAME of CHRIST. He has taken his stand with the armies of ANTICHRIST. |
| Those who become confused in their understanding of the WORD, who fail to see the meaning of ANTICHRIST, will surely place themselves on the side of ANTICHRIST. There is no time now for us to assimilate with the world. |
| Those who will not practise the lessons of CHRIST, but keep themselves in hand to mould themselves, find in ANTICHRIST the centre of their union. |
| Those who choose to follow ANTICHRIST are subjects of the great apostate. Ranged under the banner of Satan, they break GOD’S LAW, and lead others to break it. They endeavour so to frame the laws of nations that men shall show their loyalty to earthly governments by trampling upon the LAWS of GOD’S KINGDOM. {Ms24-1891} |
| Those who receive not the love of the TRUTH, will unite with Satan and with ANTICHRIST through whom Satan has worked to make void the LAW of GOD to give to the world a spurious sabbath, the child of the papacy that it might be worshipped as an idol. |
| Thus it will be in these last days. CHRIST who came to magnify the law and make it honourable will be rejected, ANTICHRIST will be accepted. |
| The last great delusion is soon to open before us. ANTICHRIST is to perform his marvellous works in our sight. So closely will the counterfeit resemble the true, that it will be impossible to distinguish between them except by the HOLY SCRIPTURES. By their testimony every statement and every MIRACLE must be tested. {1884 4SP 411.1} |
| “When they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another” (Matthew 10:23). If it can be avoided, do not put yourselves into the power of men who are worked by the SPIRIT of ANTICHRIST. If the payment of a fine will deliver our brethren from the hands of these oppressors, let it be paid, rather than to be pressed and made to work on the Sabbath. |
| The whole world is to be stirred with enmity against Seventh-day Adventists, because they will not yield homage to the papacy, by honouring Sunday, the institution of this ANTICHRISTIAN power. It is the purpose of Satan to cause them to be blotted from the earth, in order that his supremacy of the world may not be disputed. {1976 Mar 217.3} |
| Just prior to the great DAY of GOD, a MESSAGE is sent forth to warn the people to come back to their allegiance to the LAW of GOD which ANTICHRIST has broken down. By precept and example, attention must be called to the breach in the law. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3244 |
| 7. Day and Hour – Matthew 24:36 & Mark 13:32 |
| Matthew 24:36 ¶ But of that day and hour knoweth no [man], no, not the angels of heaven, but MY FATHER only. [Mark 13:32] [Jesus confirms God as His Father in a singular context – no plural God.] [Jesus confirms that the angels are next in rank – not any god the holy spirit.] |
| Mark 13:32 ¶ But of that day and [that] hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the SON, but the FATHER. [Matthew 24:36] [Again, no Holy Spirit] |
| The above verses have been incorrectly used by almost all Christians. |
| They quote this Scripture in parrot-like fashion without any lateral thought. |
| Let us look at some statements: |
| The incarnation of Christ is a mystery. The union of divinity with humanity is a mystery indeed, hidden with God, “even the mystery which hath been hid from ages.” It was kept in eternal silence by Jehovah, and was first revealed in Eden, by the prophecy that the Seed of the woman should bruise the serpent’s head, and that he should bruise his heel. To present to the world this mystery that God kept in silence for eternal ages before the world was created, before man was created, was the part that Christ was to act in the work he entered upon when he came to this earth. And this wonderful mystery, the incarnation of Christ and the atonement that he made, must be declared to every son and daughter of Adam, whether Jew or Gentile. His sufferings perfectly fulfilled the claims of the law of God. None of the apostles could have filled the deficiency, had there been any. {The Signs of the Times, March 25, 1897 paragraph 8} |
| In sorrow Christ wept over those who, having the plainest evidence of his divinity, turned from him. His heart was filled with sadness as he thought of the result of their rejection of the message he came from heaven to bring to them. But he rose above his painful thoughts, and offered God thanksgiving, saying, “I thank thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes. Even so, Father: for so it seemed good in thy sight.” {The Review and Herald, December 2, 1902 paragraph 6} |
| Meek and lowly was the life of Christ. He chose this life that He might help the human family. He did not take His place upon a throne as Commander of the whole earth. He laid aside His royal robe, He laid off His kingly crown, that He might be made one of the human family. He took not on Him the nature of angels. His work was not the priestly office after the appointments of men. It was impossible for man to understand His exalted position, unless the Holy Spirit should make it known. For our sake, He clothed His divinity with humanity, and stepped down from the royal throne. He resigned His position as Commander in the heavenly courts, and for our sakes became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. Thus, He hid His glory under the guise of humanity, that He might touch humanity with His divine, transforming power. . . . {1982 The Upward Look, page 67.4}; also in {Our Father Cares, page 257.4} |
| Matthew 11:27 ALL THINGS are delivered unto ME of MY FATHER: and no man knoweth the SON, but the FATHER; neither knoweth any man the FATHER, save the SON, and [he] to whomsoever the SON will reveal [him]. [Father and Son knoweth but no Holy Spirit is mentioned – although followers of Jesus are mentioned and will know. Under the trinity doctrine, this just does not make sense – surely a “god the holy spirit” should know and would be cited before any mention is made of believers?] [Luke 10:21] |
| John 3:35 The Father loveth the Son, and HATH GIVEN ALL THINGS into his hand. |
| Hebrews 1:1: ¶ GOD, who at sundry times and in divers manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets, |
| Hebrews 1:2 Hath in these last days spoken unto us by [HIS] SON, whom He hath appointed HEIR of ALL THINGS, by whom also He made the worlds; [Compare Hebrews 1:2 & John 1:3 All things were made by HIM [Christ [Ms25-1898]]; and without HIM was not any thing made that was made.] |
| God intends that even in this life the TRUTHS OF HIS WORD SHALL BE EVER UNFOLDING TO HIS PEOPLE. There is only one way in which this knowledge can be obtained. We can attain to an understanding of God’s Word only through the illumination of that Spirit by which the Word was given. . . . And the Saviour’s promise to His followers was, “When He, the Spirit of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth. . . . For He shall receive of Mine, and shall show it unto you.” John 16:13, 14. {2002 A Call to Stand Apart, page 46.7} taken from {1882-1889 Testimonies for the Church, Volume 5, page 703.2} |
| God desires man to exercise his reasoning powers; and the study of the Bible will strengthen and elevate the mind as no other study can. . . . A sense of the power and wisdom of God, and of our inability to comprehend His greatness, should inspire us with humility, and we should open His Word, as we would enter His presence, with holy awe. . . . {2002 A Call to Stand Apart, page 47.1} taken from {1882-1889 Testimonies for the Church, Volume 5, page 703.3} |
| Summary of Findings from the Above Passages: |
| Jesus as be given ALL THINGS from God, His Father. |
| Jesus hid His divinity while He was on Earth. |
| His Omniscient Divine knowledge before His earthly birth would have been restored when He returned to heaven. Otherwise, how could He become “HEIR of ALL THINGS”. |
| Although Jesus knew in heaven prior to His First Coming [11 September, 3BC = Tishrei 1, 3759] the date of His Second Coming [11 September, 2037BC = Tishrei 1, 5798] He hid this fact [and many others] while on Earth. |
| Therefore, His statement that “MY FATHER only” / “neither the SON, but the FATHER” was true – Jesus did NOT lie. |
| At the time this was stated Jesus did not know when He would return – only through God’s Word did He know that ONE DAY HE WOULD RETURN. |
| Most Christians are oblivious to this factual reasoning – they are happy to regurgitate the church’s standard message without praying for guidance and without thinking through the meanings of what they are saying. |
| 11th September – The Birthday of Jesus and His Return |
| Psalm 19:1: ¶ The HEAVENS declare the GLORY OF GOD; and the FIRMAMENT SHOWETH HIS HANDIWORK. [Second Heaven – the starry heaven] |
| Psalm 19:2 Day unto day UTTERETH SPEECH, and night unto night SHOWETH KNOWLEDGE. |
| Psalm 19:3 [There is] no speech nor language, [where] their VOICE is not heard. |
| Psalm 19:4 Their line is gone out through all the earth, and their WORDS to the END OF THE WORLD. In them hath He set a TABERNACLE for the sun, |
| Since Creation, the heavens [sky] have revealed the history of the Earth – day after day since Creation. |
| God’s Word says that they will continue to do this until the END OF THE WORLD. |
| So by knowing and understanding the SKY LANGUAGE, we can, through computers and astronomy programmes, fore-see the sky when Jesus returns. |
| Knowing the meaning of the position of the moving Planets relative to the fixed position of the Stars, will reveal the time for the Second Coming of Jesus. |
| To His people, God has ALWAYS revealed major events before they happen. |
| Malachi 3:06 For I [am] the LORD, I CHANGE NOT; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not consumed. |
| Therefore, the Second Coming of Jesus will be no different. |
| Do we believe the Word of God in Psalm 19:04? Then clearly we now have the opportunity to know this date. |
| What would be the purpose in NOT being given an understanding of the heavens BEFORE the Second Coming of Jesus? |
| God just does not work that way. |
| Do we believe the Word of God will ever be unfolding to His people? Then clearly we now must EXPECT TO KNOW MORE than God’s messenger, Ellen G. White. |
| Proverbs 4:18 But the path of the just [is] as the SHINING LIGHT, THAT SHINETH MORE AND MORE unto the perfect day. [Matthew 5:14; 1 Thessalonians 5:5] |
| What did we read earlier on: |
| God intends that even in this life the TRUTHS OF HIS WORD SHALL BE EVER UNFOLDING TO HIS PEOPLE. There is only one way in which this knowledge can be obtained. We can attain to an understanding of God’s Word only through the illumination of that Spirit by which the Word was given. |
| So whatever Ellen G. White said, under guidance from the Spirit of God, in her day, may have been further clarified in these last days. Such is the case with the following text: |
| “But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of heaven, but my Father only.” Christ plainly said that he himself could not make known the day or the hour of his second appearing. Had he been at liberty to make this time known, what need would there have been for him to exhort his followers to maintain an attitude of earnest watchfulness, living, working, and waiting as if their time was not their own, but the Lord’s; cultivating fidelity, faith, and love; and purifying the soul through the truth? {The Review and Herald, December 27, 1898 paragraph 8} |
| Christ told his disciples that the time of his coming was involved in secrecy; yet notwithstanding this, there have been and will be those who claim to know when this great event will take place. Very earnest they are in trying to map out the future, which the Lord has placed in a thick cloud; and notwithstanding their failures, they continue their work. But their reasoning is false, and the Lord has warned them off the ground they occupy; for the coming of the Son of man is God’s mystery. “Secret things belong unto the Lord our God: BUT THOSE THINGS WHICH ARE REVEALED BELONG UNTO US and to our children forever.” {The Review and Herald, December 27, 1898 paragraph 9} |
| Further proof that Jesus knows the time of His Second Coming: |
| Incidentally, to belief that a loving God would hold back from His Son a very important [if not the most important] aspect in the Plan of Redemption is absolutely stupid. Rest assured that there are NO SECRETS between God the FATHER and His Only Begotten Son, Jesus and the Holy Spirit of God – they all work together as a divine team [as 2 persons/beings and not 3] |
| Question: Why would God not tell Jesus but then, in vision and through His Holy Spirit, tell His human messenger, Ellen G. White? To do so even at a human level would also be stupid. |
| No, our Omni God is much, much higher than mankind’s foolish ways. |
| 1 Corinthians 1:25 Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men. |
| While I was praying at the family altar, the Holy Ghost fell upon me, and I seemed to be rising higher and higher, far above the dark world. I turned to look for the Advent people in the world, but could not find them, when a voice said to me, “Look again, and look a little higher.” At this I raised my eyes, and saw a straight and narrow path, cast up high above the world. On this path the Advent people were traveling to the city, which was at the farther end of the path. They had a bright light set up behind them at the beginning of the path, which an angel told me was the midnight cry. This light shone all along the path and gave light for their feet so that they might not stumble. If they kept their eyes fixed on Jesus, who was just before them, leading them to the city, they were safe. But soon some grew weary, and said the city was a great way off, and they expected to have entered it before. Then Jesus would encourage them by raising His glorious right arm, and from His arm came a light which waved over the Advent band, and they shouted, “Alleluia!” Others rashly denied the light behind them and said that it was not God that had led them out so far. The light behind them went out, leaving their feet in perfect darkness, and they stumbled and lost sight of the mark and of Jesus, and fell off the path down into the dark and wicked world below. Soon we [SEE APPENDIX.] heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the day and hour of Jesus’ coming. The living saints, 144,000 in number, knew and understood the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake. WHEN GOD SPOKE THE TIME, HE POURED UPON US THE HOLY GHOST, AND OUR FACES BEGAN TO LIGHT UP AND SHINE WITH THE GLORY OF GOD, as Moses’ did when he came down from Mount Sinai. {1882 Early Writings, page 14.1} |
| In the time of trouble we all fled from the cities and villages, but were pursued by the wicked, who entered the houses of the saints with a sword. They raised the sword to kill us, but it broke, and fell as powerless as a straw. Then we all cried day and night for deliverance, and the cry came up before God. The sun came up, and the moon stood still. The streams ceased to flow. Dark, heavy clouds came up and clashed against each other. But there was one clear place of settled glory, whence came the voice of God like many waters, which shook the heavens and the earth. The sky opened and shut and was in commotion. The mountains shook like a reed in the wind, and cast out ragged rocks all around. The sea boiled like a pot and cast out stones upon the land. And AS GOD SPOKE THE DAY AND THE HOUR OF JESUS’ COMING AND DELIVERED THE EVERLASTING COVENANT TO HIS PEOPLE, HE SPOKE ONE SENTENCE, AND THEN PAUSED, WHILE THE WORDS WERE ROLLING THROUGH THE EARTH. The Israel of God stood with their eyes fixed upward, listening to the words as they came from the mouth of Jehovah, and rolled through the earth like peals of loudest thunder. It was awfully solemn. And at the end of every sentence the saints shouted, “Glory! Alleluia!” Their countenances were lighted up with the glory of God; and they shone with the glory, as did the face of Moses when he came down from Sinai. The wicked could not look on them for the glory. And when the never-ending blessing was pronounced on those who had honored God in keeping His Sabbath holy, there was a mighty shout of victory over the beast and over his image. {1882 Early Writings, page 34.1} |
| It was at midnight that God chose to deliver His people. As the wicked were mocking around them, suddenly the sun appeared, shining in his strength, and the moon stood still. The wicked looked upon the scene with amazement, while the saints beheld with solemn joy the tokens of their deliverance. Signs and wonders followed in quick succession. Everything seemed turned out of its natural course. The streams ceased to flow. Dark, heavy clouds came up and clashed against each other. But there was one clear place of settled glory, whence came the voice of God like many waters, shaking the heavens and the earth. There was a mighty earthquake. The graves were opened, and those who had died in faith under the third angel’s message, keeping the Sabbath, came forth from their dusty beds, glorified, to hear the covenant of peace that God was to make with those who had kept His law. {1882 Early Writings, page 285.1} |
| The sky opened and shut and was in commotion. The mountains shook like a reed in the wind and cast out ragged rocks all around. The sea boiled like a pot and cast out stones upon the land. And AS GOD SPOKE THE DAY AND THE HOUR OF JESUS’ COMING AND DELIVERED THE EVERLASTING COVENANT TO HIS PEOPLE, HE SPOKE ONE SENTENCE, AND THEN PAUSED, WHILE THE WORDS WERE ROLLING THROUGH THE EARTH. The Israel of God stood with their eyes fixed upward, listening to the words as they came from the mouth of Jehovah and rolled through the earth like peals of loudest thunder. It was awfully solemn. At the end of every sentence the saints shouted, “Glory! Hallelujah!” Their countenances were lighted up with the glory of God, and they shone with glory as did the face of Moses when he came down from Sinai. The wicked could not look upon them for the glory. And when the never-ending blessing was pronounced on those who had honored God in keeping His Sabbath holy, there was a mighty shout of victory over the beast and over his image. {1882 Early Writings, page 285.2} |
| Ellen G. White Statement on the Day and Hour of Christ’s Coming |
| Dear Sister: |
| You state that “some claim among other things that there is dishonesty in suppressing your former writings.” Will those who say these things please give proof of their statements? I know that this has been often repeated but not proved. “Claiming that in your original testimonies, volume 1, which they have preserved, you distinctly declare that you were shown the day and hour of Christ’s second coming. Their argument is that this statement of yours will not stand the Bible test; as Christ Himself declares that no man knoweth the day or the hour, no not even the angels of God.”… {1SM 75.1} |
| IN MY FIRST BOOK YOU WILL FIND THE ONLY STATEMENT IN REGARD TO THE DAY AND HOUR OF CHRIST’S COMING that I have made since the passing of the time in 1844. It is found in Early Writings, pages 11, 27, and 145, 146 [pages 15, 34, and 285, present edition]. All refer to the announcement that will be made just before the second coming of Christ. {1SM 75.2} |
| By turning to page 145 [page 285, present edition] and reading from the commencement of the chapter you will see that the statements made refer to the deliverance of the saints from the time of trouble by the voice of God. Please obtain this book if you do not have it, and read the statements therein. They are just as printed from the first article published. “The sky opened and shut, and was in commotion.” “The mountains shook like a reed in the wind, and cast out ragged rocks all around. The sea boiled like a pot, and cast out stones upon the ground. And AS GOD SPOKE THE DAY AND HOUR OF JESUS’ COMING, AND DELIVERED THE EVERLASTING COVENANT TO HIS PEOPLE, HE SPOKE ONE SENTENCE AND THEN PAUSED WHILE THE WORDS WERE ROLLING THROUGH THE EARTH.” {1958 1SM 75.3} |
| This is a portion of the paragraph. The statements in pages 11 and 27 [pages 15 and 34, present edition] refer to the same time. They contain all that I have ever been shown in regard to the definite time of the Lord’s coming. I HAVE NOT THE SLIGHTEST KNOWLEDGE AS TO THE TIME SPOKEN BY THE VOICE OF GOD. I HEARD THE HOUR PROCLAIMED, BUT HAD NO REMEMBRANCE OF THAT HOUR AFTER I CAME OUT OF VISION. Scenes of such thrilling, solemn interest passed before me as no language is adequate to describe. It was all a living reality to me, for close upon this scene appeared the great white cloud, upon which was seated the Son of man.– Letter 38, 1888. {1958 1SM 75.4} |
| As God’s people, we have to move forward with the advancing light given by God through His Holy Spirit. |
| God has given us many pointers to the Second Coming of Jesus date of September 11, 2037. |
| God often uses Prime Numbers – He “created” Gematria with respect to the meanings for each number [albeit Mathematics / Periodic Table in Chemistry / Physics / Other Sciences] – a knowledge of this shows that it was engineered by a divine hand – way above mankind’s ability. |
| Alignment of the Hebrew calendar with our Gregorian calendar for BOTH the First Coming of Jesus and the Second Coming of Jesus. Birth of Jesus Christ – Tishrei 1 [10th September, 3 BC] – in evening between sunset & moonset. This was the start of a New Day [Tishrei 2]. Therefore the 10th becomes Wednesday, 11th September, 3 BC. Feast of Trumpets (Rosh Hashanah) = Tishrei 1, 5798 = Thursday, September 10th, 2037. |
| Creation Week was over 7 literal days – This reflects the 6000 years + 1000 years. 2 Peter 3:8 But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that ONE DAY [IS] WITH THE LORD AS A THOUSAND YEARS, AND A THOUSAND YEARS AS ONE DAY. [Numbers 14:34; Psalm 90:4; Ezekiel 4:6]. |
| From 4004 BC to 1997 AD = 6000 years [4004+1997=6001 where the 4004 and 1997 years are incomplete but summate to approximately 1 year]. |
| 6000 years + 40 years = 2037. The meaning of 40 = Trials – Probation – Testing / Severe Test – Days of Jesus’ Temptation – Time of Proving – Closing in Victory / Judgement – A Very Long Time – Tribulation. |
| After number 7 in the Bible, the next most quoted number is 40. |
| The Israelites were in the wilderness for 40 years before they entered into “the Promised Land”. Likewise will be Spiritual Israel – God’s people. |
| The Bible says that the rains that created the Great [Noachian] Flood lasted for 40 days (Genesis 7:12, 17). Rain can symbolise God’s blessing, punishment, and provision. It can also represent the Holy Spirit, spiritual renewal, and judgement. Just as the antediluvian world was destroyed by Flood, so the modern world will be destroyed by Jesus Christ at His Second Coming. |
| Elijah travelled 40 days and 40 nights to Mount Horeb [1 Kings 19:8] – the place of God. After 40 years of extended probation, God’s people shall likewise go to the place of God. |
| The years that have had TWO [Pruett] BLUE MOONS in a single Calendar Year are: 1915, 1961, 1999, 2018, and the next occurrence is predicted for 2037, then 2094. These are ALL the TWO BLUE MOONS that will occur from 1901-2100; 6 over a 200 year span and the next one occurs in 2037. |
| Conjunctions of Mercury and Saturn Thursday, 30 July 2037 at 17:44 IDT and Tuesday, 11 August 2037 at 23:08 IDT Saturn = Planet Protector of the Jews Mercury = Planet of Speed, Messenger, Law. A repeated and swift message of final warning is given for God’s people to put themselves right with God and Jesus, His Son. Mediator Protection time is almost finished. |
| 22.08.2037 02:27: Sun Conjunction Mercury Sun is representative of the Father Mercury = Planet of Speed, Messenger, Law God the Father swiftly sends His last message of warning just prior to His Son leaving the Heavenly Sanctuary. |
| Saturn at Solar Conjunction. Saturday, 29 August 2037 at 10:01 IDT. At around the same time, Saturn will also be at its most distant from the Earth; the two Planets will lie on opposite sides of the Solar System. If Saturn could be observed at this time, it would appear at its smallest and faintest on account of its large distance. The Sun is representative of God the Father Saturn = Planet Protector of the Jews. God the Father is giving the Jews [Spiritual Israel = His people] protection until [at least]12 full days before the Return of Jesus. Saturn is NOT REQUIRED when God’s people live without a Mediator. Hence, after the 30.08.2037 14:45 Ceres sextile Saturn event, there are no more Saturn events before September 11th. |
| 7 September 2037 at 06:04 IDT (Jerusalem time) Close approach of the Moon and M44. [Messier 44, also well known as the Beehive Cluster or Praesepe, swarms with activity as its name would suggest. This open cluster of around 1,000 Stars, loosely connected by gravity, is one of the closest to Earth at approximately 600 light-years away.] In the Bible, Stars and Angels are both seen as Messengers and Guides, and are sometimes used metaphorically to describe each other. With Jesus taking a week [same time assumed as His return with His people to the Sea of Glass] to come from the Third Heaven then, He would again be “in the MIDST” of His chariot journey to Earth; Should He be surrounded by a literal “myriad of myriads” of angels, then that would be 100 million angels; whatever the number, the Beehive Cluster likewise swarms with activity. Considering this point further, adding 3.5 days to 7 September at 6:04 gives 10 September at 18:04 IDT. This is 48 minutes and 16 seconds before September-10-2037 Thursday – Sunset 18:52:16 PM*; it is noted that the time between sunset and moonset for 10 September is 48 minutes and 19 seconds. |
| Jupiter & Uranus Conjunction on September 8th, 2037 at 14:16 IDT. Jupiter and Uranus lie in the Constellation Gemini. The Constellation Gemini, made up of the twins Castor and Pollux, represent a sign that is deeply independent, yet also in search of a lifelong partner. Jupiter = Planet of Kings, Righteousness, Justice, Lord of Heaven, The Messiah. Uranus is the Planet of change, innovation, and liberation. It’s also known as the “Rebel of the Solar System”. This Conjunction is the very last one before the Return of Jesus. It implies that Jesus, the Messiah, will return to Earth to implement a change to this “Rebel of the Solar System”. The inhabitants of Earth are the ONLY beings that have fallen / come short of the Glory of God. |
| Prior to the First Coming of Jesus the heavens declared the Glory of God – it spoke to mankind – just like the heavens will speak prior to His Second Coming. |
| Friday, the sixth day, is also the Preparation day for the seventh day – a sanctified day – the Sabbath / 7,000 years. |
| The end of all things is at hand; and in consideration of the shortness of time, we as a people should watch and pray, and in no ease allow ourselves to be diverted from the solemn work of preparation for the great event before us. Because the time is apparently extended, many have become careless and indifferent in regard to their words and actions. They do not realize their danger, and do not see and understand the mercy of our God in lengthening their probation that they may have time to form characters for the future, immortal life. Every moment is of the highest value. Time is granted them, not to be employed is studying their own ease and becoming dwellers on the earth, but to be used in the work of overcoming every defect in their own characters, and in helping others to see the beauty of holiness by their example and personal effort. But God has a people upon the earth, who in faith and holy hope are tracing down the roll of fast-fulfilling prophecy, and are seeking to purify their souls by obeying the truth, that they may not be found without the wedding garment when Christ shall appear. {The Review and Herald, October 20, 1885 paragraph 1} |
| Revelation 21:1: ¶ And I saw a NEW HEAVEN and a NEW EARTH: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea. |
| Revelation 21:2 And I John saw the HOLY CITY, NEW JERUSALEM, coming down FROM GOD OUT OF HEAVEN, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. [John saw the holy city, the NEW JERUSALEM, with its TWELVE GATES of pearl and TWELVE FOUNDATIONS of precious stones, coming down from God out of Heaven. The streets are of transparent gold, clear as crystal. Everyone who shall enter those gates and walk those streets will here have been changed and purified by the power of the truth; and the crown of immortal glory will adorn the brow of the overcomer. [ST, December 22, 1887 par. 3]] [“New Jerusalem” is symbolic of God’s people, representing a holy, purified community dwelling with God in a renewed creation, and is also described as a literal city where God will live with them. It is often equated with the Bride of Christ, a metaphor for the Church, emphasising a pure and intimate covenant relationship between Christ and His followers.] |
| Isaiah 54:05 For thy Maker [is] thine husband; the LORD of HOSTS [is] his name; and thy Redeemer the Holy One of Israel; The God of the whole earth shall he be called. |
| Isaiah 54:06 For the LORD hath called thee as a woman forsaken and grieved in spirit, and a wife of youth, when thou wast refused, saith thy God. |
| Isaiah 54:07 For a small moment have I forsaken thee; but with great mercies will I gather thee. |
| Revelation 19:7 Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready. |
| For more information about September 11, 2037 and the material mentioned in this document see: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3069 |
| Jesus Christ will Return on September 11, 2037 [End of Tishrei 1, 5798] 1: Main Points |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2717 |
| Jesus Christ will Return on September 11, 2037 [End of Tishrei 1, 5798] 2: Calendar Details |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2870 |
| Jesus Christ will Return on September 11, 2037 [End of Tishrei 1, 5798] 3: Supportive Document. Also The Planets & the Moon |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3197 |
| Jesus Christ will Return on September 11, 2037 [End of Tishrei 1, 5798] 4: Later Findings |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3219 |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3189 |
| Do Ezekiel 20:37-38 and Luke 20:37-38 confirm the Second Coming of Jesus? |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=699 |
| Planets & Stars at the Birth of Jesus |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=508 |
| Bible Numbers Explained – List Format |
| We shall advance in true spiritual knowledge only as we realize our own littleness and our entire dependence upon God; but all who come to the Bible with a teachable and prayerful spirit, to study its utterances as the word of God, will receive divine enlightenment. THERE ARE MANY THINGS APPARENTLY DIFFICULT OR OBSCURE WHICH GOD WILL MAKE PLAIN AND SIMPLE TO THOSE WHO THUS SEEK AN UNDERSTANDING OF THEM. {1882-1889 Testimonies for the Church, Volume 5, page 704.1} |
| Recall [main Document Sub Heading 5]: |
| As God’s Word [both in the Bible and in the Spirit of Prophecy] has told us, God will continue to reveal and expand upon His messages to His people – in fact, this will continue throughout Eternity Future. |
| So the message for God’s people is to “KEEP UP”. |
| Jeremiah 12:5 ¶ If thou hast RUN WITH THE FOOTMEN, and THEY HAVE WEARIED THEE, then HOW CANST THOU CONTEND WITH HORSES? and [if] in the LAND OF PEACE, [wherein] thou trustedst, [they WEARIED THEE], then HOW WILT THOU DO IN THE SWELLING OF JORDAN? |
| It was along time ago, that God revealed to His people the ABC of His Redemption Plan. Since then, God has continued to reveal more and more about His Word and Himself. By the time that Jesus returns – on September 11, 2037 – God’s people need to be on the YZ’s. To put it another way, God’s people need to have “wise heads”. [Pun intended.] |
| [For our American friends, we British pronounce Z as “Zed” [as in bed] and not “Zee” [as in tree] – then you will get the pun. |
| The “zed” pronunciation is the older form, derived from the Greek letter “zeta,” and is standard in most of the English-speaking world outside the United States, such as in Australia, Canada, and New Zealand.] |
| Amos 3:7 Surely the Lord GOD will do nothing, but he REVEALETH HIS SECRET UNTO HIS SERVANTS THE PROPHETS. |
| I must add at this point that I am NOT a prophet; only a humble servant seeking God’s truth through much prayer and guidance. |
| Creation occurred in 4004BC and Jesus will return in 2037AD. |
| 4004+2037-1 [as end years roughly equate to 1 year and not 2] = 6040 years [visualised as “fence posts”] covering 6039 completed years [visualised as “fence panels”]. [To put up 2 panels of fencing, you need 2+1=3 fence posts.] |
| 6040=40×151 |
| 151=Man’s Possessions |
| Hence the 6040 years may be seen as a Probational or Testing Time for the Proving of Mankind prior to Judgement. |
| The prime factorisation of 6039 is [32=] 9 × 11 × 61. It has a total of 4 prime factors; 6039 is a composite number. |
| 6039 = 99 x 61 |
| 99=Shekinah Glory of God – Seal |
| Shekinah glory refers to the manifestation or visible presence of God’s glory and power. This concept signifies God’s dwelling among His people. |
| Hence the 6039 years may be seen as the time before God demonstrates His power and glory to His people through Jesus, the King of Jews, the Messiah. From this time, God / Jesus will dwell with their people. |
| 1844 = Jesus enters the Most Holy Place. |
| 2036-1844 = 192 years – God’s people [spiritual Israel] will be preparing for translation. |
| 2037-1844 = 193 years – Return of Jesus and the fall of Babylon. |
| 192 = Israel is Circumcised |
| 193 = Great City Falls |
| During the days of Noah, God gave humanity 120 years to change its evil ways. God said, “My Spirit shall not strive with man forever, for he is indeed flesh; yet his days shall be one hundred and twenty years” (Genesis 6:3). |
| The 120 years of Genesis 6:3 refers to the time God’s long-suffering would continue with that generation (Barnes’ Notes on the Bible). During those 120 years, Noah preached a warning message, and God waited patiently for heartfelt reform (1 Peter 3:20). |
| Unfortunately, the people didn’t respond. They didn’t care. They continued to live their lives the way they pleased. They ignored God, and the longer they persisted, the more unsound their reasoning became and the harder it became for them to change. |
| Romans 1:21 documents this lamentable process: “Although they knew God, they did not glorify Him as God, nor were thankful, but became futile in their thoughts, and their foolish hearts were darkened.” |
| Living in this evil society that refused to repent, Noah alone found favour in God’s sight as a “righteous” person (Genesis 7:1). We’re told that he was “moved with godly fear” and built an ark “for the saving of his household” as God had instructed him (Hebrews 11:7). “Make yourself an ark of gopher-wood; make rooms in the ark, and cover it inside and outside with pitch,” said God (Genesis 6:14). |
| Because of the widespread violence in the world at that time, God decided to repopulate the earth through this faithful man and his descendants (Genesis 6:17-18). Only those who were sheltered in the ark were saved. |
| Eight souls were saved; 8 = New Beginning / Birth. |
| Parallels: |
| God chose His servant and messenger, Ellen G. White to proclaim in more detail His Word, especially with a focus upon end time events before the Second Coming of His Only Begotten Son, Jesus Christ. |
| Ellen’s last book, “Prophets and Kings”, was published in 1917. “Prophets and Kings” was originally titled “The Captivity and Restoration of Israel”. It was the last of her books to be published and covers biblical history from King Solomon to the return of the Israelites from exile. |
| God is now giving humanity 120 years to change its evil ways. God said, “My Spirit shall not strive with man forever, for he is indeed flesh; yet his days shall be one hundred and twenty years” (Genesis 6:3). |
| 1917 + 120 = 2037 |
| Revelation 22:11 He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still. |
| Living in this evil society that refuses to repent, God’s people alone find favour in God’s sight as “righteous” persons. |
| Because of the widespread violence now in the world, God has chosen to repopulate the “New Earth” with His faithful servants. Only those who are anchored in Jesus Christ will be saved. |
| 144,000 in number will be translated; 144000 = Those numbered of [spiritual] Israel. |
| https://www.timeanddate.com/date/durationresult.html?d1=22&m1=10&y1=1844&d2=11&m2=9&y2=2037 |
| From and including: Tuesday, 22 October 1844 |
| To, but not including Friday, 11 September 2037 |
| Result: 70,451 days |
| It is 70,451 days from the start date to the end date, but not including the end date. |
| The number 70,451 is a prime number; it is the 6,980th prime number. |
| 451 = Holy Men Suffer in This Life |
| 69 = Killing Believers |
| 80 = Prayer (Son of Man) |
| Psalm 80:17 Let thy hand be upon the man of thy right hand [=Jesus, sits on the right of God], upon the SON OF MAN [=Jesus] [whom] thou madest strong for thyself. [Jesus frequently used the title SON OF MAN for Himself, emphasising both His genuine humanity and His role as the prophesied Messiah who would receive everlasting dominion (as seen in Daniel 7:13-14). |
| Psalm 80:18 So will not we go back from thee: quicken us, and we will call upon thy name. |
| Psalm 80:19 Turn us again, O LORD God of hosts, cause thy face to shine; and WE SHALL BE SAVED. |
| Psalm 80 is a communal lament (a prayer for national restoration) attributed to Asaph, where the nation of Israel is depicted as a vine that God brought out of Egypt and planted, but which is now suffering and exposed to its enemies. The psalmist repeatedly [vs. 3,7,&19] pleads with God to “Turn us again, O LORD God of hosts, cause thy face to shine; and we shall be saved” |
| “We all entered the cloud together, and were 7 days ascending to the sea of glass” [The Day Star, January 24, 1846 – Letter from Sister Harmon to Brother Jacobs] |
| Assume that Jesus and His angels take the same amount to come to Earth as they will take to return to heaven. |
| https://www.timeanddate.com/date/durationresult.html?d1=22&m1=10&y1=1844&d2=4&m2=9&y2=2037 |
| To, but not including Friday, 4 September 2037 |
| Result: 70,444 days |
| It is 70,444 days from the start date to the end date, but not including the end date. |
| 444 = Wealth Means God Has Blessed You – God’s Presence / People |
| Jesus entered the Most Holy Place to be with His Father on 22nd October 1844. |
| 153 + 40 years later, Jesus will leave the Most Holy Place to gather His people around the 4th September 2037. |
| 2037 will be the 37th year of the 21st century. |
| 37 is the 12th Prime number. |
| 37 = The Word of God – The Godhead – God’s Attributes – Chosen Servant – Exaltation |
| 12 = Governmental Perfection – Divine Power, Rule & Authority – Completeness – God’s Church – New Jerusalem |
| 153 is God’s number and is linked to His people. |
| For much more information upon the number 153 see: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3197 |
| Jesus Christ will Return on September 11, 2037 [End of Tishrei 1, 5798] 4: Later Findings |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=1419 |
| Gematria – Introduction |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=370 |
| Gematria – Part 2 |
| The Fig Tree Prophecy also points to 2037: |
| Matthew 24:32 Now learn a PARABLE OF THE FIG TREE; WHEN HIS BRANCH IS YET TENDER, AND PUTTETH FORTH LEAVES, YE KNOW THAT SUMMER [IS] NIGH: |
| Matthew 24:33 So likewise ye, WHEN YE SHALL SEE ALL THESE THINGS, KNOW THAT IT IS NEAR, [even] at the doors. |
| Matthew 24:34 Verily I say unto you, THIS GENERATION SHALL NOT PASS, TILL ALL THESE THINGS BE FULFILLED. [Psalm 119:89-90; Isaiah 40:08; Matthew 5:18, 24:35; Mark 13:30-31; Luke 16:17; 1 Peter 1:25] |
| Likewise in Mark: |
| Mark 13:28 Now learn a PARABLE OF THE FIG TREE; WHEN HER BRANCH IS YET TENDER, AND PUTTETH FORTH LEAVES, YE KNOW THAT SUMMER IS NEAR: |
| Mark 13:29 So ye in like manner, WHEN YE SHALL SEE THESE THINGS COME TO PASS, KNOW THAT IT IS NIGH, [EVEN] AT THE DOORS. |
| Mark 13:30 Verily i say unto you, that THIS GENERATION SHALL NOT PASS, TILL ALL THESE THINGS BE DONE. [Psalm 119:89-90; Isaiah 40:08; Matthew 5:18, 24:34-35; Mark 13:31; Luke 16:17; 1 Peter 1:25] |
| Luke confirms that “IT” is the Kingdom of God: |
| Luke 21:29 And he spake to them A PARABLE; BEHOLD THE FIG TREE, and all the trees; |
| Luke 21:30 WHEN THEY NOW SHOOT FORTH, YE SEE AND KNOW OF YOUR OWN SELVES THAT SUMMER IS NOW NIGH AT HAND. |
| Luke 21:31 So likewise ye, WHEN YE SEE THESE THINGS COME TO PASS, KNOW YE THAT THE KINGDOM OF GOD IS NIGH AT HAND. |
| Luke 21:32 Verily I say unto you, THIS GENERATION SHALL NOT PASS AWAY, TILL ALL BE FULFILLED. |
| Fig Tree Growth and Symbolism: |
| 1. Winter Dormancy & Budding: In cooler climates, young figlets (embryonic fruits) form in late summer and remain on the branches throughout winter as pea-sized buds, protected by the previous year’s growth. |
| 2. Spring Growth: As spring arrives, the tree breaks dormancy, leaves emerge, and the tiny figlets (called breba figs) begin to develop on the old wood. |
| 3. Summer Fruit Development: In late spring and summer, new shoots grow from the tree, and on these new shoots, a second, main crop of fruit starts to develop. |
| The fig tree is a widely recognised Biblical symbol for the nation of Israel, representing its spiritual and physical health, as well as its faithfulness to God. Its barrenness signifies a period of God’s judgment or a lack of spiritual fruit, while its flourishing symbolises restoration and the presence of God. The cursing of the fig tree by Jesus in the Gospels is interpreted as a prophetic symbol of Israel’s rejection of the Messiah and their subsequent judgment, while the blossoming of the fig tree in the end times is seen as a sign of Israel’s national revival. |
| A Symbol of Israel’s Spiritual Barrenness: Jesus cursing the fig tree that had leaves but no fruit is seen as a powerful prophetic symbol of Israel’s appearance of life and religious observance without genuine spiritual fruit, or faith. |
| “Blossoming” or “Budding”: The phrase “when the fig tree puts forth its buds” or “blossoms and buds” refers to the formation of the modern state of Israel and its spiritual and physical restoration after a long period of exile. |
| Israel – Overview: |
| Israel became a nation in 1948 but they didn’t take Jerusalem until 1967. Actually, Israel did control part of Jerusalem starting in 1948. Following the 1948 Arab–Israeli War, the city was divided into two sections by the 1949 Armistice Agreements: |
| West Jerusalem: This area came under Israeli control in 1948 and was later declared Israel’s capital. |
| East Jerusalem: This section, which includes the Old City and its major holy sites (like the Western Wall and Al-Aqsa Mosque), was captured and annexed by Jordan in 1948-1950. |
| The city remained divided by a “City Line” of barbed wire and concrete until the 1967 Six-Day War. During that conflict, Israeli forces captured East Jerusalem from Jordan, bringing the entire city under Israeli administration. In 1980, Israel passed the Jerusalem Law, officially declaring a unified Jerusalem as its capital—a move the United Nations and much of the international community do not recognise. |
| Israel – Details: |
| Jerusalem’s Recapture:The Six-Day War in June 1967, during which Israel captured East Jerusalem, is often cited as a crucial event in this prophecy. |
| Israel’s Revival: The biblical prophecy of the fig tree “blossoming and budding” or “putting forth new leaves” is interpreted as a sign of the modern nation of Israel’s revival and return to their land, particularly the establishment of the modern state in 1967. |
| > In June 1967, the third Arab-Israeli war broke out, at the end of which Israel occupied the Sinai, the Syrian Golan Heights, the Gaza Strip, and the West Bank. The Six-Day War, also known as the June war, 1967 Arab–Israeli war or third Arab–Israeli war, was fought between Israel and a coalition of Arab states, primarily Egypt, Syria, and Jordan from 5 to 10 June 1967. On the morning of June 5th, 1967, Israeli planes attacked and decimated the Egyptian Air Force, the war cost approximately 25,000 lives and doubled the size of Israeli territory. |
| > Six-Day War, June 5th – June 10th, 1967. |
| > Fighting in the Middle East has ended after Israel finally observed the UN ceasefire and halted her advance into Syria. |
| > Within the last six days Israeli troops have taken territory many times larger than Israel itself and united the holy city of Jerusalem for the first time since 1948. [1948 Arab–Israeli War: 15 May 1948 – 10 March 1949] |
| > Israeli Prime Minister Levi Eshkol justified the pre-emptive strike on Egypt, and battles with Jordanian and Syrian forces by saying his country was acting in self-defence. |
| > He added: “For the first time in 19 years, Jews are again free to pray at the Wailing Wall and at other shrines sacred to Judaism in Jerusalem and Hebron.” |
| The parallel between a fig tree and Israel in 1967 relates to biblical prophecy, where the re-budding of the fig tree symbolises the rebirth of the nation of Israel, which occurred in stages, with events leading up to and following the Six-Day War and the recapture of Jerusalem in 1967 being seen as a key sign of this spiritual and national revival, marking the end of “the times of the Gentiles” and the imminent return of the Messiah. |
| A Sign to “This Generation”: The prophecy states that “this generation” would witness these events and would not pass away until all was fulfilled. |
| Sign of the Messiah’s Return: The revival / blooming of the fig tree (the restoration of Israel) is seen as an indicator that the time is near for the return of Israel’s true Messiah, Yeshua (Jesus Christ). |
| Interpretation |
| “A certain man (JESUS) had a Fig Tree (ISRAEL) planted in his Vineyard (the PROMISED LAND), and he came seeking fruit (FAITH) on it and found none. |
| Then he said to the Keeper of his Vineyard (the FATHER), |
| ‘Look, for three years (the Ministry of Jesus) I have come seeking fruit on this Fig Tree and find none. Cut it down; why does it use up (waste) the ground?’ (notice that the cutting off of Israel will result in her removal from the land).“But He answered and said to him, ‘Sir, let it alone this year also, until I dig around it and fertilise it. And if it bears fruit, well. But if not, after that you can cut it down.’” |
| In this Parable, Jesus is warning Israel of a coming destruction. Jesus is the man who ministered for 3 years to Israel (the Fig-Tree) which was planted in the Land (the Vineyard). He came looking for faith and found none and so at this stage He asked the Keeper (God, the Father) to cut the tree down because it was using up the ground but not fulfilling its purpose. The Keeper then requested that it have one more year of grace before judgement falls. If it responds – then good. If not – then after that year, Jesus would cut Israel off, which would result in her being expelled from the land. |
| Now, Jesus ministry was 3 and a half years, so this happened six months before the Cross. The extra year then ended six months after the Cross. Therefore when Israel did not repent, Israel must have been officially cut off spiritually by Jesus six months after the Cross for not bearing the fruit of faith. In turn this resulted in her destruction and removal from the land by the Romans in AD 70, as Jesus had predicted. |
| Israel / Jerusalem to remain in conflict: |
| Luke 21:24 And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away captive into all nations: and JERUSALEM shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, UNTIL THE TIMES OF THE GENTILES BE FULFILLED. |
| The times of the Gentiles will not end until Christ returns to Earth at His Second Coming, destroys Gentile rule, prior to establishing His universal reign forever (Matthew 24:30; Luke 1:32–33; Revelation 19:16–21). Jerusalem will remain under Gentile domination until He returns. |
| Until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. These few words carry on the prophecy to the days of the end. “The times of the Gentiles” signify the whole period or epoch which must elapse between the destruction of Jerusalem and the temple, and the times of the end when the Lord will return. In other words, these “times of the Gentiles” denote the period during which they – the Gentiles – hold the Church of God in place of the Jews. These words separate the prophecy of Jesus which belongs solely to the ruin of the cry and temple from the eschatological portion of the same prophecy. Hitherto the Lord’s words referred solely to the fall of Jerusalem and the ruin of the Jewish race. |
| This Generation shall not pass away: |
| What is the length of a generation? |
| Psalm 90:10 The DAYS OF OUR YEARS [are] THREESCORE YEARS AND TEN [=70 years]; and if by reason of strength [they be] fourscore years [=80 years], yet [is] their strength labour and sorrow; for it is soon cut off, and we fly away. |
| Psalm 90:11 Who knoweth the power of thine anger? even according to thy fear [=reverential awe, obedience,respect], [so is] thy wrath. |
| Psalm 90:12 So teach [us] to number our days, that we may APPLY [our] HEARTS UNTO WISDOM. |
| 1967 + 70 = 2037 |
| June 10th, 1967 to September 11th, 2037 is 70 years + 93 days. |
| 92 = Wicked Destroyed |
| 93 = Might of God |
| 94 = Proud Humbled |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3331 |
| 8. Prophecy & Fulfilment |
| Biblical predictions: |
| Matthew 24:29 |
| Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken: |
| Mark 13:24-25 |
| But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, |
| And the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. |
| Revelation 6:12-13 |
| And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; |
| And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. |
| Fulfilment dates: |
| 1 November 1755 |
| 19 May 1780 |
| 12/13 November 1833 |
| Fulfilment documentation: |
| Prophecy not only foretells the manner and object of Christ’s coming, but presents tokens by which men are to know when it is near. Said Jesus: “There shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars.” [Luke 21:25.] “The sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.” [Mark 13:24-26.] The Revelator thus describes the first of the signs to precede the second advent: “There was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon become as blood.” [Revelation 6:12.] [The Great Controversy (1888) 304.1] |
| These signs were witnessed before the opening of the present century. In fulfillment of this prophecy there occurred, in the year 1755 [1st November], the most terrible earthquake that has ever been recorded. Though commonly known as the earthquake of Lisbon, it extended to the greater part of Europe, Africa, and America. It was felt in Greenland, in the West Indies, in the island of Madeira, in Norway and Sweden, Great Britain and Ireland. It pervaded an extent of not less than four million square miles. In Africa the shock was almost as severe as in Europe. A great part of Algiers was destroyed; and a short distance from Morocco, a village containing eight or ten thousand inhabitants was swallowed up. A vast wave swept over the coast of Spain and Africa, engulfing cities, and causing great destruction. [The Great Controversy (1888) 304.2] [The Great Controversy (1911) 304.2] [Maranatha (1976) 149.3] |
| It was in Spain and Portugal that the shock manifested its extreme violence. At Cadiz the inflowing wave was said to be sixty feet high. Mountains—some of the largest in Portugal—“were impetuously shaken, as it were from the very foundation; and some of them opened at their summits, which were split and rent in a wonderful manner, huge masses of them being thrown down into the subjacent valleys. Flames are related to have issued from these mountains.” [The Great Controversy (1888) 304.3] |
| At Lisbon “a sound of thunder was heard underground, and immediately afterward a violent shock threw down the greater part of that city. In the course of about six minutes sixty thousand persons perished. The sea first retired, and laid the bar dry, it then rolled in, rising fifty feet above its ordinary level.” “The most extraordinary circumstance which occurred at Lisbon during the catastrophe, was the subsidence of the new quay, built entirely of marble, at an immense expense. A great concourse of people had collected there for safety, as a spot where they might be beyond the reach of falling ruins; but suddenly the quay sunk down with all the people on it, and not one of the dead bodies ever floated to the surface.” [The Great Controversy (1888) 305.1] |
| The shock of the earthquake “was instantly followed by the fall of every church and convent, almost all the large and public buildings, and one-fourth of the houses. In about two hours afterward, fires broke out in different quarters, and raged with such violence for the space of nearly three days that the city was completely desolated. The earthquake happened on a holy day, when the churches and convents were full of people, very few of whom escaped.” “The terror of the people was beyond description. Nobody wept; it was beyond tears. They ran hither and thither, delirious with horror and astonishment, beating their faces and breasts, crying, ‘Misericordia! the world’s at an end!’ Mothers forgot their children, and ran loaded with crucifixed images. Unfortunately, many ran to the churches for protection; but in vain was the sacrament exposed; in vain did the poor creatures embrace the altars; images, priests, and people were buried in one common ruin.” “Ninety thousand persons are supposed to have been lost on that fatal day.” [The Great Controversy (1888) 305.2] |
| Twenty-five years later appeared the next sign mentioned in the prophecy,—the darkening of the sun and moon. What rendered this more striking was the fact that the time of its fulfillment had been definitely pointed out. In the Saviour’s conversation with his disciples upon Olivet, after describing the long period of trial for the church—the 1260 years of papal persecution, concerning which he had promised that the tribulation should be shortened—he thus mentioned certain events to precede his coming, and fixed the time when the first of these should be witnessed: “In those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light.” [Mark 13:24.] The 1260 days, or years, terminated in 1798. A quarter of a century earlier, persecution had almost wholly ceased. Between these two dates, according to the words of Christ, the sun was to be darkened. On the 19th of May, 1780, this prophecy was fulfilled. [The Great Controversy (1888) 305.3] [The Great Controversy (1911) 306.1] |
| “Almost if not altogether alone as the most mysterious and as yet unexplained phenomenon of its kind, . . . stands the dark day of May 19, 1780,—a most unaccountable darkening of the whole visible heavens and atmosphere in New England.” That the darkness was not due to an eclipse is evident from the fact that the moon was then nearly full. It was not caused by clouds, or the thickness of the atmosphere, for in some localities where the darkness extended, the sky was so clear that the stars could be seen. Concerning the inability of science to assign a satisfactory cause for this manifestation, Herschel the astronomer declares: “The dark day in North America was one of those wonderful phenomena of nature which philosophy is at a loss to explain.” [The Great Controversy (1888) 306.1] |
| “The extent of the darkness was also very remarkable. It was observed at the most easterly regions of New England; westward, to the farthest part of Connecticut, and at Albany, N. Y.; to the southward, it was observed all along the sea coast; and to the north, as far as the American settlements extended. It probably far exceeded those boundaries, but the exact limits were never positively known. With regard to its duration, it continued in the neighborhood of Boston for at least fourteen or fifteen hours.” [The Great Controversy (1888) 306.2] |
| “The morning was clear and pleasant, but about eight o’clock there was observed an uncommon appearance in the sun. There were no clouds, but the air was thick, having a smoky appearance, and the sun shone with a pale, yellowish hue, but kept growing darker and darker, until it was hid from sight.” There was “midnight darkness at noonday.” [The Great Controversy (1888) 307.1] |
| “The occurrence brought intense alarm and distress to multitudes of minds, as well as dismay to the whole brute creation, the fowls fleeing bewildered to their roosts, and the birds to their nests, and the cattle returning to their stalls.” Frogs and night hawks began their notes. The cocks crew as at daybreak. Farmers were forced to leave their work in the fields. Business was generally suspended, and candles were lighted in the dwellings. “The Legislature of Connecticut was in session at Hartford, but being unable to transact business adjourned. Everything bore the appearance and gloom of night.” [The Great Controversy (1888) 307.2] |
| The intense darkness of the day was succeeded, an hour or two before evening, by a partially clear sky, and the sun appeared, though it was still obscured by the black, heavy mist. But “this interval was followed by a return of the obscuration with greater density, that rendered the first half of the night hideously dark beyond all former experience of the probable million of people who saw it. From soon after sunset until midnight, no ray of light from moon or star penetrated the vault above. It was pronounced ‘the blackness of darkness!’” Said an eye-witness of the scene: “I could not help conceiving, at the time, that if every luminous body in the universe had been shrouded in impenetrable darkness, or struck out of existence, the darkness could not have been more complete.” Though the moon that night rose to the full, “it had not the least effect to dispel the death-like shadows.” After midnight the darkness disappeared, and the moon, when first visible, had the appearance of blood. [The Great Controversy (1888) 307.3] |
| The poet Whittier thus speaks of this memorable day:— |
| “‘Twas on a May-day of the far old year |
| Seventeen hundred eighty, that there fell |
| Over the bloom and sweet life of the spring, |
| Over the fresh earth, and the heaven of noon, |
| A horror of great darkness.” |
| “Men prayed, and women wept; all ears grew sharp |
| To hear the doom-blast of the trumpet shatter |
| The black sky.” [The Great Controversy (1888) 308.1] |
| May 19, 1780, stands in history as “The Dark Day.” Since the time of Moses, no period of darkness of equal density, extent, and duration has ever been recorded. The description of this event, as given by the poet and the historian, is but an echo of the words of the Lord, recorded by the prophet Joel, twenty-five hundred years previous to their fulfillment: “The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day of the Lord come.” [Joel 2:31.] [The Great Controversy (1888) 308.2] [The Great Controversy (1911) 308.1] |
| “The shock” of the earthquake “was instantly followed by the fall of every church and convent, almost all the large public buildings, and more than one fourth of the houses. In about two hours after the shock, fires broke out in different quarters, and raged with such violence for the space of nearly three days, that the city was completely desolated. The earthquake happened on a holyday, when the churches and convents were full of people, very few of whom escaped.”– Encyclopedia Americana, art. “Lisbon,” note (ed. 1831). “The terror of the people was beyond description. Nobody wept; it was beyond tears. They ran hither and thither, delirious with horror and astonishment, beating their faces and breasts, crying, ‘Misericordia! the world’s at an end!’ Mothers forgot their children, and ran about loaded with crucifixed images. Unfortunately, many ran to the churches for protection; but in vain was the sacrament exposed; in vain did the poor creatures embrace the altars; images, priests, and people were buried in one common ruin.” It has been estimated that ninety thousand persons lost their lives on that fatal day. [The Great Controversy (1911) 305.2] |
| An eyewitness living in Massachusetts describes the event as follows: “In the morning the sun rose clear, but was soon overcast. The clouds became lowery, and from them, black and ominous, as they soon appeared, lightning flashed, thunder rolled, and a little rain fell. Toward nine o’clock, the clouds became thinner, and assumed a brassy or coppery appearance, and earth, rocks, trees, buildings, water, and persons were changed by this strange, unearthly light. A few minutes later, a heavy black cloud spread over the entire sky except a narrow rim at the horizon, and it was as dark as it usually is at nine o’clock on a summer evening. . . . [The Great Controversy (1911) 306.3] |
| “Fear, anxiety, and awe gradually filled the minds of the people. Women stood at the door, looking out upon the dark landscape; men returned from their labor in the fields; the carpenter left his tools, the blacksmith his forge, the tradesman his counter. Schools were dismissed, and tremblingly the children fled homeward. Travelers put up at the nearest farmhouse. ‘What is coming?’ queried every lip and heart. It seemed as if a hurricane was about to dash across the land, or as if it was the day of the consummation of all things. [The Great Controversy (1911) 306.4] |
| “Candles were used; and hearth fires shone as brightly as on a moonless evening in autumn. . . . Fowls retired to their roosts and went to sleep, cattle gathered at the pasture bars and lowed, frogs peeped, birds sang their evening songs, and bats flew about. But the human knew that night had not come. . . . [The Great Controversy (1911) 307.1] |
| “Dr. Nathanael Whittaker, pastor of the Tabernacle church in Salem, held religious services in the meeting-house, and preached a sermon in which he maintained that the darkness was supernatural. Congregations came together in many other places. The texts for the extemporaneous sermons were invariably those that seemed to indicate that the darkness was consonant with Scriptural prophecy. . . . The darkness was most dense shortly after eleven o’clock.”–The Essex Antiquarian, April, 1899, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 53, 54. “In most parts of the country it was so great in the daytime, that the people could not tell the hour by either watch or clock, nor dine, nor manage their domestic business, without the light of candles. . . . [The Great Controversy (1911) 307.2] |
| “The extent of this darkness was extraordinary. It was observed as far east as Falmouth. To the westward it reached to the farthest part of Connecticut, and to Albany. To the southward, it was observed along the seacoasts; and to the north as far as the American settlements extend.”–William Gordon, History of the Rise, Progress, and Establishment of the Independence of the U.S.A., vol. 3, p. 57. [The Great Controversy (1911) 307.3] |
| The intense darkness of the day was succeeded, an hour or two before evening, by a partially clear sky, and the sun appeared, though it was still obscured by the black, heavy mist. “After sundown, the clouds came again overhead, and it grew dark very fast.” “Nor was the darkness of the night less uncommon and terrifying than that of the day; notwithstanding there was almost a full moon, no object was discernible but by the help of some artificial light, which, when seen from the neighboring houses and other places at a distance, appeared through a kind of Egyptian darkness which seemed almost impervious to the rays.”–Isaiah Thomas, Massachusetts Spy; or, American Oracle of Liberty, vol. 10, No. 472 (May 25, 1780). Said an eyewitness of the scene: “I could not help conceiving at the time, that if every luminous body in the universe had been shrouded in impenetrable shades, or struck out of existence, the darkness could not have been more complete.”–Letter by Dr. Samuel Tenney, of Exeter, New Hampshire, December, 1785 (in Massachusetts Historical Society Collections, 1792, 1st series, vol. 1, p. 97). Though at nine o’clock that night the moon rose to the full, “it had not the least effect to dispel the deathlike shadows.” After midnight the darkness disappeared, and the moon, when first visible, had the appearance of blood. [The Great Controversy (1911) 307.4] |
| May 19, 1780, stands in history as “The Dark Day.” Since the time of Moses, no period of darkness of equal density, extent, and duration has ever been recorded. The description of this event, as given by the poet and the historian, is but an echo of the words of the Lord, recorded by the prophet Joel, twenty-five hundred years previous to their fulfillment: “The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day of the Lord come.” [Joel 2:31.] [The Great Controversy (1888) 308.2] [The Great Controversy (1911) 308.1] |
| Christ had bidden His people watch for the signs of His advent and rejoice as they should behold the tokens of their coming King. “When these things begin to come to pass,” He said, “then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh.” He pointed His followers to the budding trees of spring, and said: “When they now shoot forth, ye see and know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand.” Luke 21:28, 30, 31. [The Great Controversy (1911) 308.2] |
| But as the spirit of humility and devotion in the church had given place to pride and formalism, love for Christ and faith in His coming had grown cold. Absorbed in worldliness and pleasure seeking, the professed people of God were blinded to the Saviour’s instructions concerning the signs of His appearing. The doctrine of the second advent had been neglected; the scriptures relating to it were obscured by misinterpretation, until it was, to a great extent, ignored and forgotten. Especially was this the case in the churches of America. The freedom and comfort enjoyed by all classes of society, the ambitious desire for wealth and luxury, begetting an absorbing devotion to money-making, the eager rush for popularity and power, which seemed to be within the reach of all, led men to center their interests and hopes on the things of this life, and to put far in the future that solemn day when the present order of things should pass away. [The Great Controversy (1911) 309.1] |
| When the Saviour pointed out to His followers the signs of His return, He foretold the state of backsliding that would exist just prior to His second advent. There would be, as in the days of Noah, the activity and stir of worldly business and pleasure seeking–buying, selling, planting, building, marrying, and giving in marriage–with forgetfulness of God and the future life. For those living at this time, Christ’s admonition is: “Take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares.” “Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man.” Luke 21:34, 36. [The Great Controversy (1911) 309.2] |
| The condition of the church at this time is pointed out in the Saviour’s words in the Revelation: “Thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” And to those who refuse to arouse from their careless security, the solemn warning is addressed: “If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” Revelation 3:1, 3. [The Great Controversy (1911) 309.3] |
| It was needful that men should be awakened to their danger; that they should be roused to prepare for the solemn events connected with the close of probation. The prophet of God declares: “The day of the Lord is great and very terrible; and who can abide it?” Who shall stand when He appeareth who is “of purer eyes than to behold evil,” and cannot “look on iniquity”? Joel 2:11; Habakkuk 1:13. To them that cry, “My God, we know Thee,” yet have transgressed His covenant, and hastened after another god, hiding iniquity in their hearts, and loving the paths of unrighteousness– to these the day of the Lord is “darkness, and not light, even very dark, and no brightness in it.” Hosea 8:2, 1; Psalm 16:4; Amos 5:20. “It shall come to pass at that time,” saith the Lord, “that I will search Jerusalem with candles, and punish the men that are settled on their lees: that say in their heart, The Lord will not do good, neither will He do evil.” Zephaniah 1:12. “I will punish the world for their evil, and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogancy of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the terrible.” Isaiah 13:11. “Neither their silver nor their gold shall be able to deliver them;” “their goods shall become a booty, and their houses a desolation.” Zephaniah 1:18, 13. [The Great Controversy (1911) 310.1] |
| The prophet Jeremiah, looking forward to this fearful time, exclaimed: “I am pained at my very heart. . . . I cannot hold my peace, because thou hast heard, O my soul, the sound of the trumpet, the alarm of war. Destruction upon destruction is cried.” Jeremiah 4:19, 20. [The Great Controversy (1911) 310.2] |
| “That day is a day of wrath, a day of trouble and distress, a day of wasteness and desolation, a day of darkness and gloominess, a day of clouds and thick darkness, a day of the trumpet and alarm.” Zephaniah 1:15, 16. “Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, . . . to lay the land desolate: and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it.” Isaiah 13:9. [The Great Controversy (1911) 310.3] |
| Chap. 141 – The Violent Earth |
| I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake. Revelation 6:12. [Maranatha (1976) 149.1] |
| Prophecy not only foretells the manner and object of Christ’s coming, but presents tokens by which men are to know when it is near. . . . The revelator thus describes the first of the signs to precede the second advent: “There was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood.” [Maranatha (1976) 149.2] |
| How frequently we hear of earthquakes and tornadoes, of destruction by fire and flood, with great loss of life and property! Apparently these calamities are capricious outbreaks of disorganized, unregulated forces of nature, wholly beyond the control of man; but in them all, God’s purpose may be read. They are among the agencies by which He seeks to arouse men and women to a sense of their danger. [Maranatha (1976) 149.5] |
| Chap. 142 – Signs in the Heavens |
| The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day of the Lord come. Joel 2:31. [Maranatha (1976) 150.1] |
| In the Saviour’s conversation with His disciples upon Olivet, after describing the long period of trial for the church–the 1260 years of papal persecution, concerning which He had promised that the tribulation should be shortened–He thus mentioned certain events to precede His coming, and fixed the time when the first of these should be witnessed: “In those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light.” The 1260 days, or years, terminated in 1798. A quarter of a century earlier, persecution had almost wholly ceased. Following this persecution, according to the words of Christ, the sun was to be darkened. On the 19th of May, 1780, this prophecy was fulfilled. [Maranatha (1976) 150.2] |
| The intense darkness of the day was succeeded, an hour or two before evening, by a partially clear sky, and the sun appeared, though it was still obscured by the black, heavy mist. “After sundown, the clouds came again overhead, and it grew dark very fast.” “Nor was the darkness of the night less uncommon and terrifying than that of the day; notwithstanding there was almost a full moon, no object was discernible but by the help of some artificial light. . . .”–Isaiah Thomas, Massachusetts Spy: or, American Oracle of Liberty, vol. 10, No. 472 (May 25, 1780). . . . [Maranatha (1976) 150.4] |
| The description of this event, as given by eyewitnesses, is but an echo of the words of the Lord, recorded by the prophet Joel, twenty-five hundred years previous to their fulfilment: “The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and the terrible day of the Lord come.” [Maranatha (1976) 150.5] |
| Chap. 143 – The Stars of Heaven Fall |
| The stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. Matthew 24:29. [Maranatha (1976) 151.1] |
| In 1833, . . . the last of the signs appeared which were promised by the Saviour as tokens of His second advent. Said Jesus, “The stars shall fall from heaven.” And John in the Revelation declared, as he beheld in vision the scenes that should herald the day of God, “The stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.” This prophecy received a striking and impressive fulfilment in the great meteoric shower of November 13, 1833. That was the most extensive and wonderful display of falling stars which has ever been recorded; “the whole firmament, over all the United States, being then, for hours, in fiery commotion! No celestial phenomenon has ever occurred in this country, since its first settlement, which was viewed with such intense admiration by one class in the community, or with so much dread and alarm by another.” “Its sublimity and awful beauty still linger in many minds. . . . Never did rain fall much thicker than the meteors fell toward the earth; east, west, north, and south, it was the same. In a word, the whole heavens seemed in motion. . . . The display, as described in Professor Silliman’s Journal, was seen all over North America. . . . From two o’clock until broad daylight, . . . an incessant play of dazzlingly brilliant luminosities was kept up in the whole heavens.”–R. M. Devens, American Progress; or, The Great Events of the Greatest Century, ch. 28, pars. 1-5. . . . [Maranatha (1976) 151.2] |
| Thus was displayed the last of those signs of His coming, concerning which Jesus bade His disciples, “When ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors.” After these signs, John beheld, as the great event next impending, the heavens departing as a scroll, while the earth quaked, mountains and islands removed out of their places, and the wicked in terror sought to flee from the presence of the Son of man. [Maranatha (1976) 151.3] |
| But the day and the hour of His coming Christ has not revealed. . . . The exact time of the second coming of the Son of man is God’s mystery. [Maranatha (1976) 151.4] |
| Chap. 144 – Ottoman Empire in Prophecy |
| Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates. And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men. Revelation 9:14, 15. [Maranatha (1976) 152.1] |
| The history of nations that one after another have occupied their allotted time and place, unconsciously witnessing to the truth of which they themselves knew not the meaning, speaks to us. To every nation and to every individual of today God has assigned a place in His great plan. Today men and nations are being measured by the plummet in the hand of Him who makes no mistake. All are by their own choice deciding their destiny, and God is overruling all for the accomplishment of His purposes. . . . [Maranatha (1976) 152.2] |
| All that prophecy has foretold as coming to pass, until the present time, has been traced on the pages of history, and we may be assured that all which is yet to come will be fulfilled in its order. [Maranatha (1976) 152.3] |
| In the year 1840, another remarkable fulfilment of prophecy excited widespread interest. Two years before, Josiah Litch, one of the leading ministers preaching the second advent, published an exposition of Revelation 9, predicting the fall of the Ottoman empire. According to his calculations, this power was to be overthrown “in A.D. 1840, sometime in the month of August;” and only a few days previous to its accomplishment he wrote: “Allowing the first period, 150 years, to have been exactly fulfilled before Deacozes ascended the throne by permission of the Turks, and that the 391 years, fifteen days, commenced at the close of the first period, it will end on the 11th of August, 1840, when the Ottoman power in Constantinople may be expected to be broken. And this, I believe, will be found to be the case.”–Josiah Litch, in Signs of the Times, and Expositor of Prophecy, Aug. 1, 1840. [Maranatha (1976) 152.4] |
| At the very time specified, Turkey, through her ambassadors, accepted the protection of the allied powers of Europe, and thus placed herself under the control of Christian nations. The event exactly fulfilled the prediction. . . . A wonderful impetus was given to the advent movement. [Maranatha (1976) 152.5] |
| Christ has given signs of His coming. He says that we may know when He is near, even at the doors. When the trees put forth their leaves in the spring, we know that summer is near. Just so surely, when the signs appear in the sun and the moon and the stars, we are to know that Christ’s coming is near. [The Story of Jesus (1896, 1900) 176.2] |
| These signs have appeared. On May 19, 1780, the sun was darkened. That day is known in history as “the dark day.” In the eastern part of North America, so great was the darkness that in many places the people had to light candles at noonday. And until after midnight the moon, though at its full, gave no light. Many believed that the day of judgment had come. No satisfactory reason for the unnatural darkness has ever been given, except the reason found in the words of Christ. The darkening of the sun and the moon was a sign of His coming. [The Story of Jesus (1896, 1900) 176.3] |
| November 13, 1833, there was the most wonderful display of falling stars ever beheld by men. Again thousands believed that the day of judgment had come. [The Story of Jesus (1896, 1900) 176.4] |
| Since that time earthquakes, tempests, tidal waves, pestilence, famine, and destructions by fire and flood, have multiplied. All these, and “distress of nations, with perplexity,” declare that the Lord’s coming is near. [The Story of Jesus (1896, 1900) 176.5] |
| Of those who beheld these signs He says, “This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled. Heaven and earth shall pass away, but My words shall not pass away.” Matthew 24:34, 35. [The Story of Jesus (1896, 1900) 176.6] |
| “The Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the Archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore comfort one another with these words.” 1 Thessalonians 4:16-18. [The Story of Jesus (1896, 1900) 177.1] |
| Christ is coming, coming with clouds and with great glory. A multitude of shining angels will attend Him. He will come to raise the dead, and to change the living saints from glory to glory. [The Story of Jesus (1896, 1900) 177.2] |
| He will come to honor those who have loved Him and kept His commandments, and to take them to Himself. He has not forgotten them nor His promise. [The Story of Jesus (1896, 1900) 177.3] |
| https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1755_Lisbon_earthquake |
| The 1755 Lisbon earthquake, also known as the Great Lisbon earthquake, occurred in the Kingdom of Portugal on Saturday, 1 November, the holy day of All Saints’ Day, at around 09:40 local time. In combination with subsequent fires and a tsunami, the earthquake almost totally destroyed Lisbon and adjoining areas. Seismologists today estimate the Lisbon earthquake had a magnitude in the range 8.5–9.0 on the moment magnitude scale, with its epicentre in the Atlantic Ocean about 200 km (120 mi) west-southwest of Cape St. Vincent. Estimates place the death toll in Lisbon alone between 10,000 and 100,000 people, making it one of the deadliest earthquakes in history. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=682 |
| 9. Advent people to Holy City |
| DS – The Day-Star |
| Bro. Jacobs:– |
| As God has shown me in holy vision the travels of the Advent people to the Holy City, and the rich reward to be given those who wait the return of their Lord from the wedding, it may be my duty to give you a short sketch of what God has revealed to me. The dear saints have got many trials to pass through. But our light afflictions which are but for a moment worketh for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory; while we look not at the things which are seen, for the things which are seen are temporal, but the things which are not seen are eternal. I have tried to bring back a good report, & a few grapes from the heavenly Canaan, for which many would stone me, as the congregation bade stone Caleb and Joshua for their report, (Numbers 14:10.) But I declare to you, my brother in the Lord, it is a goodly land, and we are well able to go up and possess it. |
| While praying at the family altar the Holy Ghost fell on me and I seemed to be rising higher and higher, far above the dark world. I turned to look for the Advent people in the world, but could not find them, when a voice said to me, Look again, and look a little higher. At this, I raised my eyes and see a strait and narrow path, cast up high above the world. On this path the Advent people were traveling to the City, which was at the farther end of the path. They had a bright light set up behind them at the first end of the path, which an angel told me was the Midnight Cry. This light shone all along the path and gave light for their feet so they might not stumble. And if they kept their eyes fixed on Jesus, who was just before them, leading them to the City, they were safe. |
| But soon some grew weary, and said the City was a great way off, and they expected to have entered it before. Then Jesus would encourage them by raising his glorious right arm, and from his arm came a glorious light which waved over the Advent band, and they shouted, Hallelujah! Others rashly denied the light behind them, and said that it was not God that had led them out so far. The light behind them went out which left their feet in perfect darkness, and they stumbled and got their eyes off the mark and lost sight of Jesus, and fell off the path down in the dark and wicked world below. It was just as impossible for them to get on the path again & go to the City, as all the wicked world which God had rejected. |
| They fell all the way along the path one after another, until we heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the day and hour of Jesus’ coming. The living saints, 144,000, in number, know and understand the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder & an earthquake. When God spake the time, he poured on us the Holy Ghost, and our faces began to light up and shine with the glory of God as Moses did when he came down from Mount Sinai, (Exodus 34:30-34.) By this time the 144,000 were all sealed and perfectly united. On their foreheads was written, God, New Jerusalem, and a glorious Star containing Jesus’ new name. |
| At our happy, holy state the wicked were enraged, and would rush violently up to lay hands on us to thrust us in prison, when we would stretch forth the hand in the name of the Lord, and the wicked would fall helpless to the ground. Then it was that the synagogue of Satan knew that God had loved us who could wash one another’s feet, and salute the holy brethren with a holy kiss, and they worshipped at our feet. Soon our eyes were drawn to the East, for a small black cloud had appeared about half as large as a man’s hand, which we all knew was the Sign of the Son of Man. |
| We all in solemn silence gazed on the cloud as it drew nearer, lighter, and brighter, glorious, and still more glorious, till it was a great white cloud. The bottom appeared like fire, a rainbow was over it, around the cloud were ten thousand angels singing a most lovely song. And on it sat the Son of Man, on his head were crowns, his hair was white and curly and lay on his shoulders. His feet had the appearance of fire, in his right hand was a sharp sickle, in his left a silver trumpet. His eyes were as a flame of fire, which searched his children through and through. Then all faces gathered paleness, and those that God had rejected gathered blackness. Then we all cried out, who shall be able to stand? Is my robe spotless? Then the angels ceased to sing, and there was some time of awful silence, when Jesus spoke, Those who have clean hands and a pure heart shall be able to stand, my grace is sufficient for you. At this, our faces lighted up, and joy filled every heart. And the angels struck a note higher and sung again while the cloud drew still nearer the earth. |
| Then JESUS’ silver trumpet sounded, as He descended on the cloud, wrapped in flames of fire. He gazed on the graves of the sleeping saints then raised His eyes and hands to heaven & cried out, Awake! Awake! Awake! ye that sleep in the dust, and arise. Then there was a mighty earthquake. THE GRAVES OPENED, AND THE DEAD CAME UP CLOTHED WITH IMMORTALITY. The 144,000 shouted, Hallelujah! as THEY RECOGNIZED THEIR FRIENDS WHO HAD BEEN TORN FROM THEM BY DEATH, and in the same moment we were changed and caught up together with them to meet the Lord in the air. We all entered the cloud together, and were 7 DAYS ASCENDING TO THE SEA OF GLASS, when JESUS brought along the crowns and with His own right hand placed them on our heads. He gave us harps of gold and palms of victory. {1846 DS} |
| HERE ON THE SEA OF GLASS THE 144,000 STOOD IN A PERFECT SQUARE. SOME OF THEM HAD VERY BRIGHT CROWNS, OTHERS NOT SO BRIGHT. SOME CROWNS APPEARED [HEAVY] WITH STARS, WHILE OTHERS HAD BUT FEW. ALL WERE PERFECTLY SATISFIED WITH THEIR CROWNS. And they were all clothed with a glorious white mantle from their shoulders to their feet. ANGELS were all about us as we marched over the SEA OF GLASS to the gate of the City. JESUS raised His mighty glorious arm, laid hold of the gate and swung it back on its golden hinges, and said to us, You have washed your robes in My blood, stood stiffly for My truth, enter in. {1846 DS} |
| We all marched in and felt we had a perfect right in the City. Here we see the tree of life, & the throne of God. Out of the throne came a pure river of water, and on either side of the river was the tree of life. On one side of the river was a trunk of a tree and a trunk on the other side of the river, both of pure transparent gold. At first I thought I [saw] two trees. I looked again and [saw] they were united at the top in one tree. So it was the tree of life on either side of the river of life. Its branches bowed to the place where we stood. And the fruit was glorious, which looked like gold mixed with silver. We all went under the tree, and sat down to look at the glory of the place, when Bro. Fitch, and Stockman, who had preached the gospel of the kingdom, whom God had laid in the grave to save them, came up to us and asked us what we had passed through while they were sleeping. |
| We tried to call up our greatest trials, but they looked so small compared with the far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory that surrounded us, that we could not speak them out, and we all cried out Hallelujah, heaven is cheap enough, and we touched our glorious harps and made heaven’s arches ring. And as we were gazing at the glories of the place, our eyes were attracted upwards to something that had the appearance of silver. I asked Jesus to let me see what was within there. In a moment we were winging our way upward and entering in. Here we saw good old father Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, Noah, Daniel, and many like them. And I saw a veil with a heavy fringe of silver, and gold as a border on the bottom. It was very beautiful. I asked Jesus what was within the veil. He raised it with his own right arm, and bade me take heed. |
| I saw there a glorious ark, overlaid with pure gold, and it had a glorious border resembling Jesus’ crowns. On it were two bright angels; their wings were spread over the ark as they sat on each end, with their faces turned towards each other and looking downward. In the ark, beneath where the angels wings were spread, was a golden pot of Manna of a yellowish cast, and I saw a rod, which Jesus said was Aaron’s, I saw it bud, blossom, and bear fruit.–And I saw two long golden rods on which hung silver wires, and on the wires most glorious grapes. One cluster was more than a man here can carry. And I saw Jesus step up and take of the manna, almonds, grapes, and pomegranates, and bear them down to the city, and place them on the supper table. I stepped up to see how much was taken away, and there was just as much left, and we shouted Hallelujah. Amen. |
| We all descended from this place down into the city, and with Jesus at our head we all descended from the city down to this earth, on a great and mighty mountain, which could not bear Jesus up, and it parted asunder, and there was a mighty plain. Then we looked up and saw the great city with twelve foundations, twelve gates, three on each side, and an angel at each gate, and all cried out the city, the great city, it’s coming, it’s coming down from God, out of heaven, and it came and settled on the place where we stood. Then we began to look at the glorious things outside of the city. |
| There I saw most glorious houses, that had the appearance of silver, supported by four pillars, set with pearls most glorious to behold, which were to be inhabited by the saints. In them was a golden shelf, I saw many of the saints go into the houses, take off their glittering crowns and lay them on the shelf, then go out into the field by the houses to do something with the earth, not as we have to do with the earth here; no, no. A glorious light shone all about their heads, and they were continually shouting and offering praises to God. And I saw another field full of all kinds of flowers, and as I plucked them, I cried out, well they will never fade. Next I saw a field of tall grass, most glorious to behold. It was living green, and had a reflection of silver and gold as it waved proudly to the glory of King Jesus. |
| Then we entered a field full of all kinds of beasts; the lion, the lamb, the leopard and the wolf, altogether in perfect union. We passed through the midst of them, and they followed on peaceably after. Then we entered a wood, not like the dark woods we have here, no, no; but light, and all over glorious. The branches of the trees waved to and fro, and we all cried out, we will dwell safely in the wilderness and sleep in this woods. We passed through the wood, for we were on our way to Mount Zion, as we were traveling along we met a company who were also gazing at the glories of the place: I noticed red as a border on their garments. Their crowns were brilliant–their robes were pure white. As we greeted them, I asked Jesus who they were? He said they were martyrs that had been slain for him. With them was an innumerable company of little ones, they had a hem of red on their garments also. |
| Mount Zion was just before us, and on the Mount sat a glorious temple, and about it were seven other mountains, on which grew roses and lilies, and I saw the little ones climb, or if they chose use their little wings and fly to the top of the mountains, and pluck the never fading flowers. There were all kinds of trees around the temple to beautify the place. The box, the pine, the fir, the oil, the myrtle, the pomegranate and the fig tree, bowed down with the weight of its timely figs that made the place look all over glorious. |
| And as we were about to enter the holy temple, Jesus raised his lovely voice and said, only the 144,000 enter this place, and we shouted Hallelujah. Well bless the Lord, Bro. Jacobs [ / dear brethren and sisters], it is an extra meeting for those who have the seal of the living God. This temple was supported by seven pillars, all of transparent gold, set with pearls most glorious. The glorious things I saw there, I cannot begin to describe. O, that I could talk in the language of Canaan, then could I tell a little of the glory of the upper world; but if faithful you soon will know all about it. I saw there the tables of stone in which the names of the 144,000, were engraved in letters of gold.–After we had beheld the glory of the temple, we went out. Then Jesus left us and went to the city. |
| Soon we heard his lovely voice again, saying: Come my people; you have come out of great tribulation, and done my will, suffered for me; come in to supper, for I will gird myself, and serve you. We shouted Hallelujah, glory, and entered into the city, and I saw a table of pure silver, it was many miles in length, yet our eyes could extend over it. And I saw the fruit of the tree of life, the manna, almonds, figs, pomegranates, grapes, and many other kinds of fruit. We all reclined at the table. I asked Jesus to let me eat of the fruit. He said, not now. Those who eat of the fruit of this land, go back to earth no more. But in a little while if faithful, you shall both eat of the fruit of the tree of life, and drink of the water of the fountain, and he said, you must go back to the earth again, and relate to others, what I have revealed to you. Then an angel bore me gently down to this dark world. Sometimes I think I cannot stay here any longer, all things of earth look so dreary. I feel very lonely here, for I have seen a better land. O, that I had wings like a dove, then would I fly away, and be at rest. Ellen G. Harmon |
| N.B. This was not written for publication; but for the encouragement of all who may see it, and be encouraged by it. E. G. H. {DS, January 24, 1846 par. 1 – final section} |
| March 14, 1846 Letter from Sister Harmon. |
| Falmouth Mass., Feb., 15, 1846. |
| Bro. Jacobs:– |
| My vision which you published in the Day-Star was written under a deep sense of duty, to you, not expecting you would publish it. Had I for once thought it was to be spread before the many readers of your paper, I should have been more particular and stated some things which I left out. As the readers of the Day-Star have seen a part of what God has revealed to me, and as the part which I have not written is of vast importance to the Saints; I humbly request you to publish this also in your paper. God showed me the following, one year ago this month:— |
| I saw a throne, and on it sat the Father and his Son Jesus Christ. I gazed on Jesus’ countenance and admired his lovely person. The Fathers person I could not behold for a cloud of glorious light covered him. I asked Jesus if his Father had a form like himself; He said he had, but I could not behold it; for, said he, if you should for once see the glory of his person, you would cease to exist. Before the throne was the Advent people, the Church, and the world. I saw a company bowed down before the throne, deeply interested while most of them stood up disinterested and careless. Those who were bowed before the throne would offer up their prayers and look to Jesus, then he would look to his Father and appeared to be pleading with him. Then a light came from the Father to his Son and from him to the praying company. Then I saw an exceeding bright light come from the Father to the Son and from the Son it waved over the people before the throne. But few would receive this great light. Many came out from under it and immediately resisted it. Others were careless and did not cherish the light and it moved off from them. Some cherished it and went and bowed down before the throne with the little praying company. This company all received the light, and rejoiced in it as their countenances shone with its glory. Then I saw the Father rise from the throne and in a flaming chariot go into the Holy of Holies within the vail, and did sit. There I saw thrones which I had not seen before. |
| Then Jesus rose up from the throne, and most of those who were bowed down rose up with him. And I did not see one ray of light pass from Jesus to the careless multitude after he rose up, and they were left in perfect darkness. Those who rose up when Jesus did, kept their eyes fixed on him as he left the throne, and led them out a little way, then he raised his right arm and we heard his lovely voice saying, wait ye, I am going to my Father to receive the Kingdom. Keep your garments spotless and in a little while I will return from the wedding, and receive you to myself. And I saw a cloudy chariot with wheels like flaming fire. Angels were all about the chariot as it came where Jesus was; he stepped into it and was borne to the Holiest where the Father sat. Then I beheld Jesus as he was before the Father a great High Priest. On the hem of his garment was a bell and a pomegranate, a bell and a pomegranate. Then Jesus shewed me the difference between faith and feeling. And I saw those who rose up with Jesus send up their faith to Jesus in the Holiest, and praying, Father give us thy spirit. Then Jesus would breathe on them the Holy Ghost. In the breath was light, power and much love, joy and peace. Then I turned to look at the company who were still bowed before the throne. They did not know that Jesus had left it. Satan appeared to be by the throne trying to carry on the work of God. I saw them look up to the throne and pray, My Father give us thy spirit. Then Satan would breathe on them an unholy influence. In it there was light and much power, but no sweet love, joy and peace. Satan’s object was to keep them deceived and to draw back and deceive God’s children. I saw one after another leave the company who were praying to Jesus in the Holiest, go and join those before the throne and they at once received the unholy influence of Satan. {DS, March 14, 1846 par. 1} |
| About four months since, I had a vision of events, all in the future. And I saw the time of trouble, such as never was,–Jesus told me it was the time of Jacob’s trouble, and that we should be delivered out of it by the voice of God. Just before we entered it, we all received the seal of the living God. Then I saw the four Angels cease to hold the four winds. And I saw famine, pestilence and sword, nation rose against nation, and the whole world was in confusion. Then we cried to God for deliverance day and night till we began to hear the bells on Jesus’ garment. And I saw Jesus rise up in the Holiest, and as he came out we heard the tinkling of bells, and knew our High Priest was coming out. Then we heard the voice of God which shook the heavens and earth, and gave the 144,000 the day and hour of Jesus’ coming. Then the saints were free, united and full of the glory of God, for he had turned their captivity. And I saw a flaming cloud come where Jesus stood and he laid off his priestly garment and put on his kingly robe, took his place on the cloud which carried him to the east where it first appeared to the saints on earth, a small black cloud, which was the sign of the Son of Man. While the cloud was passing from the Holiest to the east which took a number of days, the Synagogue of Satan worshiped at the saints feet. Ellen G. Harmon {DS, March 14, 1846 par. 2} |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2407 |
| 10. 144,000 and related, including the Vision about mid November 1845 |
| … They fell all the way along the path one after another, until we heard the voice of God like many waters, which gave us the day and hour of Jesus’ coming. The living saints, 144,000 in number, knew and understood the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake. When God spake the time, he poured on us the Holy Ghost, and our faces began to light up and shine with the glory of God as Moses did when he came down from Mount Sinai, (Exodus 34:30-34). {Broadside1, April 6, 1846 par. 2} |
| By this time the 144,000 were all sealed and perfectly united. On their foreheads was written, God, New Jerusalem, and a glorious Star containing Jesus’ new name. … The graves opened, and the dead came up clothed with immortality. The 144,000 shouted, Hallelujah! as they recognized their friends who had been torn from them by death, and in the same moment we were changed and caught up together with them to meet the Lord in the air. We all entered the cloud together, and were seven days ascending to the sea of glass, when Jesus brought along the crowns and with his own right hand placed them on our heads. He gave us harps of gold and palms of victory. Here on the sea of glass the 144,000 stood in a perfect square. Some of them had very bright crowns, others not so bright. Some crowns appeared heavy with stars, while others had but few. All were perfectly satisfied with their crowns. And they were all clothed with a glorious white mantle from their shoulders to their feet. {Broadside1, April 6, 1846 par. 3} |
| … I saw there the tables of stone in which the names of the 144,000, were engraved in letters of gold; after we had beheld the glory of the temple, we went out. Then Jesus left us, and went to the city; soon, we heard his lovely voice again, saying–“Come my people, you have come out of great tribulation, and done my will; suffered for me; come in to supper, for I will gird myself, and serve you. … {Broadside1, April 6, 1846 par. 6} |
| … Then we cried to God day and night for deliverance, until we began to hear the bells on Jesus’ garment. And I saw Jesus rise up in the Holiest, and as he came out we heard the tinkling of the bells and knew that our High Priest was coming out. Then we heard the voice of God which shook the heavens and the earth, and gave the 144,000 the day and hour of Jesus coming. Then the saints were free, united, and full of the glory of God, for he has turned their captivity. And I saw a flaming cloud come where Jesus’ stood. Then Jesus laid off his priestly garment and put on his Kingly robe, and took his place on the cloud which carried him to the East, where it first appeared to the saints on earth–a small black cloud which was the sign of the Son of Man. While the cloud was passing from the Holiest to the East, which took a number of days, the synagogue of Satan worshipped at the saint’s feet. {Broadside1, April 6, 1846 par. 8} |
| … A decree went forth to slay the saints, which caused them to cry day and night for deliverance. This was the time of Jacob’s trouble. Then all the saints cried out with anguish of spirit, and were delivered by the Voice of God. Then the 144,000 triumphed. Their faces were lighted up with the glory of God. {Broadside2, January 31, 1849 par. 2} |
| … I could not bear the thought of coming back to this dark world again. Then the angel said–“you must go back, and if you are faithful, you, WITH the 144,000 shall have the privilege of visiting all the worlds and viewing the handy work of God.” {Broadside2, January 31, 1849 par. 8} |
| I saw that she [Mrs Hastings] was sealed and would come up at the voice of God and stand upon the earth, and would be WITH the 144,000. I saw we need not mourn for her; she would rest in the time of trouble, and all that we could mourn for was our loss in being deprived of her company. I saw her death would result in good. {Lt10-1850} March 18, 1850 |
| The 144,000 were all sealed and perfectly united. On their foreheads were the words God, New Jerusalem, and a glorious star containing Jesus’ new name. At our happy, holy state the wicked were enraged, and would rush violently up to lay hands on us to thrust us into prison, when we would stretch forth the hand in the name of the Lord, and they would fall helpless to the ground. Then it was that the synagogue of Satan knew that God had loved us, who could wash one another’s feet, and salute the brethren with a holy kiss, and they worshiped at our feet. {1855-1868 1T 59.2} |
| John saw a Lamb on Mount Zion, and with him 144,000, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads. They bore the signet of heaven. They reflected the image of God. They were full of the light and the glory of the Holy One. … {RH, March 19, 1889 par. 6} |
| On the sea of glass the 144,000 translated saints stood in a perfect hollow square with Jesus in the midst |
| DS – The Day-Star |
| January 24, 1846 Letter from Sister Harmon. |
| Portland, Me., Dec. 20, 1845. |
| Bro. Jacobs:– |
| Those who a little before would have destroyed God’s faithful children from the earth, had to witness the glory of God which rested upon them. They had seen them glorified. And amid all the terrible scenes they had heard the voices of the saints in joyful strains, saying, Lo, this is our God, we have waited for him, and he will save us. The earth mightily shook as the voice of the Son of God called forth the sleeping saints. They responded to the call, and came forth clothed with glorious immortality, crying, Victory! victory! over death and the grave. O death, where is thy sting? O grave, where is thy victory? Then the living saints, and the resurrected ones, raised their voices in a long, transporting shout of victory. Those sickly bodies that had gone down into the grave came up in immortal health and vigor. The living saints were changed in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, and caught up with the resurrected ones, and together they meet their Lord in the air. O what a glorious meeting. Friends whom death had separated, were united, never more to part. {1858 1SG 207.1} |
| On either side of the cloudy chariot were wings, and beneath it were living wheels; and as the cloudy chariot rolled upward, the wheels cried, Holy, and the wings, as they moved, cried, Holy, and the retinue of holy angels around the cloud cried, Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God Almighty. And the saints in the cloud cried, Glory, Alleluia. And the chariot rolled upward to the holy city. Before entering the holy city, the saints were arranged in a perfect square, with JESUS in the MIDST. He was head and shoulders high above the saints, and head and shoulders above the angels. His majestic form, and lovely countenance, could be seen by ALL in the square. {1858 1SG 208.1} Also {1882 EW 287.2} |
| Upon the crystal sea before the throne, that sea of glass as it were mingled with fire,—so resplendent is it with the glory of God,—are gathered the company that have “gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name.” [Revelation 15:2.] With the Lamb upon Mount Zion, “having the harps of God,” they stand, the hundred and forty and four thousand that were redeemed from among men; and there is heard, as the sound of many waters, and as the sound of a great thunder, “the voice of harpers harping with their harps.” [Revelation 14:1-5; 15:3; 7:14-17] And they sing “a new song” before the throne, a song which no man can learn save the hundred and forty and four thousand. It is the song of Moses and the Lamb,—a song of deliverance. None but the hundred and forty-four thousand can learn that song; for it is the song of their experience,—an experience such as no other company have ever had. “These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth.” These, having been translated from the earth, from among the living, are counted as “the first-fruits unto God and to the Lamb.” “These are they which came out of great tribulation;” [Revelation 14:1-5; 15:3; Revelation 7:14-17.] they have passed through the time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation; they have endured the anguish of the time of Jacob’s trouble; they have stood without an intercessor through the final outpouring of God’s judgments. {1888 GC88 648.3a} |
| But they have been delivered, for they have “washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.” “In their mouth was found no guile; for they are without fault” before God. “Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple; and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them.” [Revelation 14:1-5; 15:3; Revelation 7:14-17.] They have seen the earth wasted with famine and pestilence, the sun having power to scorch men with great heat, and they themselves have endured suffering, hunger, and thirst. But “they shall hunger no more; neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat; for the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.” [Revelation 14:1-5; 15:3; 7:14-17.] {1888 GC88 648.3b} |
| Revelation 7:14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of GREAT TRIBULATION, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. |
| Revelation 7:15 Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. |
| Revelation 7:16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. |
| Revelation 7:17 For the Lamb which is IN THE MIDST of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes. |
| Revelation 14:1 ¶ And I looked, and, lo, A LAMB STOOD ON THE MOUNT SION, AND WITH HIM AN HUNDRED FORTY [AND] FOUR THOUSAND, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads. |
| Revelation 14:2 And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps: |
| Revelation 14:3 And they sung as it were a new song before the THRONE, and before the four beasts, and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the hundred [and] forty [and] four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth. |
| Revelation 14:4 These are they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. THESE WERE REDEEMED FROM AMONG MEN, [BEING] THE FIRSTFRUITS UNTO GOD AND TO THE LAMB. |
| Revelation 14:5 And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God. |
| Revelation 15:2 And I saw as it were a SEA OF GLASS mingled with fire: and THEM THAT HAD GOTTEN THE VICTORY over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, [and] over the number of his name, stand on the SEA OF GLASS, having the HARPS OF GOD. |
| Revelation 15:3 And they sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvellous [are] THY works, Lord God Almighty; just and true [are] THY ways, THOU King of saints. |
| In the issue of the great contest, two distinct, opposite classes are developed. One class “worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark,” and thus bring upon themselves the awful judgments threatened by the third angel. The other class, in marked contrast to the world, “keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:9, 12.] Though the powers of earth summon their forces to compel “all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond,” to receive the mark of the beast, yet the people of God do not receive it. The prophet of Patmos beholds “them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God,” [Revelation 15:2.] and singing the song of Moses and the Lamb. {1884 4SP 282.2} |
| I hope and pray that you may walk in all lowliness of mind, that you may be a blessing to one another. “Yet a little while, and He that shall come will come, and will not tarry.” The bridal lamps must be kept trimmed and burning. Our Lord delays because of His long-suffering to usward, “not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.” But when we, WITH all the redeemed, shall stand upon the sea of glass, with harps of gold and crowns of glory, and before us the immensity of eternity, then we shall see how short was the waiting period of probation. “Blessed are those servants, whom the Lord when He cometh shall find watching.” {1882 5T 485.1} |
| Revelation 4:6 And before the throne [there was] a SEA OF GLASS like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, [were] four beasts full of eyes before and behind. |
| When we look into the times when Jesus was in the midst we find, in addition to the sea of glass reference, occurrences with hostility and angel protection, His death and subsequent return to His disciples. There were also times when Jesus spoke to His disciples where they surrounded Him. |
| Before entering the city, the saints are arranged in a HOLLOW square, with Jesus in the midst. In height he surpasses both the saints and the angels. His majestic form and lovely countenance can be seen by all in the square. Upon the heads of the overcomers the Saviour, with his own right hand, places the crowns of glory. For every saint there is a crown, bearing his new name, and the inscription, “Holiness to the Lord.” In every hand is placed the victor’s palm and the shining harp. The commanding angels strike the note, and every voice is raised in grateful praise, every hand sweeps the harp-strings with skillful touch, awaking sweet music in rich, melodious strains. {1884 4SP 464.3} |
| Their unbelief and malice increased. Satan controlled their minds, and they cried out against him with wrath and hatred. Their assembly broke up, and they laid hands upon Jesus, and thrust him out of the synagogue, out of their city, and would have rid the world of his presence, had they had power so to do. All seemed eager to act a part in destroying him. They hurried him to the brow of a steep precipice, intending to cast him headlong. Their hands, they thought, were upon him. Some were crying one thing, some another. Some were casting stones and dirt at him; but suddenly he disappeared out of their midst, they knew not how, or when. Angels of God attended Jesus in the midst of that infuriated mob, and preserved his life. The heavenly messengers were by his side in the synagogue, while he was speaking; and they accompanied him when pressed and urged on by the unbelieving, infuriated Jews. These angels blinded the eyes of that maddened throng, and they conducted Jesus to a place of safety. {1877 1Red 57.1} |
| Luke 4:29 And rose up, and thrust him out of the city, and led him unto the BROW OF THE HILL whereon their city was built, that they might cast him down headlong. |
| Luke 4:30 But he passing through the MIDST OF THEM went his way, |
| The thieves crucified with Jesus were placed “on either side one, and Jesus in the midst.” This was done by the direction of the priests and rulers. Christ’s position between the thieves was to indicate that He was the greatest criminal of the three. Thus was fulfilled the scripture, “He was numbered with the transgressors.” Isaiah 53:12. But the full meaning of their act the priests did not see. As Jesus, crucified with the thieves, was placed “in the midst,” so His cross was placed in the midst of a world lying in sin. And the words of pardon spoken to the penitent thief kindled a light that will shine to the earth’s remotest bounds. {1898 DA 751.4} |
| John 19:18 Where they crucified him, and two others with him, on either side one, and JESUS IN THE MIDST. |
| Joseph and Nicodemus watched every development at the condemnation and crucifixion of Christ. Not an action escaped them. These men were diligent searchers of the Scriptures, and they were deeply indignant as they saw this Man, whom the judges had pronounced to be entirely without fault, placed in the center of two thieves, “On either side one, and Jesus in the midst.” This instruction had been given by the chief priests and rulers, that by His position all might judge that Christ was the most notorious of the three. {Ms103-1897} |
| John 20:19 ¶ Then the same day at evening, being the first [day] of the week, when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and STOOD IN THE MIDST, and saith unto them, Peace [be] unto you. |
| John 20:20 And when he had so said, he showed unto them [his] hands and his side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the Lord. |
| John 20:21 Then said Jesus to them again, Peace [be] unto you: as [my] Father hath sent me, even so send I you. |
| John 20:22 And when he had said this, he breathed on [them], and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost: |
| Now we return to the perfect hollow square. From mathematical checks based upon the above information, the following has been established: |
| Assuming that each one of the 144,000 translated saints stands in a square of 1×1 units, then, |
| The hollow square has an outer unit dimension of 640×640 with an inner 480×480 unit dimension. |
| This permits each 640 unit outer side to be sub-divided as follows: |
| 80 [related to the returning side] then 5, 150, 5 ,5, 150, 5, 5, 150, 5, and 80 [related to the returning side] |
| This layout gives 150×80=12,000 square units for each of the 12 tribes of Israel, with a nominal 10 unit separation gap between each tribe. |
| Thus the allotted area for each of the 12 tribes is 160×80, which is a 2:1 ratio. |
| Note that the 5, 150, 5 ,5, 150, 5, 5, 150, 5 unit dimensions summate to the 480 inner square. |
| Revelation 7:4 And I heard the number of them which were sealed: [and there were] sealed an hundred [and] forty [and] four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel. |
| Revelation 7:5 Of the tribe of Juda [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Reuben [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Gad [were] sealed twelve thousand. |
| Revelation 7:6 Of the tribe of Aser [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Nephthalim [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Manasses [were] sealed twelve thousand. |
| Revelation 7:7 Of the tribe of Simeon [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Levi [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Issachar [were] sealed twelve thousand. |
| Revelation 7:8 Of the tribe of Zabulon [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Joseph [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Benjamin [were] sealed twelve thousand. |
| It has been further noted that: |
| 640×640 / 480×480 = 1.77777777 reoccurring |
| 480×480 / 640×640 = 0.5625 |
| 384000 / (480×480) = 1.6666666 reoccurring |
| (480×480) / 384000 = 0.6 |
| where the 384000 is derived from 640×640 less the 4x(80×80) unused squares of the outer square. |
| In Gematria: |
| 480 = Son of God (On the Throne) |
| The reoccurrence of these numbers possibly relates to infinity [never ending]. |
| Finally, for those wandering how Jesus could be seen by ALL in the square with a gather of 80 translated saints in depth, the following text offers an explanation. Obviously heavenly eyesight is far superior to earthly eyesight. |
| Soon we heard his lovely voice again, saying: Come my people; you have come out of great tribulation, and done my will, suffered for me; come in to supper, for I will gird myself, and serve you. We shouted Hallelujah, glory, and entered into the city, and I saw a table of pure silver, it was many miles in length, yet our eyes could extend over it. And I saw the fruit of the tree of life, the manna, almonds, figs, pomegranates, grapes, and many other kinds of fruit. We all reclined at the table. I asked Jesus to let me eat of the fruit. He said, not now. Those who eat of the fruit of this land, go back to earth no more. But in a little while if faithful, you shall both eat of the fruit of the tree of life, and drink of the water of the fountain, and he said, you must go back to the earth again, and relate to others, what I have revealed to you. Then an angel bore me gently down to this dark world. Sometimes I think I cannot stay here any longer, all things of earth look so dreary. I feel very lonely here, for I have seen a better land. O, that I had wings like a dove, then would I fly away, and be at rest. Ellen G. Harmon |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2401 |
| 11. 1877, Systematic Benevolence, Dudley M. Canright and the Trinity |
| Around 1877, the Seventh-day Adventist Church experienced a period of foundational growth, specifically marked by the expansion of its publishing and missionary efforts beyond North America. |
| However, in its establishment, it fell victim to such people as Canright. Dudley Marvin Canright was a pastor in the Seventh-day Adventist Church for 22 years; he later left the church and became one of its severest critics. |
| In 1876,Canright convinced James White that a 10% Tithe for everyone would bring in more money than the existing SYSTEMATIC BENEVOLENCE system, which was failing through the leaders neglect of telling all that they needed to pay a Tithe to God: |
| The special system of tithing was founded upon a principle which is as enduring as the law of God. This system of tithing was a blessing to the Jews, else God would not have given it them. So also will it be a blessing to those who carry it out to the END OF TIME. Our heavenly Father did not originate the PLAN OF SYSTEMATIC BENEVOLENCE to enrich Himself, but to be a great blessing to man. He saw that this system of beneficence was just what man needed. {1872-1875 3T 404.4} |
| Those churches who are the most systematic and liberal in sustaining the cause of God are the most prosperous spiritually. True liberality in the follower of Christ identifies his interest with that of his Master. In God’s dealing with the Jews and His people to the END OF TIME, He requires SYSTEMATIC BENEVOLENCE proportionate to their income. The plan of salvation was laid by the infinite sacrifice of the Son of God. … {1872-1875 3T 405.1} |
| For more information, click the following links: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=971 |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=1603 |
| Then in 1877, Canright began writing about and discussing the doctrine of the Trinity. Gradually, the SDA Church, especially after the death of the early pioneers, adopted this pagan catholic teaching. |
| 1931 (Unofficial Adoption): The Trinity was included for the first time in an officially published (though not directly voted) Statement of Fundamental Beliefs in the Adventist Yearbook. |
| 1946 (Conference Vote): The 1931 statement was officially voted on and accepted by the General Conference in session. |
| 1980 (Formal Trinitarian Credo): The doctrine was officially voted on and codified as a core corporate belief at the General Conference session in Dallas, Texas. |
| Taking the number of years before 2037 gives the following: |
| 1980 [57] where 57 = Depart the Faith |
| 1946 [91] where 91 = Wicked Judged – Casting Out |
| 1931 [106] where 106 = Faithful Witness Abused |
| Also , 1877 [160] where |
| 159 = Faithful Church |
| 160 = Separated Church |
| 161 = Purified Church |
| Witness the original SDA Faithful Church became the Separated Church but, in 2037, will become the Purified Church |
| Note also that with the 40 year probational extension x 4 [things worldly] we get 160 |
| 12. Seven Last Plagues |
| I saw that Satan had the full control of this person, and that others beside Sister Hastings were affected by him. I saw his garments all covered over with the blood of souls. I saw that this person was a vessel of WRATH fitted for destruction, reserved for the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES, if GOD can bear with him until that time. {Ms7-1849} |
| At the commencement of the Holy SABBATH, (Jan. 5,) we engaged in prayer with Bro. Belden’s family at Rocky Hill, Ct., and the Holy Ghost fell upon us. I was taken off in Vision to the most holy place, where I saw JESUS still interceding for Israel. On the bottom of his garment was a bell and a pomegranate, a bell and a pomegranate. Then I saw that JESUS would not leave the most holy place until every case was decided either for salvation or destruction: and that the WRATH of GOD could not come until JESUS had finished his work in the most holy place–laid off his priestly attire and clothed himself with the garments of vengeance. Then JESUS will step out from between the Father and man, and GOD will keep silent no longer; but pour out his WRATH on those who have rejected his TRUTH. I saw that the anger of the nations, the WRATH of GOD, and the time to judge the dead, were separate events, one following the other. I saw that Michael had not stood up, and that the time of trouble, such as never was, had not yet commenced. The nations are now getting angry, but when our High Priest has finished his work in the SANCTUARY, he will stand up, put on the garments of vengeance, and then the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES will be poured out. {Broadside2, January 31, 1849 par. 2a} {Ms2-1849} {RH, August 1, 1849 par. 14} {ExV 19.1 1851} {EW 36.1 1882} {LS 116.1 1915} |
| I saw that the four angels would hold the four winds until JESUS WORK was done in the SANCTUARY, and then will come the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES. These PLAGUES enraged the wicked against the righteous, and they thought that we had brought the JUDGMENTS of GOD down upon them, and if they could rid the earth of us, then the PLAGUES would be stayed. A DECREE went forth to SLAY the SAINTS, which caused them to CRY DAY and NIGHT FOR DELIVERANCE. This was the TIME of JACOB’S TROUBLE. Then all the SAINTS cried out with anguish of spirit, and were delivered by the VOICE of GOD. Then the 144,000 triumphed. Their faces were lighted up with the GLORY of GOD. Then I was shown a company who were howling in agony. On their garments was written in large characters–thou art weighed in the balance, and found wanting. I asked who this company were. The angel said,”these are they who have once kept the SABBATH and have given it up.” I heard them cry with a LOUD VOICE–“we have believed in thy coming, and taught it with energy.” And while they were speaking, their eyes would fall upon their garments and see the writing, and then they would wail aloud. I saw they had drunk of the deep waters, and fouled the residue with their feet–trodden the SABBATH underfoot, and that is why they were weighed in the balance and found wanting. Then my attending angel directed me to the city again, where I saw four angels winging their way to the gate of the city, and were just presenting the golden card to the angel at the gate. Then I saw another angel swiftly flying from the direction of the most excellent glory, and crying with a LOUD VOICE to the other angels, and waving something up and down in his hand. I asked my attending angel for an explanation of what I saw. He told me that I could see no more then, but he would shortly show me what those things that I then saw meant. {Broadside2, January 31, 1849 par. 2b} {RH, August 1, 1849 par. 14} {ExV 19.1 1851} Similar to {EW 36.2 1882} {LS 117.1 1915} |
| Then I was shown that the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES will be poured out, AFTER JESUS LEAVES the SANCTUARY. Said the angel–It is the WRATH of GOD and the LAMB that causes the destruction or death of the wicked. At the VOICE of GOD the SAINTS will be mighty and terrible as an army with banners; but they will not then execute the judgment written. The execution of the judgment will be at the close of the 1000 years. {RH, November 1, 1850 par. 4} {ExV 33.1 1851} {EW 52.1 1882} |
| This view was given in 1847 when there were but very few of the Advent brethren observing the SABBATH, and of these but few supposed that its observance was of sufficient importance to draw a line between the PEOPLE of GOD and unbelievers. Now the fulfilment of that view is beginning to be seen. {EW 85.3 1882} “The commencement of the TIME of TROUBLE,” here mentioned, does not refer to the time when the PLAGUES shall begin to be poured out; but to a short period just before they are poured out, while CHRIST is in the SANCTUARY. At that time, while the work of salvation is closing, trouble will be coming on the earth, the nations will be angry, yet held in check, So as not to prevent the work of the THIRD ANGEL. At that time the “LATTER RAIN,” or refreshing from the presence of the Lord, will come, to give power to the LOUD VOICE of the THIRD ANGEL, and prepare the SAINTS to stand in the period when the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES shall be poured out. {ExV54 3.4 1854} |
| 2. The view of the “Open and Shut Door,” [on pages 24-27,] was given in 1849. The application of Revelation 3:7, 8, to the HEAVENLY SANCTUARY and CHRIST’S MINISTRY, was entirely new to me. I had never heard the idea advanced by any one. Now, as the subject of the SANCTUARY is being clearly understood, the application is seen in its beauty and force. {ExV54 4.1 1854} |
| Thus the world is taken in the snare, and lulled to security; not to find out their awful deception, until the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES are poured out. Satan laughs as he sees his plan succeed so well, and the whole world in the snare. {ExV54 10.2 1854} |
| Said the angel, “Those who profess his name are not ready.” I saw the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES were coming upon the shelterless heads of the wicked; and then those who have stood in their way will hear the bitter reproaches of sinners, and their hearts will faint within them. {ExV54 41.3 1854} |
| MERCY’S sweet call is now sounding; but it will soon die away. PROBATION’S HOUR will soon be ended. The SEVEN LAST PLAGUES will fall, and then those who have chosen the pleasures of the world and rebelled against GOD, will cry for mercy when there will be none to answer their prayers. But a voice will be heard,–“Thou art weighed in the balance and found wanting.” And as they realize that they have no shelter from the dreadful storm of GOD’S WRATH, they will plead for one little PROBATION’S HOUR that they may again hear the sweet voice, inviting “every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters.” It will then fall upon the ear, in that dreadful hour. “Too late! too late!” “Because I have called, and ye refused; I have stretched out my hand, and no man regarded. But ye have set at nought all my counsel, and would none of my reproof. I also will laugh at your calamity, I will mock when your fear cometh.” {YI, January 1, 1854 par. 5} |
| I saw that the slave-master would have to answer for the soul of his slave whom he has kept in ignorance; and all the sins of the slave will be visited upon the master. GOD cannot take the slave to heaven, who has been kept in ignorance and degradation, knowing nothing of GOD, or the BIBLE, fearing nothing but his master’s lash, and not holding so elevated a position as his master’s brute beasts. But he does the best thing for him that a compassionate GOD can do. He lets him be as though he had not been; while the master has to suffer the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES, and then come up in the SECOND RESURRECTION, and suffer the second, most awful death. Then the WRATH of GOD will be appeased. {1SG 193.1 1858} {EW 276.1 1882} |
| I then beheld the earth. The wicked were dead, and their bodies were lying upon the face of the earth. The inhabitants of earth had suffered the WRATH of GOD in the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES. They had gnawed their tongues for pain and had cursed GOD. The false shepherds were signal objects of JEHOVAH’S WRATH. Their eyes had consumed away in their holes, and their tongues in their mouths, while they stood upon their feet. After the SAINTS were delivered by the VOICE of GOD, the rage of the wicked multitude was turned upon each other. The earth seemed to be deluged with blood, and dead bodies were from one end of the earth to the other. {1SG 211.1 1858} {EW 289.3 1882} |
| You COMMIT SIN every time you speak and act impatiently to your children. You sin every time you correct them in anger. Never correct them until you can first reason with them and show them their wrong and sin. Then show them they have not only sinned against you but against GOD. With your heart subdued and full of pity and sorrow for your erring children, pray over them. Then your correction will not cause your children to hate you. They will love you. They will see that you do not punish them because they have put you to inconvenience, or because you wish to vent your displeasure upon them, but from a sense of duty for their good that they may not be left to grow up in sin and wickedness. Oh, how little of this work have you done! How little have you felt burdened and distressed on the account of your children! How little have you agonized with GOD in their behalf for their salvation. Can it be that you dare raise children as you have and then feel so little responsibility in regard to their religious training? Can it be that you are bringing children into the world to be destroyed by the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES? {Ms2-1860} |
| The young, as well as the older, will have to give a reason of their hope. But the mind designed by GOD for better things, formed to serve him perfectly, has dwelt upon foolish things instead of eternal interests. And that mind that is left to wander here and there, is just as capable of understanding the TRUTH, the evidence of KEEPING the SABBATH from the WORD of GOD, and the true foundation of the Christian’s hope, as it is to study the appearance, the manners, dress, &c. Those who suffer their minds to be diverted with foolish stories and idle tales, feed their imagination, but to such the brilliancy of GOD’S WORD is eclipsed. The mind is led directly from GOD; the interest in HIS PRECIOUS WORD is gone. Here is a BOOK given us to guide our feet through the perils of this dark world to Heaven. It tells us how we can escape the WRATH of GOD, and also tells of the SUFFERINGS of CHRIST for us, the GREAT SACRIFICE that has been made for us that we might be saved and enjoy the presence of GOD for ever. And if any come short at last that have heard the TRUTH, as they have in this land of light, it will be their own fault. They will be without excuse. The WORD of GOD tells us how we may be PERFECT CHRISTIANS, and escape the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES; but they took no interest to find this out. Other things diverted the mind, idols were cherished by them, and GOD’S HOLY WORD has been neglected and slighted. GOD has been trifled with by professed Christians, and when that HOLY WORD shall judge them in the last day, they will be found wanting. That WORD that they have neglected for foolish story books, tries their lives. It is the standard, and their motives, words, works, and the manner they use their time, are all compared with the written WORD of GOD, and if they come short, then their cases are decided for ever. {4bSG 12.2 1864} {1T 125.3 1855-1868} |
| Your children, I saw, could not be brought under a worse influence than they are now. They are forming characters to be cut down with the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES and their father will bear this burden, this fearful burden. Oh, what lessons for your children! What a shameful example! And the neighborhood are not in ignorance of your shameful course. You publish your own disgrace and yet you pretend to be Sabbathkeepers. Says the TRUE WITNESS, “I know thy works.” GOD will spue you out of His mouth. {Lt34-1868} |
| Then I saw that the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES were soon to be poured out upon those who have no shelter; yet the world regarded them no more than they would so many drops of water that were about to fall. I was then made capable of enduring the awful sight of the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES, the WRATH of GOD. I saw that HIS ANGER was dreadful and terrible, and if He should stretch forth His hand, or lift it in anger, the inhabitants of the world would be as though they had never been, or would suffer from incurable sores and withering PLAGUES that would come upon them, and they would find no deliverance, but be destroyed by them. {ExV 52.2 1851} Terror seized me, and I fell upon my face before the angel and begged of him to cause the sight to be removed, to hide it from me, for it was too dreadful. Then I realized, as never before, the importance of searching the WORD of GOD carefully, to know how to escape the PLAGUES which that WORD declares shall come on all the ungodly who shall worship the beast and his image and receive his mark in their foreheads or in their hands. It was a great wonder for me that any could transgress the LAW of GOD and tread down HIS HOLY SABBATH, when such awful threatenings and denunciations were against them. {EW 64.2 1882} |
| Here is a channel wholly devoted to himself and under his control, and he can make the world believe what he will. The BOOK that is to judge him and his followers he puts back in the shade, just where he wants it. The SAVIOUR of the WORLD he makes to be no more than a common man; and as the Roman guard that watched the tomb of JESUS spread the lying report that the chief priests and elders put into their mouths, so will the poor, deluded followers of these pretended spiritual manifestations repeat and try to make it appear that there is nothing MIRACULOUS about our SAVIOUR’S BIRTH, DEATH, and RESURRECTION. After putting JESUS in the background, they attract the attention of the world to themselves and to their miracles and lying wonders, which, they declare, far exceed the WORKS of CHRIST. Thus the world is taken in the snare and lulled into a feeling of security, not to find out their awful deception until the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES are poured out. Satan laughs as he sees his plan succeed so well and the whole world taken in the snare. {EW 91.2 1882} {EW 265.2 1882} |
| Many have unsubdued, unhumbled hearts, and think more of their own little grievances and trials than of the souls of sinners. If they had the GLORY of GOD in view, they would feel for perishing souls around them; and as they realized their perilous situation, would take hold with energy, exercising FAITH in GOD, and hold up the hands of His servants, that they might boldly, yet in love, declare the TRUTH and warn souls to lay hold upon it before the sweet voice of mercy should die away. Said the angel, “Those who profess His name are not ready.” I saw that the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES were coming upon the shelterless heads of the wicked; and then those who have stood in their way will hear the bitter reproaches of sinners, and their hearts will faint within them. {EW 120.3 1882} |
| Then my eyes were taken from the glory, and I was pointed to the REMNANT on the earth. Said the angel to them, “Will ye shun the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES? Will ye go to glory, and enjoy all that GOD has prepared for those that love him, and are willing to suffer for his sake? If so, ye must die that ye may live. GET READY, GET READY, GET READY. Ye must have a greater preparation than ye now have, for the day of the Lord cometh, cruel both with WRATH and FIERCE ANGER, to lay the land desolate, and to destroy the sinners thereof out of it. Sacrifice all to GOD. Lay all upon HIS ALTAR, self, property and all, a living sacrifice. It will take all to enter glory. Lay up for yourselves treasure in heaven where no thief can approach or rust corrupt. Ye must be partakers of CHRIST’S SUFFERINGS here, if ye would be partakers with him of HIS GLORY hereafter.” {ExV 54.2 1851} {EW 66.2 1882} |
| Satan was trying his every art to hold them where they were, until the SEALING was past, and the COVERING drawn over GOD’S PEOPLE, and they left out, without a shelter from the burning WRATH of GOD, in the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES. {RH, August 1, 1849 par. 10} {ExV 27.1 1851} GOD has begun to draw this COVERING over HIS PEOPLE, and it will soon be drawn over all who are to have a shelter in the day of slaughter. GOD will work in power for HIS PEOPLE; and Satan will be permitted to work also. {EW 44.2 1882} |
| But few children, even of those who profess to be religious, obey the FIFTH COMMANDMENT. This is the COMMANDMENT of PROMISE, and it is trampled upon and disobeyed almost as much as the FOURTH COMMANDMENT. The PROMISE of ETERNAL LIFE is only to those who do the FATHER’S COMMANDMENTS; and many children and youth who have professed to be Christians will be subjects of the LAST PLAGUES, because they will not obey these COMMANDMENTS. The angel with the writer’s ink-horn by his side will not put the SEAL of GOD upon any child who is irreverent, disobedient, and dishonors his parents. The destroying angel is commissioned to slay utterly old and young, both men and women and little children. If children are insubordinate and disobedient to their parents, they will be the same to GOD. {SSW, October 1, 1885 par. 2} |
| Our own course of action will determine whether we shall receive the SEAL of the LIVING GOD or be cut down by the destroying weapons. Already a few drops of GOD’S WRATH have fallen upon the earth; but when the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES shall be poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation, then it will be forever too late to repent and find shelter. No atoning blood will then wash away the stains of sin. {5T 212.4 1882-1889} |
| John beheld an angel flying through the midst of heaven, warning men of the FINAL JUDGMENTS of GOD. He proclaimed the position of those who heeded his warning, and who would escape the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES. He announced them as GOD’S PEOPLE, and called attention to their peculiar character: “Here is the PATIENCE of the SAINTS: here are they that KEEP the COMMANDMENTS of GOD, and the FAITH of JESUS.” The time for the FULFILLMENT of this PROPHECY has come. We hear the sound of this very message calling the attention of men and women to the broken LAW of GOD, and demanding repentance and reform. {RH, January 31, 1888 par. 12} {RH, June 29, 1911 par. 3} {Ms143-1901} |
| The CHILDREN of LIGHT are to be as a city set upon a hill that cannot be hid. The world will be condemned by the testimony of those who follow the light as it shines upon their pathway. “This is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light.” The SERVANTS of JESUS are to BEAR the PRECIOUS TRUTH to the world, and to present the CLAIMS of GOD to every soul, not pandering to custom, or lessening the responsibility of any soul, but declaring the WHOLE COUNSEL of GOD. {RH, January 31, 1888 par. 13} |
| ….. The Lord said to the people of Israel, to gather their children into their houses with them and strike their door-posts with blood, that the destroying angel might not cut down their children. If they were found in the homes of the Egyptians, they would perish with unconsecrated idolaters. Now you are utterly at fault; you are letting the enemy take your children out of your hands in separating them from those who are connected with GOD, and allowing them to drift into the society of worldlings. “Consistency, thou art a jewel.” Unless you change, you will constantly erect barriers around your children to hold them away from CHRIST; you will bind them with the world, because it pleases their carnal minds. When the angel with the writer’s inkhorn shall place a mark upon those who LOVE JESUS and KEEP HIS COMMANDMENTS, another angel will follow with destroying weapons in his hand, and the commandment will go forth, “Slay utterly old and young, both maids and little children and women; but come not near any man upon whom is the mark; and BEGIN AT MY SANCTUARY. Then they began at the ancient men which were before the house.” Will you not carefully look at these things, and think upon them? Will you not, for the sake of your children, do the work for which GOD has made you responsible? I feel greatly burdened over these things. The children of Sabbath-keepers who have had their own way, and have been gratified in all their wishes, will, in consequence of their selfishness, idolatry, and unrighteousness, be unfit for heaven, but they will be fit for the LAST PLAGUES. Unless parents arouse from their present condition, and do their appointed work, they will perish with their children. {PH096 17.1 1890} {Lt10-1888} |
| But you who feel that you ought to have your own way, you will be among that company that will receive the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES of GOD. “Your way is not my way, neither are your thoughts my thoughts, saith the Lord.” GOD makes no compromise [with] the enemy. When you SURRENDER YOUR HEART to GOD, you will say, “A new heart hath He given me; a new song hath He put in my mouth,” and He will make melody to flow in your heart. {Ms14-1894} |
| The SEVEN LAST PLAGUES are about to descend upon the disobedient. Many have let the GOSPEL INVITATION go unheeded; they have been tested and tried; but mountainous obstacles have seemed to loom up before their faces, blocking their onward march. Through FAITH, PERSEVERANCE, and COURAGE, many will surmount these obstructions and walk out into the glorious light. Almost unconsciously barriers have been erected in the strait and narrow way; stones of stumbling have been placed in the path; these will all be rolled away. The safeguards which false shepherds have thrown around their flocks will become as naught; thousands will step out into the light, and work to spread the light. HEAVENLY INTELLIGENCES will COMBINE WITH the HUMAN AGENCIES. Thus encouraged, the church will indeed arise and shine, throwing all her sanctified energies into the contest; thus the DESIGN of GOD is accomplished; the lost pearls are recovered. Prophets have discerned this grand work afar off, and have caught the inspiration of the hour, and traced the wonderful descriptions of things yet to be. {RH, July 23, 1895 par. 5} |
| GOD calls for decided improvement to be made in the various branches of the work. The business done in connection with the CAUSE of GOD must be marked with greater precision and exactitude. There have not been close, decided, firm efforts put forth to bring about essential reform. Some connected with the cause are drawing near to the close of their lives, and yet they have not so learned the lessons of the BIBLE, as to feel the necessity of bringing them into their practical life. They have wanted opportunities, and gracious blessings have been unappreciated because they did not wish to make a change. My Guide said, “Elevate the standard in all school education. You must set up no lower standard. Discipline must be maintained. Teach the youth by precept and example.” There has not been too much strictness but too much laxness of action tolerated. But the workers must not despair. |
| Work with the SPIRIT of CHRIST, with the MIND of CHRIST to CORRECT EXISTING EVILS. Expect that the wrong-doers will have the sympathy of wrong-doers, but faithful shepherds of the flock have lessons to learn in order to keep on an ELEVATED STANDARD, and yet TEACH that the STAR of HOPE is STILL SHINING. Work on PATIENTLY; but REBUKE SIN FIRMLY, and give it no sanction. The refuge of lies for the covering up of sin must be torn away, in order that poor deluded souls may not sleep on to their everlasting ruin. The world is soon to be left by the angel of mercy, and the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES are to be poured out. Sin, shame, sorrow, and darkness are on every side; but GOD still holds out to the souls of men the precious privilege of exchanging darkness for light, error for TRUTH, sin for righteousness. But GOD’S PATIENCE and MERCY will not always wait. Let not one soul think that he can hide from GOD’S WRATH behind a lie; for GOD will strip from the soul the refuge of lies. The BOLTS of GOD’S WRATH are soon to fall, and when he shall begin to punish the transgressors, there will be no period of respite until the end. The storm of GOD’S WRATH is gathering, and those only will stand who are SANCTIFIED through the TRUTH in the LOVE of GOD. They shall be hid with CHRIST in GOD till the desolation shall be overpast. {Ms24a-1894} {Ms122-1899} {Ms24-1894} He shall come forth to punish the inhabitants of the world for their iniquity, and “the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.” Let the language of the soul be,– |
| “Other refuge have I none, |
| Hangs my helpless soul on thee; |
| Leave, O leave me not alone! |
| Still support and comfort me. |
| “Hide me, O my Saviour hide! |
| Till the storm of life is past: |
| Safe into the haven guide, |
| O receive my soul at last!” |
| {SpTA03 7.1 1895} |
| “And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvelous, SEVEN ANGELS having the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES; for in them is filled up the WRATH of GOD. And I saw as it were a SEA of GLASS, mingled with fire; and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the SEA of GLASS, having the HARPS of GOD. And they sing the song of Moses the SERVANT of GOD, and the SONG of the LAMB, saying, Great and marvelous are thy works, LORD GOD ALMIGHTY, just and true are thy ways, thou KING of SAINTS. Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name? For THOU ONLY ART HOLY; for all nations shall come and worship before thee; for thy judgments are made manifest.” {Lt48-1897} {Ms42-1899} {Lt251-1903} |
| The SEVEN LAST PLAGUES will come upon all that unite with the one who has made void GOD’S LAW. The point at issue is the OBSERVANCE of the SABBATH. Now these two parties are standing in opposition to each other. One company has the SABBATH SIGN, TESTIFYING their LOYALTY to GOD. They are a SMALL COMPANY, but LOYAL and TRUE, distinct from the world. {Lt118-1900} |
| “And there came unto me ONE of the SEVEN ANGELS which had the SEVEN VIALS full of the SEVEN LAST PLAGUES, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the LAMB’S WIFE. And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that GREAT CITY, the HOLY JERUSALEM, descending out of heaven from GOD, having the GLORY of GOD: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal; and had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel.” {Lt236-1903} {Ms87-1909} |
| Revelation 16:2 And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and [upon] them which worshipped his image. |
| Revelation 16:3 And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead [man]; and every living soul died in the sea. |
| Revelation 16:4 And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood. |
| Revelation 16:5 And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus. |
| Revelation 16:6 For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy. |
| Revelation 16:7 And I heard another out of the ALTAR say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous [are] thy judgments. |
| Revelation 16:8 And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given unto him to scorch men with fire. |
| Revelation 16:9 And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory. |
| Revelation 16:10 And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain, |
| Revelation 16:11 And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds. |
| Revelation 16:12 And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared. |
| Revelation 16:13 And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs [come] out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. |
| Revelation 16:14 For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, [which] go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty. |
| Revelation 16:15 Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed [is] he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame. |
| Revelation 16:16 And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue ARMAGEDDON. |
| Revelation 16:17 And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, IT IS DONE. |
| Revelation 16:18 And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, [and] so great. |
| Revelation 16:19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath. |
| Revelation 16:20 And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. |
| Revelation 16:21 And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, [every stone] about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great. |
| 1st Plague [Revelation 16:2] |
| Poured out upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and [upon] them which worshipped his image. |
| 2nd Plague [Revelation 16:3] |
| Poured out upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead [man]; and every living soul died in the sea. |
| 3rd Plague [Revelation 16:4] |
| Poured out upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood. |
| For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy. |
| 4th Plague [Revelation 16:8] |
| Poured out upon the sun; and power was given unto him to scorch men with fire. |
| And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory. |
| 5th Plague [Revelation 16:10] |
| Poured out upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain, |
| And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds. |
| 6th Plague [Revelation 16:12] |
| Poured out upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared. |
| And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs [come] out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. |
| For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, [which] go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty. |
| Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed [is] he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame. |
| And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon. |
| 7th Plague [Revelation 16:17] |
| Poured out into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. |
| And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, [and] so great. |
| And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath. |
| And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. |
| And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, [every stone] about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great. |
| Some notes about the great river Euphrates: |
| The Euphrates is called “the great river” five times in Scripture. It was the eastern boundary of Israel’s inheritance (Deuteronomy 1:7; 11:24). To some extent the river provided protection for Israel because it was difficult to cross and a wilderness to the west separated it from Canaan, the Promised Land. It flows almost 2,000 miles toward Palestine before making its way southeast to the Persian Gulf. In the first century, when Revelation was written, the Euphrates divided East from West, and the kingdoms of China and India lay beyond it to the east. |
| For a time the descendants of Noah continued to dwell among the mountains where the ark had rested. As their numbers increased, apostasy soon led to division. Those who desired to forget their Creator and to cast off the restraint of His law felt a constant annoyance from the teaching and example of their God-fearing associates, and after a time they decided to separate from the worshipers of God. Accordingly they journeyed to the plain of Shinar, on the banks of the RIVER EUPHRATES. They were attracted by the beauty of the situation and the fertility of the soil, and upon this plain they determined to make their home. {PP 118.4 1890} |
| Here they decided to build a city, and in it a tower of such stupendous height as should render it the wonder of the world. These enterprises were designed to prevent the people from scattering abroad in colonies. God had directed men to disperse throughout the earth, to replenish and subdue it; but these Babel builders determined to keep their community united in one body, and to found a monarchy that should eventually embrace the whole earth. Thus their city would become the metropolis of a universal empire; its glory would command the admiration and homage of the world and render the founders illustrious. The magnificent tower, reaching to the heavens, was intended to stand as a monument of the power and wisdom of its builders, perpetuating their fame to the latest generations. {PP 118.5 1890} |
| The dwellers on the plain of Shinar disbelieved God’s covenant that He would not again bring a flood upon the earth. Many of them denied the existence of God and attributed the Flood to the operation of natural causes. Others believed in a Supreme Being, and that it was He who had destroyed the antediluvian world; and their hearts, like that of Cain, rose up in rebellion against Him. One object before them in the erection of the tower was to secure their own safety in case of another deluge. By carrying the structure to a much greater height than was reached by the waters of the Flood, they thought to place themselves beyond all possibility of danger. And as they would be able to ascend to the region of the clouds, they hoped to ascertain the cause of the Flood. The whole undertaking was designed to exalt still further the pride of its projectors and to turn the minds of future generations away from God and lead them into idolatry. {PP 119.1 1890} |
| As a pledge of this covenant of God with men, a smoking furnace and a burning lamp, symbols of the divine presence, passed between the severed victims, totally consuming them. And again a voice was heard by Abraham, confirming the gift of the land of Canaan to his descendants, “from the river of Egypt unto the GREAT RIVER, the RIVER EUPHRATES.” {PP 137.2 1890} |
| The kingdom of Israel had now reached in extent the fulfillment of the promise given to Abraham, and afterward repeated to Moses: “Unto thy seed have I given this land, from the river of Egypt unto the GREAT RIVER, the RIVER EUPHRATES.” Genesis 15:18. Israel had become a mighty nation, respected and feared by surrounding peoples. In his own realm David’s power had become very great. He commanded, as few sovereigns in any age have been able to command, the affections and allegiance of his people. He had honored God, and God was now honoring him. {PP 716.2 1890} |
| The destruction of Babylon pictures to some degree the final destruction of the world, of which the prophet writes, “Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate; and he shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it.” Destruction came upon Babylon while the king and his lords were engaged in feasting and revelry. Cyrus and his army marched up the bed of the RIVER EUPHRATES; for trenches had been dug, and the river turned from its course, so that there was no obstruction to their entering the city, provided the gates were opened. The guardsmen were indulging in merriment and revelry, and the city was left without defense. Before the officers were aware, the enemy had entered the city, and escape was impossible. Those in one part of the city were slain or captured before those in another part knew that the city was invaded. No alarm was sounded, no cry could be raised to warn the people that the forces of Cyrus were upon them. {ST, December 29, 1890 par. 2} |
| “If ye shall diligently keep all these commandments which I command you, to do them, to love the Lord your God, to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him; then will the Lord drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall possess greater nations, and mightier than yourselves. Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the RIVER EUPHRATES, even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be. There shall no man be able to stand before you, for the Lord your God shall lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as he hath said unto you.” {Lt9-1898} |
| “Solomon reigned over all kingdoms from the RIVER [EUPHRATES] unto the land of the Philistines, and unto the border of Egypt: they brought presents, and served Solomon all the days of his life. . . . He had dominion . . . over all the kings on this side the RIVER [EUPHRATES: and he had peace on all sides round about him. {RH, August 17, 1905 par. 4} |
| The apostle John in vision heard a loud voice in Heaven exclaiming, “Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.” [Revelation 12:12.] Fearful are the scenes which call forth this exclamation from the heavenly voice. The wrath of Satan increases as his time grows short, and his work of deceit and destruction reaches its culmination in the TIME of TROUBLE. God’s long-suffering has ended. The world has rejected his mercy, despised his love, and trampled upon his law. The wicked have passed the boundary of their probation, and the Lord withdraws his protection, and leaves them to the mercy of the leader they have chosen. Satan will have power over those who have yielded themselves to his control, and he will plunge the inhabitants of the earth into one great, final trouble. As the ANGELS of GOD cease to hold in check the fierce winds of human passion, all the elements of strife will be let loose. The whole world will be involved in ruin more terrible than that which came upon Jerusalem of old. {4SP 440.3 1864} |
| A single angel destroyed all the first-born of the Egyptians, and filled the land with mourning. When David offended against God by numbering the people, one angel caused that terrible destruction by which his sin was punished. The same destructive power exercised by HOLY ANGELS when God commands, will be exercised by evil angels when he allows. There are forces now ready, and only waiting the divine permission, to spread desolation everywhere. {4SP 441.1 1864} |
| Fearful sights of a supernatural character will soon be revealed in the heavens, in token of the power of miracle-working demons. The spirits of devils will go forth to the kings of the earth and to the whole world. Rulers and subjects will be alike deceived. Persons will arise pretending to be Christ, and claiming the title and the worship which belong to the world’s Redeemer. They will perform wonderful miracles of healing, and will profess to have revelations from Heaven contradicting the testimony of the Scriptures. {4SP 441.2 1864} |
| As the crowning act in the great drama of deception, SATAN HIMSELF WILL ATTEMPT TO PERSONATE CHRIST. The church has long professed to look to the Saviour’s advent as the consummation of her hopes. Now the great deceiver will make it appear that Christ has come. In different parts of the earth, Satan will manifest himself among men as a majestic being of dazzling brightness, resembling the description of the SON of GOD given by JOHN in the REVELATION. [Revelation 1:13-15.] The glory that surrounds him is unsurpassed by anything that mortal eyes have yet beheld. The shout of triumph rings out upon the air, “Christ has come! Christ has come!” The people prostrate themselves in adoration before him, while he lifts up his hands, and pronounces a blessing upon them, as Christ blessed his disciples when he was personally upon the earth. His voice is soft and subdued, yet full of melody. In gentle, compassionate tones he presents some of the same gracious, heavenly truths which the Saviour uttered; he heals the diseases of the people, and then, in his assumed character of Christ, HE CLAIMS TO HAVE CHANGED THE SABBATH TO SUNDAY, and COMMANDS ALL TO HALLOW THE DAY which he has blessed. HE DECLARES THAT THOSE WHO PERSIST IN KEEPING HOLY THE SEVENTH DAY ARE BLASPHEMING HIS NAME by refusing to listen to his angels sent to them with light and truth. This is the strong, almost overmastering delusion. Like the Samaritans who were deceived by Simon Magus, the multitudes, from the least to the greatest, give heed to these sorceries, saying, This is “the great power of God.” {4SP 442.1 1864} |
| To all, the testing time will come. By the sifting of temptation, the genuine Christian will be revealed. Are the PEOPLE of GOD now so firmly established upon HIS WORD that they would not yield to the evidence of their senses? Would they, in such a crisis, cling to the BIBLE, and the BIBLE only? Satan will, if possible, prevent them from obtaining a preparation to stand in that day. He will so arrange affairs as to hedge up their way, entangle them with earthly treasures, cause them to carry a heavy, wearisome burden, that their hearts may be overcharged with the cares of this life, and the day of trial may come upon them as a thief. {4SP 443.2 1864} |
| Satan will continue to act a double part. Appearing to be the dispenser of great blessings and divine truths, he will, by his lying wonders, hold the world under his control; and at the same time he will indulge his malignity by causing distress and destruction, and WILL ACCUSE GOD’S PEOPLE as the cause of the fearful convulsions of nature and the strife and bloodshed among men which are desolating the earth. Thus he will excite to greater intensity the spirit of hatred and persecution against them. God never forces the will or the conscience; but Satan will employ the most cruel measures to control the consciences of men, and to secure worship to himself. And this work of compulsion is always in favor of human creeds and laws, and in defiance of GOD’S HOLY LAW. {4SP 444.1 1864} |
| In the last conflict the SABBATH will be the special point of controversy throughout all Christendom. SECULAR RULERS AND RELIGIOUS LEADERS WILL UNITE TO ENFORCE THE OBSERVANCE OF THE SUNDAY; and as milder measures fail, the most oppressive laws will be enacted. It will be urged that the FEW WHO STAND IN OPPOSITION to an institution of the church and a law of the land ought not to be tolerated, and a DECREE WILL FINALLY BE ISSUED denouncing them as deserving of the severest punishment, and giving the people liberty, after a certain time, TO PUT THEM TO DEATH. Romanism in the Old World, and apostate Protestantism in the New, will pursue a similar course toward those who honor the divine precepts. {4SP 444.2 1864} |
| The PEOPLE of GOD will then flee from the cities and villages, and associate together in companies, dwelling in the most desolate and solitary places. Many will find refuge in the strongholds of the mountains. Like the Christians of the Piedmont valleys, they will make the high places of the earth their sanctuaries, and will thank God for the “munitions of rocks.” But MANY OF ALL NATIONS AND ALL CLASSES, high and low, rich and poor, black and white, WILL BE CAST INTO THE MOST UNJUST AND CRUEL BONDAGE. The BELOVED of GOD pass weary days, bound in chains, shut in by prison bars, sentenced to be slain, some apparently left to die of starvation in dark and loathsome dungeons. No human ear is open to hear their moans; no human hand is ready to lend them help. {4SP 445.1 1864} |
| GOD’S JUDGMENTS will be visited upon those who are seeking to oppress and destroy HIS PEOPLE. His long forbearance with the wicked emboldens men in transgression, but their punishment is none the less certain and terrible because it is long delayed. “The Lord shall rise up as in Mount Perazim, he shall be wroth as in the valley of Gibeon, that he may do his work, his strange work; and bring to pass his act, HIS STRANGE ACT.” [Isaiah 28:21.] To our merciful God the act of punishment is a strange act. “As I live, saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked,” [Ezekiel 33:11.] The Lord is “merciful and gracious, long-suffering, and abundant in goodness and truth,” “forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin.” Yet he will “by no means clear the guilty.” “The Lord is slow to anger, and great in power, and will not at all acquit the wicked.” [Exodus 34:6, 7; Nahum 1:3.] By terrible things in righteousness he will vindicate the authority of his downtrodden law. The severity of the retribution awaiting the transgressor may be judged by the Lord’s reluctance to execute justice. The nation with which he bears long, and which he will not smite until it has filled up the measure of its iniquity in God’s account, will finally drink the cup of wrath unmixed with mercy. {GC88 627.1 1888} |
| When CHRIST CEASES HIS INTERCESSION in the SANCTUARY, the unmingled wrath threatened against those who worship the beast and his image and receive his mark, [Revelation 14:9, 10.] will be poured out. The plagues upon Egypt when God was about to deliver Israel, were similar in character to those more terrible and extensive judgments which are to fall upon the world just before the final deliverance of GOD’S PEOPLE. Says the Revelator, in describing these terrific scourges, “There fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshiped his image.” The sea “became as the blood of a dead man, and every living soul died in the sea.” And “the rivers and fountains of waters became blood.” [Revelation 16:2-6, 8, 9.] Terrible as these inflictions are, GOD’S JUSTICE stands fully vindicated. The angel of God declares, “Thou art righteous, O Lord, . . . because thou hast judged thus. For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy. [Revelation 16:2-6, 8, 9.] By condemning the PEOPLE of GOD to death they have as truly incurred the guilt of their blood, as if it had been shed by their hands. In like manner Christ declared the Jews of his time guilty of all the blood of holy men which had been shed since the days of Abel; for they possessed the same spirit, and were seeking to do the same work, with these murderers of the prophets. {GC88 627.2 1888} |
| In the plague that follows, power is given to the sun “to scorch men with fire. And men were scorched with great heat.” [Revelation 16:2-6, 8, 9.] The prophets thus describe the condition of the earth at this fearful time: “The land mourneth;. . . because the harvest of the field is perished.” “All the trees of the field are withered; because joy is withered away from the sons of men.” “The seed is rotten under their clods, the garners are laid desolate.” “How do the beasts groan! the herds of cattle are perplexed, because they have no pasture. . . . The rivers of waters are dried up, and the fire hath devoured the pastures of the wilderness.” “The songs of the temple shall be howlings in that day, saith the Lord God; there shall be many dead bodies in every place; they shall cast them forth with silence.” [Joel 1:10-12, 17-20; Amos 8:3.] {GC88 628.1 1888} |
| THESE PLAGUES ARE NOT UNIVERSAL, or the inhabitants of the earth would be wholly cut off. Yet they will be the most awful scourges that have ever been known to mortals. All the judgments upon men, prior to the close of probation, have been MINGLED WITH MERCY. The pleading BLOOD of CHRIST has SHIELDED THE SINNER from receiving the full measure of his guilt; but in the final Judgment, wrath is poured out unmixed with mercy. {GC88 628.2 1888} |
| In that day, multitudes will desire the shelter of GOD’S MERCY which they have so long despised. “Behold, the days come, saith the Lord God, that I will send a famine in the land, not a famine of bread, nor a thirst for water, but of hearing the WORDS of the LORD. And they shall wander from sea to sea, and from the north even to the east, they shall run to and fro to seek the WORD of the LORD, and shall not find it.” [Amos 8:11, 12.] {GC88 629.1 1888} |
| Though the PEOPLE of GOD endure privation, and even suffer for want of food, they are NOT LEFT TO PERISH. While GOD’S JUDGMENTS are visited upon the earth, and the wicked are dying from hunger and thirst, ANGELS PROVIDE THE RIGHTEOUS WITH FOOD AND WATER. Said Jesus, in his lessons of faith to his disciples: “Consider the ravens; for they neither sow nor reap; which neither have storehouse nor barn; and God feedeth them; how much more are ye better than the fowls?” [Luke 12:24.] “Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing? and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father. But the very hairs of your head are all numbered. Fear ye not therefore, ye are of more value than many sparrows.” [Matthew 10:29-31.] {4SP 446.1 1864} |
| “Although the fig-tree shall not blossom, neither shall fruit be in the vines; the labor of the olive shall fail, and the fields shall yield no meat; the flock shall be cut off from the fold, and there shall be no herd in the stalls;” yet shall they that fear him “rejoice in the Lord,” and joy in the God of their salvation. [Habakkuk 3:17, 18.] {GC88 629.3 1888} |
| “The Lord is thy keeper; the Lord is thy shade upon thy right hand. The sun shall not smite thee by day, nor the moon by night. The Lord shall preserve thee from all evil; he shall preserve thy soul.” “He shall deliver thee from the snare of the fowler, and from the noisome pestilence. He shall cover thee with his feathers, and under his wings shalt thou trust; his truth shall be thy shield and buckler. Thou shalt not be afraid for the terror by night; nor for the arrow that flieth by day; nor for the pestilence that walketh in darkness; nor for the destruction that wasteth at noonday. A thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand; but it shall not come nigh thee. Only with thine eyes shalt thou behold and see the reward of the wicked. BECAUSE THOU HAST MADE THE LORD, which is my refuge, even THE MOST HIGH, THY HABITATION; there shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling.” [Psalm 121:5-7; 91:3-10.] {GC88 629.4 1888} |
| Yet to human sight it will appear that the PEOPLE of GOD must soon seal their testimony with their blood, as did the martyrs before them. They themselves begin to fear that the Lord has left them to fall by the hand of their enemies. It is a time of fearful agony. Day and night they cry unto God for deliverance. The wicked exult, and the jeering cry is heard, “Where now is your faith? Why does not God deliver you out of our hands if you are indeed his people?” But the waiting ones remember Jesus dying upon Calvary’s cross, and the chief priests and rulers shouting in mockery, “He saved others; himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him.” [Matthew 27:42.] Like Jacob, all are wrestling with God. Their countenances express their internal struggle. Paleness sits upon every face. Yet they cease not their earnest intercession. {4SP 446.2 1864} {GC88 630.1 1888} |
| Could men see with heavenly vision, they would behold companies of ANGELS THAT EXCEL IN STRENGTH STATIONED ABOUT THOSE WHO HAVE KEPT THE WORD OF CHRIST’S PATIENCE. With sympathizing tenderness, angels have witnessed their distress, and have heard their prayers. They are waiting the word of their Commander to snatch them from their peril. But they must wait yet a little longer. The PEOPLE of GOD must drink of the cup, and be baptized with the baptism. The very delay, so painful to them, is the best answer to their petitions. As they endeavor to wait trustingly for the Lord to work, they are led to exercise faith, hope, and patience, which have been too little exercised during their religious experience. Yet for the elect’s sake, the time of trouble will be shortened. The end will come more quickly than men expect. The wheat will be gathered and bound in sheaves for the garner of God; the tares will be bound as fagots for the fires of destruction. {4SP 447.1 1864} {GC88 630.2 1888} |
| The HEAVENLY SENTINELS, faithful to their trust, continue their watch. In some cases, before the time specified in the decree, enemies will rush upon the waiting ones to put them to death. But none can pass the MIGHTY GUARDIANS STATIONED ABOUT EVERY FAITHFUL SOUL. Some are assailed in their flight from the cities and villages; but the swords raised against them break and fall as powerless as a straw. Others are DEFENDED BY ANGELS in the form of men of war. {4SP 447.2 1864} {GC88 631.1 1888} |
| In all ages God has wrought through HOLY ANGELS for the succor and deliverance of HIS PEOPLE. Celestial beings have taken an active part in the affairs of men. They have appeared clothed in garments that shone as the lightning; they have come as men, in the garb of wayfarers. ANGELS have appeared in human form to MEN of GOD. They have rested, as if weary, under the oaks at noon. They have accepted the hospitalities of human homes. They have acted as guides to benighted travelers. They have, with their own hands, kindled the fires of the altar. They have opened prison doors, and set free the servants of the Lord. Clothed with the panoply of Heaven, they came to roll away the stone from the Saviour’s tomb. {4SP 447.3 1864} {GC88 631.2 1888} |
| In the form of men, ANGELS are often in the assemblies of the righteous, and they visit the assemblies of the wicked, as they went to Sodom, to make a record of their deeds, to determine whether they have passed the boundary of GOD’S FORBEARANCE. The Lord delights in MERCY; and for the sake of a few who really serve him, he restrains calamities, and prolongs the tranquillity of multitudes. Little do sinners against God realize that they are indebted for their own lives to the faithful few whom they delight to ridicule and oppress. {4SP 448.1 1864} {GC88 631.3 1888} |
| Though the rulers of this world know it not, yet often in their councils ANGELS have been spokesmen. Human eyes have looked upon them; human ears have listened to their appeals; human lips have opposed their suggestions and ridiculed their counsels; human hands have met them with insult and abuse. In the council hall and the court of justice, these HEAVENLY MESSENGERS have shown an intimate acquaintance with human history; they have proved themselves better able to plead the cause of the oppressed than their ablest and most eloquent defenders. They have defeated purposes and arrested evils that would have greatly retarded the WORK of GOD, and would have caused great suffering to his people. In the hour of peril and distress let it never be forgotten that “the ANGEL of the LORD ENCAMPETH ROUND ABOUT THEM THAT FEAR HIM, and DELIVERETH THEM.” [Psalm 34:7] {4SP 448.2 1864} {GC88 632.1 1888} |
| With earnest longing, GOD’S PEOPLE await the tokens of their coming King. As the watchmen are accosted, “What of the night?” the answer is given unfalteringly, “‘The morning cometh, and also the night.’ Light is gleaming upon the clouds above the mountain tops. Soon will there be a REVEALING of HIS GLORY. The SUN of RIGHTEOUSNESS is about to shine forth. The morning and the night come hand in hand,–the opening of endless day to the righteous, the settling down of eternal night to the wicked.” {4SP 449.1 1864} {GC88 632.2 1888} |
| As the WRESTLING ONES urge their petitions before God, the vail separating them from the unseen seems almost withdrawn. The heavens glow with the dawning of eternal day, and, like the melody of angel songs, the words fall upon the ear, “Stand fast to your allegiance. Help is coming.” Christ, the almighty victor, holds out to HIS WEARY SOLDIERS a CROWN of IMMORTAL GLORY; and his voice comes from the gates ajar: “Lo, I am with you. Be not afraid. I am acquainted with all your sorrows; I have borne your griefs. You are not warring against untried enemies. I have fought the battle in your behalf, and in my name you are more than conquerors.” {4SP 449.2 1864} {GC88 632.3 1888} |
| The precious Saviour will send help just when we need it. The way to Heaven is consecrated by his footprints. Every thorn that wounds our feet has wounded his. Every cross that we are called to bear, he has borne before us. The Lord permits conflicts, to prepare the soul for peace. If we had no storms, no shadows, we could not appreciate the sunshine. The TIME of TROUBLE is a FEARFUL ORDEAL for GOD’S PEOPLE; but it is the time for every true believer to look up, and by FAITH he may see the BOW of PROMISE encircling him. {4SP 449.3 1864} {GC88 633.1 1888} |
| “The REDEEMED of the Lord shall return, and come with singing unto Zion; and everlasting joy shall be upon their head; they shall obtain gladness and joy; and sorrow and mourning shall flee away. I, even I, am he that comforteth you; who art thou, that thou shouldst be afraid of a man that shall die, and of the son of man which shall be made as grass; and forgettest the Lord thy Maker; . . . and hast feared continually every day because of the fury of the oppressor, as if he were ready to destroy? and where is the fury of the oppressor? The captive exile hasteneth that he may be loosed, and that he should not die in the pit, nor that his bread should fail. But I am the Lord thy God, that divided the sea, whose waves roared. The Lord of hosts is his name. And I have PUT MY WORDS IN THY MOUTH, and I have COVERED THEE in the shadow of mine hand.” {4SP 450.1 1864} {GC88 633.2 1888} |
| “Therefore hear now this, thou afflicted and drunken, but not with wine: Thus saith thy Lord the Lord, and thy God that pleadeth the cause of his people, Behold, I have taken out of thine hand the cup of trembling, even the dregs of the cup of my fury; thou shalt no more drink it again. But I will put it into the hand of them that afflict thee; which have said to thy soul, Bow down, that we may go over: and thou hast laid thy body as the ground, and as the street, to them that went over.” [Isaiah 51:11-16, 21-23.] {4SP 450.2 1864} {GC88 633.3 1888} |
| The EYE of GOD, looking down the ages, was fixed upon the crisis which HIS PEOPLE are to meet, when earthly powers shall be arrayed against them. Like the captive exile, they will be in FEAR OF DEATH BY STARVATION OR BY VIOLENCE. But the Holy One who divided the Red Sea before Israel, will manifest his mighty power and turn their captivity. “They shall be mine, saith the Lord of hosts, in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them, as a man spareth his own son that serveth him.” [Malachi 3:17.] IF THE BLOOD OF CHRIST’S FAITHFUL WITNESSES WERE SHED AT THIS TIME, IT WOULD NOT, LIKE THE BLOOD OF THE MARTYRS, BE AS SEED SOWN TO YIELD A HARVEST FOR GOD. Their fidelity would not be a testimony to convince others of the truth; for the obdurate heart has beaten back the waves of mercy until they return no more. If the righteous were now left to fall a prey to their enemies, it would be a triumph for the prince of darkness. But Christ has spoken: “COME, MY PEOPLE, ENTER THOU INTO THY CHAMBERS, AND SHUT THY DOORS ABOUT THEE; HIDE THYSELF AS IT WERE FOR A LITTLE MOMENT, UNTIL THE INDIGNATION BE OVERPAST. FOR, BEHOLD, THE LORD COMETH OUT OF HIS PLACE TO PUNISH THE INHABITANTS OF THE EARTH FOR THEIR INIQUITY.” [Isaiah 26:20, 21.] Glorious will be the deliverance of those who have patiently waited for him, and whose names are written in the book of life. {4SP 451.1 1864} {GC88 634.1 1888} |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=1698 |
| 13. End Time Signs |
| AI = Artificial Intelligence control |
| Amalgamation |
| Apostasy |
| Climate Change |
| Conflicts |
| Contamination increases |
| Cosmetic Enhancement |
| Death Rate Increase |
| Destruction Increase |
| Diseases – both known and strange |
| Divorce Rate increase |
| Drug Medication reliance |
| Earth – near its end of life – shows signs of stress, crust break-up and slowing down |
| Earthquakes |
| Environmental Hazards increase |
| False Accusers |
| False Christs/Messiahs. The anti-christ will appear [Matthew 24:23-24] |
| False Jesus Descent |
| False Prophets [Matthew 24:24] |
| Fires |
| Floods |
| Global Economy emergence |
| Gog and Magog emergence |
| Gog and Magog are Biblical names of the enemies of God’s people who wage war against God at the end of the world; “in the Book of Ezekiel Gog is a ruler from the land of Magog but in the Book of Revelation Gog and Magog are nations under the rule of Satan”. |
| Hardship increases |
| Harvest failures |
| Healing – by a different spirit |
| Evil increases |
| Wickedness increases |
| Lack of Godly kindness |
| Lawlessness – Lack of Law and Order |
| LGBTQ+ [An acronym used to describe people who are lesbian, gay, bi, trans, queer, questioning and ace.] |
| Many Troubles – because people love themselves, love money, brag and are proud |
| Marriage disregard |
| Miracles – by a different spirit |
| Moral Decay |
| Natural Disasters as God withdraws His protecting angels |
| Parental Disobedience |
| People will Expect without Thanks |
| People will say Evil Things against each other |
| Persecution of Christ’s Believers |
| Pestilences (disease epidemics) |
| Pollution and Global Waste increases |
| Poverty increases |
| Publishing/Preaching of the Gospel all around the world |
| Religion and Politics – Integration |
| Religious Deception |
| Rich World/Poor World divide |
| Robotics – Autonomy and Capability |
| Sabbath disregard |
| Sexual Excess – Behaviour and Expectation |
| Signs in the Heavens |
| Societal Upheavals |
| Suffering increases |
| Tsunamis increase |
| Violence increases |
| Wars and Rumours of Wars |
| Worship of Man-made gods – iPhones, television, personalities, sports, games, puzzles and other time wasters |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2795 |
| 14. Notes regarding Jerusalem, the Ark of the Covenant and Israel |
| The Roman army, led by Titus, laid siege to Jerusalem and destroyed the city and its Second Temple in April 70 AD. Here’s a more detailed account: |
| The Siege Begins: The siege of Jerusalem by the Roman army, led by Titus, began on April 14th, 70 AD, coinciding with the Passover festival. |
| Context: The siege was a key event in the First Jewish-Roman War, which had begun in 66 AD. |
| Destruction of the Temple: The Second Temple, a sacred Jewish place, was destroyed during the siege, marking a pivotal moment in Jewish history. |
| Conquest of Jerusalem: The Roman army successfully conquered Jerusalem and the city was sacked. |
| Aftermath: The fall of Jerusalem led to a large number of Jewish captives and a significant diaspora of Jews from Judea. |
| Titus’s Victory: Titus’s victory in the siege and destruction of Jerusalem was celebrated with a triumphal arch in Rome, which still stands today. |
| Siege of Jerusalem (70 AD) |
| Date 14 April – 8 September 70 AD = 147 days |
| Location Jerusalem, Judaea 31°46′41″N 35°14′9″E |
| Result Roman victory |
| 147 = Father’s Possession |
| The Ark of the Covenant’s last known location, according to Jewish tradition, is when it disappeared during the Babylonian sack of Jerusalem in 587 BC. |
| Here’s a more detailed explanation: |
| Jewish Tradition: |
| Jewish tradition holds that the Ark disappeared during the Babylonian sack of Jerusalem in 587 BC, and there are no reliable records of its whereabouts after that date. |
| Temple Destruction: |
| The Ark was kept in the Temple of Jerusalem’s holiest chamber, where only the high priest was allowed in its presence. |
| Babylonian Conquest: |
| In the 6th century BC, Babylon sacked Jerusalem, and the Ark disappeared. |
| Theories and Claims: |
| Despite the lack of reliable records, many theories and claims exist about the Ark’s subsequent location |
| Other Perspectives: |
| Some Jewish traditions suggest the Ark was removed from the Temple towards the end of the era of the First Temple, with one view suggesting it was taken to Babylon when Nebuchadnezzar conquered Jerusalem in 587 BC. |
| Other Theories: |
| Other perspectives propose that Josiah, king of Judah, hid the Ark in anticipation of the Temple’s destruction, or that it remained underground in the Holy of Holies. |
| II Maccabees: |
| An opinion found in II Maccabees 2:4-10 asserts that Jeremiah hid the Ark and other sacred items in a cave on Mount Nebo, anticipating the Neo-Babylonian invasion. |
| The Ark of the Covenant’s disappearance is linked to the Babylonian sack of Jerusalem in 587 BC, but there’s no specific day or event recorded in the Bible or Jewish tradition about when or how it was hidden or taken. |
| Here’s a more detailed explanation: |
| In 587 BC, the Babylonian Empire, led by King Nebuchadnezzar, conquered the Kingdom of Judah and destroyed the First Temple in Jerusalem, where the Ark was believed to be housed. |
| Disappearance: |
| Jewish tradition and most scholars believe the Ark vanished sometime around this period, though there’s no specific mention of its hiding or capture in the Bible or other historical accounts. |
| No Reliable Records: |
| After 587 BC, there are no reliable records or accounts of the Ark’s whereabouts, leading to various theories and speculation about its fate. |
| Possible Scenarios: |
| Some theories suggest the Ark was hidden by the Israelites before the Babylonian invasion, while others propose it was taken by the Babylonians and lost to history. |
| Extra-Biblical Texts: |
| Extra-biblical texts like 2 Maccabees mention the Ark being taken to safety and placed in a cave on Mount Nebo, but these are not considered part of the canonical Jewish or Christian scriptures. |
| https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siege_of_Jerusalem_(587_BC) |
| On Tisha B’Av, July 587 BC, the Babylonians took Jerusalem, destroyed the First Temple and burned down the city. The small settlements surrounding the city, and those close to the western border of the kingdom, were destroyed as well. According to the Bible, Zedekiah attempted to escape, but was captured near Jericho. He was forced to watch the execution of his sons in Riblah, and his eyes were then put out. |
| The destruction of Jerusalem and its temple led to a religious, spiritual and political crisis, which left its mark in prophetic literature and biblical tradition. The Kingdom of Judah was abolished and annexed as a Babylonian province with its center in Mizpah. The Judean elite, including the Davidic dynasty, were exiled to Babylon. After Babylon had fallen to Cyrus the Great, founder of the Persian Achaemenid Empire, in 539 BC, he allowed the exiled Judeans to return to Zion and rebuild Jerusalem. The Second Temple was completed in 516 BC. |
| https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tisha_B%27Av |
| Tisha B’Av (Hebrew: lit. ’the ninth of Av’) is an annual fast day in Judaism. A commemoration of a number of disasters in Jewish history, primarily the destruction of both Solomon’s Temple by the Neo-Babylonian Empire and the Second Temple by the Roman Empire in Jerusalem. |
| Tisha B’Av precedes the end of the three weeks between dire straits. This day is regarded as the saddest day in the Jewish calendar. It is categorized as a day destined for tragedy. Tisha B’Av falls in July or August in the Gregorian calendar. |
| http://www.cgsf.org/dbeattie/calendar/?hebrew=3830 |
| The 9th of Av in 70 AD fell on a Sabbath day; therefore, when this now happens the Jews celebrate their 25 hour fast on the 10th Av. |
| The 9th of Av 70 AD fell on 4th August 70 AD. |
| 587 BC – 70 AD = 657 – 1 = 656 years |
| 657 = Sudden Destruction |
| 656 = People Run From Ruler |
| [See later on] 6th January, 1982 at 2.00 PM [Jerusalem time] Ronald Wyatt found the Ark of the Covenant. |
| 6th January, 1982 less 70 = 1912 years = 16 * 119, where |
| 119 = Spiritual Perfection and Victory (7 * 17=119) – Resurrection Day |
| [657-1=] 656 + 1912 = 2568 years |
| 2568 = 2 * 2 * 2 * 3 * 107 = 24 * 107 |
| 2 = Union – Division / Divide (break) – Separation – Witnessing – A Difference – Double Portion – Duality – Contrary (light/dark, good/evil) or Complimentary (spiritual/material; divine/human) |
| 107 = Cry Out to God in Distress |
| 24 = The Priesthood – Heavenly Government & Worship of God – Christian Number for Completion / Restoration –Priest |
| 587 + 2037 – 1 = 2623 years – the Ark/Ten Commandments written by God are hidden from public view. |
| The prime factorization of 2623 is 43 * 61. |
| Fast of the 9th Day of Av [Saturday, therefore] Sunday Av 10, 3830 = Sunday, August 5, 70 AD. |
| According to 2 Kings 25:1–25, on the 10th day of the 10th month of Tevet, in the ninth year of Zedekiah’s reign (588 BC), Nebuchadnezzar II, the second Neo-Babylonian emperor, began the siege of Jerusalem. |
| 2 Kings 25:1 ¶ And it came to pass in the ninth year of his reign, in the tenth month, in the tenth [day] of the month, [that] Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon came, he, and all his host, against Jerusalem, and pitched against it: and they built forts against it round about. |
| 2 Kings 25:2 And the city was besieged unto the eleventh year of king Zedekiah. |
| 2 Kings 25:3 And on the ninth [day] of the [fourth] month the famine prevailed in the city, and there was no bread for the people of the land. |
| 6th January, 1982 at 2.00 PM [Jerusalem time] Ronald Wyatt found the Ark of the Covenant. |
| Ronald Eldon Wyatt (June 2, 1933 – August 4, 1999), was an American nurse anaesthetist and amateur archaeologist. |
| 6th January, 1982 = 11th day of the 10th month of Tevet. |
| This is the very next day after the 10th day of the 10th month of Tevet. |
| From the beginning of the Nebuchadnezzar siege in 588 BC to 1982 AD is 2579 complete years, where 2579 is a Prime Number. |
| Nebuchadnezzar II, King of Babylon, besieged Jerusalem for roughly two years (597 BC & 587 BC) before destroying the city and the Temple of Solomon, leading to the Babylonian captivity of the Jews. |
| Here’s a more detailed breakdown: |
| First Siege (597 BC): |
| Nebuchadnezzar first besieged Jerusalem in 597 BC, leading to the capture of King Jehoiachin and the deportation of prominent citizens to Babylon. |
| Second Siege (587 BC): |
| King Zedekiah, who had been installed as a puppet king by Nebuchadnezzar, later rebelled against Babylonian rule, prompting Nebuchadnezzar to return and lay siege to Jerusalem again. |
| Destruction of Jerusalem: |
| The second siege, which lasted about a year, resulted in the destruction of the city walls, the burning of the Temple of Solomon, and the exile of the remaining inhabitants. |
| Babylonian Captivity: |
| This event marked the beginning of the Babylonian captivity, with many Jews being taken into exile in Babylon. |
| There has been some debate as to when Nebuchadnezzar’s second siege of Jerusalem took place. According to the Hebrew Bible, the city fell in the fourth month of Zedekiah’s eleventh year. It is agreed that Jerusalem fell the second time in the summer month of Tammuz (as recorded in Jeremiah 52:6). However, scholars disagree as to whether this dates to |
| Thiele’s reckoning is based on the presentation of Zedekiah’s reign on an accession basis, which he asserts was occasionally used for the kings of Judah. In that case, the year that Zedekiah came to the throne would be his zeroth year; his first full year would be 597/596 BC, and his eleventh year, the year that Jerusalem fell, would be 587/586 BC. Since Judah’s regnal years were counted from Tishri in autumn, that would place the end of his reign and the capture of Jerusalem in the |
| Archaeological evidence supports the biblical account that Jerusalem was destroyed in 587 BC. Archaeological research has shown that the Babylonians systematically destroyed the city with fire and that the city wall was pulled down. |
| The remains of three residential structures excavated in the City of David (the Burnt Room, House of Ahiel, and House of Bullae) contain burned wooden beams from a fire started by the Babylonians in 587 BC. Ash and burnt wood beams were also discovered at several structures in the Givati Parking Lot, which were attributed by the archeologists to the destruction of the city in 587 BC. Arrowheads of the socketed bronze trilobate type, associated with the destruction of cities in the Assyrian heartland by the Babylonians and the Medes, likewise first appear in the Southern Levant in the burnt layers associated with Nebuchadnezzar II’s destruction of the city. Samples of soil and fragments of a plaster floor recovered from one of the structures indicate that it was exposed to a temperature of at least 600°C. A number of wine jars were found to contain remains of vanilla, indicating that the spice was used by the Jerusalemite elite before destruction of the city. |
| Britannica |
| He [Nebuchadnezzar] attacked Judah a year later and captured Jerusalem on March 16, 597, deporting King Jehoiachin to Babylon. |
| The city fell after a siege, which lasted eighteen months. In the eleventh year of Zedekiah’s reign (2 Kings 25:2; Jeremiah 39:2), Nebuchadnezzar broke through Jerusalem’s walls, conquering the city. |
| Independence of Israel |
| The Arab-Israeli War of 1948 broke out when five Arab nations invaded territory in the former Palestinian mandate immediately following the announcement of the independence of the state of Israel on May 14, 1948. |
| https://www.ajc.org/IsraelConflictTimeline |
| 1948: Israel’s War of Independence |
| Israel declared its independence on May 14, 1948. The declaration was followed by an invasion by neighboring Arab states, including Egypt, Jordan, Syria, Iraq, and Lebanon. The war resulted in Israel’s survival and expansion of territory. |
| The war led to the establishment of the State of Israel as it successfully defended itself from the invasion of the surrounding Arab countries. Upon its declaration, Israel gained international recognition from various countries, including the United States and the Soviet Union – the world’s two major superpowers at the time. This lent it international support and legitimacy. It also marked the beginning of the Arab-Israeli conflict and resulted in the displacement of an estimated 700,000-800,000 Palestinian Arabs to many surrounding Arab countries. Many Palestinian Arabs also remained within Israel’s newly formed borders, comprising over 20 percent of Israel’s population today. The war defined the borders of Israel and had far-reaching consequences for regional politics, diplomacy, and future conflicts in the Middle East. It remains a pivotal event in the history of the region. |
| 1948 is 89 years before the Second Coming of Jesus 2037, where 89 = Son of David. |
| From the 14 May-11 September is 121 days, where 121 = Watchman. |
| 1956: Suez Crisis (Sinai War) [29 October 1956 – 7 November 1956] |
| Israel, along with Britain and France, invaded Egypt in response to Egyptian President Gamal Abdel Nasser’s nationalization of the Suez Canal. International pressure, including from the United States and the Soviet Union, forced the withdrawal of the invading forces. |
| The war had far-reaching implications for global diplomacy, including the decline of traditional colonial powers – the UK and France. For the Middle East, it boosted Egyptian nationalism under President Gamal Nasser, who increased tensions with Israel, eventually leading to the 1967 Six-Day War. |
| 81 years before the Second Coming of Jesus 2037, where 81 = Holy Angels. |
| 1967: Six-Day War |
| The Six-Day War, which lasted from June 5 to June 10, 1967, was a brief but intense conflict in the Middle East. It was primarily between Israel and a coalition of Arab states, including Egypt, Jordan, and Syria. It resulted in an overwhelming victory for Israel, the capture of large swathes of territory from the surrounding Arab states creating an important defensive buffer for Israel, and the reunification of Jerusalem, which came under Jewish sovereignty for the first time in nearly 2,000 years. |
| Actually 1997, where 1997 is the 302nd Prime Number. 302 = Adversary Raised Up. |
| From the 5 June-11 September is 99 days, where 99 = Shekinah Glory of God – Seal. |
| From the 10 June-11 September is 93 days, where 93 = Might of God. |
| The war was a watershed moment for the region. Israel’s overwhelming victory vaulted it from a scrappy nation focused on its survival, to a major regional power. It also led to a significant deepening of relations with the United States. Additionally, it resulted in Israel’s capture of key territories, including East Jerusalem and the West Bank, the Gaza Strip, the Golan Heights, and the Sinai Peninsula. This had profound implications, including the establishment of Israeli settlements, the rise of Palestinian nationalism, heightened Arab rejection of Israel, and complex geopolitical dynamics in the region. |
| 1967 is 70 years before the Second Coming of Jesus 2037, where 70 = Israel’s Captivity and Return. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3146 |
| 15. The Ark of the Covenant and The Apocalypse of Baruch |
| https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-14543563/Ark-Covenant-prophecy-reveals-found.html |
| The prophecy that must come true before Ark of the Covenant is found amid revelations CIA knows its location |
| Many archaeologists have spent their lives searching for the Ark of the Covenant, but a prophecy in a banned book of the Bible may reveal when it will be found. |
| The Apocalypse of Baruch, a two-part book written between the late first and early second centuries BC, is framed as Baruch receiving visions and revelations from God. Its themes include the fate of Israel, the end of times, and the coming of the Messiah. |
| The Book of Baruch 2, Chapter 6, states that he saw an angel remove the Ark from the Second Temple, allowing it to be ‘swallowed by the Earth’ before the Babylonian invasion, where it would remain hidden until Israel is restored. |
| Baruch ben Neriah, scribe to the prophet Jeremiah, has traditionally been credited as the author. Still, scholars believe he did not write the book as he lived centuries before the text was written. |
| Because the text is a pseudepigraphal work it was not considered canonical by the Jewish and Christian communities and omitted from the Bible. |
| Holy scripture describes the Ark of the Covenant as a sacred gold chest built by the Israelites shortly after they fled Egypt around the 13th century BC and holds Moses’ Ten Commandments tablets. |
| The mystery of the Biblical relic was renewed this week after a DailyMail.com article detailed how the CIA may have located it in the Middle East. |
| While the CIA never announced the finding, the omitted book of the Bible may provide details about why the artifact has remained lost for nearly 1,440 years. |
| The Apocalypse of Baruch was discovered in Milan in 1886. |
| The book, written after the destruction of the Second Temple in 70 AD, focuses on whether or not God’s relationship with man is just. |
| It is framed as Baruch receiving visions and revelations from God following the destruction of Jerusalem by the Babylonians. |
| The key passage about the Ark of the Covenant appears in Chapter 6, where Baruch describes how the Temple vessels and sacred items, including the Ark, were preserved before the Babylonian destruction of Jerusalem in [587] 586 BC. |
| With the Babylonians surrounding Jerusalem, Baruch fled to the outskirts of the city, the text reads. |
| Suddenly, he was lifted high above the city walls by a ‘strong spirit,’ and he saw four angels ‘standing at the four corners of the city’ holding burning torches. |
| A fifth angel descended from the heavens and told the others: ‘Hold your lamps, and do not light them till I tell you. For I am first sent to speak a word to the earth, and to place in it what the Lord the Most High has commanded me.’ |
| The angel entered the Holy of Holies and took the Ark and several other sacred objects. |
| When he emerged, issued a booming command to the Earth, saying: ‘Earth, earth, earth, hear the word of the mighty God and receive what I commit to you, and guard them until the last times so that, when you are ordered, you may restore them, so that strangers may not get possession of them. |
| ‘For the time comes when Jerusalem also will be delivered for a time, until it is said that it is again restored for ever.’ |
| The Earth then opened up and ‘swallowed’ the Ark and the rest of the artifacts whole. |
| The story prophecies that the sacred chest will be found when Israel is restored. In a Biblical context, this refers to the return of the Israelites to their holy land and the establishment of a messianic kingdom. |
| But there is no historical or archaeological evidence to suggest these events actually took place, and they are not recognized as legitimate parts of Biblical history. |
| What’s more, there is no evidence outside of the Bible to suggest the Ark ever really existed. |
| But scholars who subscribe to the Ark’s existence have long pondered its whereabouts. |
| Some historians believe the Ark of the Covenant was originally kept inside the Holy of Holies, the innermost chamber of the ancient Temple of Jerusalem, before it disappeared during the Babylonian sack of Jerusalem in [587] |
| No person alive today has ever laid eyes on it, and the Bible states that only the high priest of the temple of Jerusalem could see it once a year on Yom Kippur, the holiest Jewish holiday. |
| Theories about what became of the Ark are limited, but a long-standing religious legend in Ethiopia claims it was brought there by a man named Menelik, who was supposedly the son of the Queen of Sheba and Israel’s King Solomon. |
| The Queen of Sheba was from Ethiopia, but ruled over a kingdom in modern-day Yemen. According to legend, she gave birth to Menelik in her country of origin, but he later traveled to Jerusalem to study with his father. |
| While there, he supposedly stole the Ark and brought it back to Aksum, Ethiopia. Locals say it has resided in the Church of Out Lady Mary of Zion ever since. |
| British scholar of Semitic languages and Ethiopian studies Edward Ullendorff claimed he saw the Ark inside the church during World War II, but a source close to Ullendorff later revealed that the ‘artifact’ he saw was nothing more than a replica. |
| What he saw was what you find in any Ethiopian church, which is a model of the Ark of the Covenant,’ Tudor Parfitt, a British historian, writer and former colleague of Ullendorff, told Live Science in 2018. |
| Apparently, Ullendorff said that ‘it didn’t differ in any way from many arks he had seen in other churches in Ethiopia,’ Parfitt said. ‘It wasn’t ancient and certainly wasn’t the original ark.’ |
| Therefore, the location of the ark — and whether or not it ever existed — remain a mystery waiting to be solved. |
| 2 BARUCH 6 |
| Baruch ben Neriah was the scribe, disciple, secretary, and devoted friend of the Biblical prophet Jeremiah. He is traditionally credited with authoring the Book of Baruch. |
| The book is a reflection of a late Jewish writer on the circumstances of Jewish exiles from Babylon, with meditations on the theology and history of Israel, discussions of wisdom, and a direct address to residents of Jerusalem and the Diaspora. |
| [The term Diaspora comes from an ancient Greek word meaning “to scatter about.” And that’s exactly what the people of a diaspora do — they scatter from their homeland to places across the globe, spreading their culture as they go.] |
| 2 BARUCH 6:1 |
| Now it happened on the following day that, behold, an army of the Chaldeans surrounded the city. And in the evening I, Baruch, left the people, went outside, and set myself by an oak. |
| 2 BARUCH 6:2 |
| And I was grieving over Zion and sighed because of the captivity which had come upon the people. [Zion, Jerusalem, fell when Nebuchadnezzar conquered Jerusalem in 587 BC.] |
| 2 BARUCH 6:3 |
| And behold, suddenly a strong ruach lifted me and carried me above the wall of Yerusalem. [In Hebrew, “ruach” means “wind,” “breath,” or “spirit,” encompassing both physical and spiritual concepts.] |
| [In Hebrew, “ruach” means “wind,” “breath,” or “spirit,” encompassing both physical and spiritual concepts. |
| And I saw, and behold, there were standing four malakim at the four comers of the city, each of them with a burning torch in his hands. [“Malakim” is the Hebrew word for “angels” or “messengers” and is the plural form of “malakh”.] |
| 2 BARUCH 6:5 |
| And another malak came down from heaven and said to them, “Hold your torches and do not light them before I say it to you. |
| 2 BARUCH 6:6 |
| Because I was sent first to SPEAK A WORD TO THE EARTH AND THEN TO DEPOSIT IN IT what YAHWEH, the Most High, has commanded me.” |
| 2 BARUCH 6:7 |
| And I saw that he descended in the Kodesh of HaKodesh and that he took from there the veil, the kodesh ephod, the mercy seat, the two tables, the kodesh raiment of the kohenim, the altar of incense, the forty-eight precious stones with which the kohenim were clothed, and all the kodesh vessels of the tabernacle. [“Kodesh HaKodesh,” meaning “Holy of Holies” in Hebrew, refers to the Innermost Sanctuary of the Jewish Tabernacle and later the Temple, where the Ark of the Covenant, containing the Ten Commandments, was kept, and where God’s presence (Shekhinah) was believed to dwell.] [In Hebrew, “Kohanim” (plural of “Kohen”) refers to the Jewish priestly class, specifically descendants of Aaron, who traditionally performed Temple rituals and hold a distinct status in Jewish tradition, including certain honors and restrictions.] [In the context of Jewish tradition, “kodesh vessels” (Hebrew: klei kodesh) refers to the sacred or holy tools and vessels used in the Temple service, as well as, by extension, the people who serve in the Temple, emphasizing their role as instruments for holiness.] [“Klei kodesh” literally translates to “holy vessels” or “holy tools”.] |
| 2 BARUCH 6:8 |
| And he said to the earth with a loud voice: Earth, earth, earth, hear the Word of the ALMIGHTY YAHWEH, and receive the things which I commit to you, and GUARD THEM UNTIL THE LAST TIMES, SO THAT YOU MAY RESTORE THEM WHEN YOU ARE ORDERED, so that strangers may not get possession of them. |
| 2 BARUCH 6:9 |
| For the time has arrived when YERUSALEM WILL ALSO BE DELIVERED UP FOR A TIME, UNTIL THE MOMENT THAT IT WILL BE SAID THAT IT WILL BE RESTORED FOREVER. |
| 2 BARUCH 6:10 |
| And the earth opened its mouth and SWALLOWED THEM UP. |
| It is interesting to note that 2037-1260=777 where 777 = Power of the Godhead / Perfection – Jesus Christ – Divine Completeness |
| Also 2037-1844=193 where 193 = Great City Falls |
| Emperor Commodus (reigned 177–192 AD) was the son of the philosopher-emperor Marcus Aurelius and is widely regarded as one of Rome’s most disastrous and eccentric rulers. His reign is often cited by historians, such as Cassius Dio, as the moment the Roman Empire descended “from a kingdom of gold to one of iron and rust,” marking the end of the Pax Romana. The Pax Romana (Roman Peace) was a roughly 200-year period of relative stability, prosperity, and territorial expansion within the Roman Empire, spanning from 27 BC to 180 AD. Initiated by Emperor Augustus, this era (often termed a “golden age”) saw reduced internal civil wars, widespread economic growth, trade expansion, and the spread of Roman law and culture, though it was still characterised by, and maintained through, military coercion in provinces. |
| Commodus believed himself to be the reincarnation of the demigod Hercules. Megalomania is a psychological condition, often associated with narcissistic personality disorder or delusions of grandeur, characterized by an excessive, delusional sense of personal power, wealth, or importance. Symptoms include arrogance, manipulative behaviour, and an inability to accept criticism. Commodus famously commissioned statues of himself wearing a lion’s skin and carrying a club, and even renamed the months of the year after his own twelve titles. He largely abandoned the duties of state to focus on his own pleasures, leaving the empire in the hands of corrupt officials like Perennis and Cleander. After a fire damaged the city in 191 AD, he “re-founded” it as Colonia Lucia Annia Commodiana (the Colony of Commodus). |
| In 193 AD, the Roman Empire experienced a chaotic political crisis known as the Year of the Five Emperors, following the assassination of Emperor Commodus in Rome on 31 December 192 AD. After a failed attempt to poison him, he was strangled in his bath by his wrestling partner, Narcissus, as part of a plot involving his mistress, Marcia. His death ended the Nerva-Antonine dynasty and triggered the “Year of the Five Emperors,” a period of violent civil war. Five different individuals – Pertinax, Didius Julianus, Septimius Severus, Pescennius Niger, and Clodius Albinus – claimed the throne, ultimately leading to a civil war. |
| Following the assassination of Commodus on New Year’s Eve 192, Pertinax was appointed emperor but was murdered by the Praetorian Guard after only 87 days. The Praetorian Guard auctioned the throne to the highest bidder; Didius Julianus purchased it for an exorbitant sum. Septimius Severus was proclaimed emperor by his legions in Illyricum (April 14), marched on Rome, and had Julianus executed in June. Severus consolidated power by defeating rivals Pescennius Niger (in the East) and Clodius Albinus (in Britain), establishing the Severan dynasty. Severus replaced the Praetorian Guard with his own loyal soldiers, cementing a military-backed regime. Thus the year 193 marked the end of the peace of the Antonine dynasty and established a new era of military rule under Septimius Severus. He largely abandoned the duties of state to focus on his own pleasures, leaving the empire in the hands of corrupt officials like Perennis and Cleander. |
| 2000+37=2037. Properties of 37: |
| 37 = The Word of God – The Godhead – God’s Attributes – Chosen Servant – Exaltation |
| 37 is the 12th Prime number. |
| 12 = Governmental Perfection – Divine Power, Rule & Authority – Completeness – God’s Church – New Jerusalem |
| In Genesis 1:1 = 2701 = 666 + 666 + 666 + 703. Note 666 + 703 = 372. Also 666 / (6+6+6) = 37. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3095 |
| 16. Earth – Limited Life – Soon to Die |
| The end of Earth will likely come about because of the Sun in our solar system. This much you might already know, but we actually have an approximate date. Scientists estimate that the end of the world will happen about a billion years from now, specifically in the year 1,000,002,021. [28 Sept 2023] |
| https://en.as.com/latest_news/extinction-of-life-on-earth-estimated-date-according-to-nasa-and-international-experts-n/ |
| A group of scientists, working alongside NASA and researchers from Tōhō University in Japan, has determined a staggering timeline for the complete extinction of all life on Earth. According to advanced mathematical models powered by supercomputers, survival on our planet will become impossible in the year 1,000,002,021—a number almost too vast to comprehend. |
| The slow march toward the end |
| While this apocalyptic scenario is still nearly a billion years away, experts stress that it is an inevitability. The Sun, our life-giving star, will continue to grow in size and emit increasing amounts of thermal energy. Over time, this expansion will engulf the inner planets of the solar system, including Earth, leaving nothing in its wake. This process, long understood by astronomers, means that our planet’s days are ultimately numbered. |
| Despite this distant fate, space agencies around the world have already taken steps to explore potential solutions. Missions to Mars, for example, aim to assess the planet’s habitability, laying the groundwork for future colonization efforts. Billionaire Elon Musk has been outspoken about this ambition, stating that regardless of how long it takes, if SpaceX succeeds in getting humans to Mars, that will be his legacy. |
| The looming threat of solar storms |
| While Earth’s ultimate demise is far off, the Sun is already causing significant disturbances. In May of last year, NASA observed an intense surge of solar flares and coronal mass ejections (CMEs) directed at Earth. These solar storms unleashed powerful bursts of charged particles and magnetic fields, triggering the most significant solar event in two decades. Scientists warn that such phenomena will continue to alter our atmosphere, gradually reducing oxygen levels and increasing global temperatures. |
| A BILLION years, and these “scientists” are talking about two decades and what will follow. Increasing amounts of thermal energy from the Sun – such is against The Laws of Thermodynamics! Reader, do you believe all this RUBBISH ? |
| Or perhaps you believe like Stephen Hawkins – 100 years maximum: |
| Stephen Hawkings has previously stated that our time on Earth is limited to 100 years, after originally estimating 1,000 years. |
| The astrophysicist died in 2018, but before his death, he gave us a warning about how humanity might fall, including a warning against trying to communicate with alien civilisations. |
| Stephen Hawkings final words were “there is no God “. As an atheist, he cannot be saved by Jesus. |
| The phrase “the Earth will wear out like a garment” is a Biblical metaphor found in Isaiah 51:6, Psalm 102:26, and Hebrews 1:11, signifying the temporary and perishable nature of the Earth and its inhabitants, contrasting with God’s eternal nature. Here’s a more detailed explanation: |
| Biblical Context: |
| Psalm 102:25 Of old hast thou laid the foundation of the EARTH: and the HEAVENS [are] the work of thy hands. |
| Psalm 102:26 THEY SHALL PERISH, but thou shalt endure: yea, ALL OF THEM SHALL WAX OLD LIKE A GARMENT; as a vesture shalt thou change them, and they shall be changed: |
| Hebrews 1:10 And, Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundation of the EARTH; and the HEAVENS are the works of thine hands: |
| Hebrews 1:11 THEY SHALL PERISH; but thou remainest; and THEY ALL SHALL WAX OLD AS DOTH A GARMENT; |
| Metaphor of the Garment: |
| The image of a garment wearing out symbolizes the ageing, decay, and eventual demise of the Earth and its inhabitants. |
| In ancient times, garments were valuable but eventually wore out and needed replacement, reflecting the idea of the Earth’s temporality. |
| Contrast with God’s Eternity: |
| The phrase contrasts the perishable nature of the world with the imperishable nature of God’s kingdom. |
| It emphasizes that while the Earth and its inhabitants will eventually fade away, God will remain. |
| Other Translations: |
| Some translations use variations like “wax old like a garment” or “become threadbare like an old coat”. |
| The Laws of Thermodynamics |
| The First Law of Thermodynamics states energy is conserved, meaning it can’t be created or destroyed, only transformed; the Second Law states entropy (disorder) in an isolated system always increases; and the Third Law states that a system’s entropy approaches a minimum value as its temperature approaches absolute zero. Here’s a more detailed explanation of each law: |
| First Law of Thermodynamics (Conservation of Energy): This law states that the total energy of an isolated system remains constant; it can’t be created or destroyed, but can be converted from one form to another. In simpler terms, if a system gains energy, its surroundings must lose the same amount, and vice versa. |
| Second Law of Thermodynamics (Entropy): This law deals with the concept of entropy, which is a measure of disorder or randomness in a system. The Second Law states that the entropy of an isolated system will always increase over time, meaning that natural processes tend towards greater disorder. |
| Third Law of Thermodynamics (Absolute Zero): This law states that as the temperature of a system approaches absolute zero (0 Kelvin or -273.15°C), the entropy of the system approaches a minimum value (usually zero). In other words, at absolute zero, a perfect crystal would be in its most ordered state. |
| Yes, mankind, like all physical systems and organisms, is subject to the second law of thermodynamics, which states that the total entropy of a closed system always increases over time, meaning that energy transformations are never perfectly efficient and some energy is always lost as heat. Here’s a more detailed explanation: |
| The Second Law of Thermodynamics: This law describes the tendency of systems to move towards a state of greater disorder or randomness, known as entropy. |
| Entropy Increase: When energy is transferred or transformed, some energy is always lost as heat, which increases the entropy of the surrounding system. |
| Mankind as a Physical System: Humans, as physical systems, are not closed systems, meaning they exchange energy and matter with their environment. However, the processes within the human body, like metabolism and movement, are subject to the same thermodynamic principles as any other physical process. |
| Life and Entropy: While living organisms appear to maintain order and complexity, this is achieved by constantly importing energy and expelling waste heat, thereby increasing the overall entropy of the universe. |
| The Earth is not a closed system: The Earth receives constant energy from the Sun and radiates energy back into space, so it is not a thermally isolated system. |
| Examples: |
| Metabolism: The body uses energy from food to function, but some energy is always lost as heat, increasing the entropy of the surrounding environment. |
| Movement: When you move, your muscles convert chemical energy into mechanical energy, but some energy is also lost as heat, increasing overall entropy. |
| Ageing and Death: Ultimately, the body’s complex structures and processes degrade over time, leading to death, which is a natural consequence of the second law of thermodynamics. |
| So, what is everyone saying regarding the state of our planet, Earth: |
| https://www.nature.com/articles/ngeo302#:~:text=Combining%20current%20knowledge%20of%20the,the%20next%2010%E2%80%9340%20years. |
| Combining current knowledge of the reserves of some key metals, the locations of the ores, the technology they are used for and the degree of recycling, it becomes apparent that many metals that we rely on are likely to become so scarce that they could be considered to ‘run out’ in the next 10–40 years. |
| Historically, however, demand for rare Earths has risen at a rate of about 10 percent per year. If demand continued to grow at this rate and no recycling of produced rare Earths were undertaken, known world reserves likely would be exhausted sometime after the mid-21st century. |
| One of the main challenges of rare Earth metals is the current dependency on China to supply several regions of the world with rare Earth elements – seeing as China is responsible for 98% of the European Union’s demand for rare Earth metals. |
| Over 200 copper mines are expected to run out of ore before 2035, with not enough new mines in the pipeline to take their place. |
| Experts predict that the demand for silver will outpace the supply in 2024 by 176 million ounces. This deficit accounts for a decrease to the deficit from 2023 (194 million ounces), but still represents large-scale shortages in the need for silver. |
| China holds the world’s largest known reserves of rare Earth minerals, estimated at 44 million metric tons, and is also the leading producer, controlling about 70% of global rare Earth mineral processing. |
| While the term “rare Earth metals” suggests they are scarce, many are actually quite common in the Earth’s crust, but they are difficult to extract and concentrate, leading to potential supply challenges as demand increases, especially for technologies like electric vehicles. Here’s a more detailed explanation: What are “Rare Earth Metals” (REMs)? |
| Not truly rare: The name “rare Earth metals” is a bit misleading; they are actually quite common in the Earth’s crust. |
| Difficult to extract: The challenge lies in the fact that they are not found in large, concentrated deposits, making extraction and purification difficult and expensive. |
| Key for modern technology: REMs are essential for a wide range of technologies, including electronics, renewable energy, and electric vehicles. |
| China’s dominance: China currently dominates the production of REMs, raising concerns about supply chain security and geopolitical tensions. |
| Increasing demand: Demand for REMs is expected to rise significantly in the coming years, driven by the transition to clean energy and electric vehicles. |
| Why are there supply concerns? |
| Geopolitical risks: China’s dominance in REM production creates a vulnerability for countries reliant on these metals. |
| Environmental impact of mining: REM extraction can have significant environmental consequences, including pollution and habitat destruction. |
| Long lead times for new mines: Building new mines and refining facilities takes a long time, which can exacerbate supply shortages. |
| Recycling is crucial: Recycling e-waste and other sources of REMs can help alleviate the shortage and reduce the environmental impact of mining. |
| Examples of rare Earth metals: Some examples of rare Earth metals include neodymium, dysprosium, and praseodymium, which are used in magnets, LEDs, and other technologies. |
| Examples of precious metals: Platinum, osmium, iridium, palladium, ruthenium, and rhodium are some examples of precious metals. |
| The rarest mineral on Earth, with only one known specimen, is kyawthuite, a transparent, reddish-orange mineral found near Mogok, Myanmar. |
| Here’s a more detailed look: |
| Rarity: Kyawthuite is incredibly rare, with only one specimen ever discovered, making it a unique and exclusive piece in the mineralogical community. |
| Discovery: The single specimen was found in the Mogok region of Myanmar and was purchased in 2010 by gemologist Kyaw Thu, who initially thought it was scheelite. |
| Chemical Composition: Kyawthuite is the only known natural oxide of bismuth and antimony, with the formula Bi3+Sb5+O4. |
| Current Location: The only known specimen is currently on display at the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County. |
| Other rare minerals: Painite, which appears as deep red hexagonal crystals, is another very rare mineral, but it is now more easily found than it used to be. |
| https://www.quora.com/What-natural-resources-on-Earth-are-projected-to-run-out-within-the-next-10-20-years |
| What natural resources on Earth are projected to run out within the next 10-20 years? |
| The resource most under threat is fresh water, bizarre for a planet mostly covered by water. But droughts, rising sea levels and over-used aquifers could cause serious problems, if they aren’t already. Floods are another problem as they invariably muck up potable water supplies and both they and droughts are increasingly likely in the future. |
| The arable soil: The Food & Agriculture Organisation warn that at the rate we are destroying soils and failing to create new, we are staring down the muzzle of only 60-odd harvests globally, which means things may get right dodgy as we approach the deadline, as we won’t have plenty of food in year 59 then nothing in year 60. |
| That is an illustration that, technically, we don’t run out of anything. As the resource depletes, the price rises and we are forced to seek less and less attractive sources, as is already happening with oil. In this context ‘depletes’ may mean the main supply is still plentiful but is less available, either because the countries involved are politically unstable or are stockpiling their reserves. Copper, lithium and Rare Earths could fall into these categories. |
| The Earth’s surface is constantly worn down through natural processes like weathering and erosion, which are caused by water, wind, ice, and gravity, leading to the reshaping of landscapes and the movement of sediments. |
| Here’s a more detailed explanation: |
| Weathering: |
| This is the breaking down or dissolving of rocks and minerals on the Earth’s surface. |
| Physical Weathering: Involves processes like temperature changes, ice wedging, and plant roots, which can cause rocks to crack and crumble. |
| Chemical Weathering: Involves chemical reactions, like the dissolving of rocks by acidic rainwater, which can alter the composition of rocks and minerals. |
| Erosion: |
| Erosion is comprised of natural, physical, and chemical processes by which the Earth’s rocks and soil are continuously worn down. Running water is a major cause of erosion. Stones carried with a river’s current scour and abrade the banks and beds. |
| This is the process by which soil and rock particles are transported from one place to another. |
| Water Erosion: Rainfall and flowing water can dislodge soil particles and carry them away, particularly on slopes and in rivers. |
| Wind Erosion: Wind can pick up loose soil and rock particles and transport them over long distances. |
| Ice Erosion: Glaciers and ice sheets can carve out landforms and transport large amounts of sediment. |
| Gravitational Erosion: This involves the movement of rocks and sediments due to gravity, such as landslides. |
| Deposition: |
| Once eroded material is transported, it is eventually deposited in another location, which can lead to the formation of new landforms. |
| Examples of Erosion: |
| The Grand Canyon is a prime example of how water erosion can carve out massive landforms over time. |
| Coastal erosion is a constant process where waves and currents wear away shorelines. |
| Wind erosion can lead to the formation of sand dunes and deserts. |
| Human Impact: |
| Human activities like deforestation, intensive agriculture, and construction can accelerate erosion rates, leading to soil degradation and other environmental problems. |
| By 2040, if current trends continue, we could face significant scarcity in freshwater, arable land, and potentially certain metals and minerals, particularly those crucial for the energy transition. Here’s a more detailed breakdown: |
| Freshwater: The majority of global freshwater supplies could be exhausted by 2040 if conservation efforts are not ramped up significantly. Water demand is already exceeding population growth, and supply is declining in terms of both quantity and quality. |
| Arable Land: The Food & Agriculture Organisation warns that at the rate we are destroying soils and failing to create new, we are staring down the muzzle of only 60-odd harvests globally. |
| Metals and Minerals: The energy transition, with its increased demand for electric vehicles, energy storage, and renewable energy technologies, will put a strain on the supply of certain metals and minerals like copper, aluminium, and lithium. |
| Fossil Fuels: While not a “run out” scenario by 2040, the continued reliance on fossil fuels could lead to their depletion in the latter half of the century, with oil potentially lasting up to 50 years, natural gas up to 53 years, and coal up to 114 years at current consumption rates. |
| Other Resources: Phosphorus, used for fertilization in modern agriculture, might also see a dwindling supply by as early as 2030, affecting global food supplies. |
| Air Quality: Liveable air and environmental quality is also expected to become a scarcer resource than it is already. |
| Unless water use is drastically reduced, severe water shortage will affect the entire planet by 2040. |
| https://www.acted.org/en/preparing-for-2040/ |
| The report warns that, by 2040, global temperatures are expected to rise 1.5 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels, meaning that most people alive today will see the dramatic effects of climate change within their lifetime. |
| https://fortune.com/2022/03/01/resource-scarcity-new-report-bank-of-america/ |
| The resources that will be most scarce in the future, according to the report, are water, biodiversity and air, rare Earth and metals, agriculture, waste disposal, processing power, youth, health and wellness, skills and education, and time. |
| The world is not enough for us, or at least it won’t be if we keep using up so much of it. |
| While the global population doubled in the second half of the 20th century, food grain production tripled and energy consumption quadrupled. |
| A new research report by Bank of America, which is not yet publicly available, has pinpointed the 10 biggest areas where resource scarcity is set to affect global markets over the next few decades. Some of them, like fresh water or liveable air, are unsurprising. But others, like Health Care services, attention spans, and free time, paint a grim picture of the future. |
| Water, agriculture, and air |
| If conservation efforts are not ramped up significantly, the majority of global freshwater supplies might be exhausted by 2040, according to BofA [Bank of America]. Phosphorus, which is used for fertilization in modern agriculture, also might see a dwindling supply by as early as 2030, affecting global food supplies. |
| Liveable air and environmental quality is also expected to become a scarcer resource than it already is. The report estimates that air pollution already kills more people worldwide than AIDS, malaria, diabetes, or tuberculosis, while mismanaged waste disposal kills over 1 million people a year. |
| Metals, waste, and processing power |
| As demand rises to record highs for rare-earth metals used in technology from solar panels to smartphones, those supplies are getting used up as well, according to the research, mainly because recycling infrastructure for electronic devices is still not up to par. |
| “We generate about 50 million tons of e-waste every year,” the report reads. “That is the equivalent of throwing out 1,000 laptops every second.” |
| Some of these metals, such as lithium and nickel, might see demand exceed supply by as early as 2024, but the demand for metals overall could increase sixfold by 2040, according to the International Energy Agency, an intergovernmental energy watchdog. These components are critical to a transition toward renewable energy. |
| The BofA report predicts that we will need to power over 1 trillion electronic devices by 2035, which could create another shortage of semiconductor chips worldwide, a problem we have already become well-acquainted with. |
| Youth and health |
| While issues related to water and mineral scarcity have been well-documented for a while, the new report highlights another important area of resource scarcity that has received substantially less attention: human capital. |
| “We have already reached peak youth, with grandparents outnumbering grand-children worldwide,” the report reads, highlighting record-low birth rates in the U.S. and China. Older populations will place a strain on Health Care systems and make adequate health services more scarce on average. |
| The report found that in 2022, there were more grandparents than children in North America, and more people age 65 and older than people ages 15 or younger. It predicts a population peak of 10 billion people in 2064 followed by a gradual decline. |
| Scarcity of health services will also be affected by a dearth of Health Care workers. The report estimates that there will be 18 million fewer Health Care workers in 2030 than there are now. Impoverished countries will be the most impacted by a scarcity of Health Care workers. |
| Time and skills |
| And some of the most mind-bending parts of the research aren’t about physical commodities, but about how people’s time, attention spans, and efficiency might become scarcer as well. |
| As our virtual lives become more immersive through emerging metaverse technologies, BofA predicts that our available time and efficiency might be hitting record-low levels. |
| The trend has already begun. |
| “We spend 1/3 of our waking time staring at screens and swiping on apps—that is 11+ years in a lifetime including 3 years spent on social media,” the report reads. |
| In addition to less time, lost efficiency will be compounded by scarcer valuable skills as educational institutions will not be able to keep up with the evolving demands of rapidly changing technologies. The report estimates that 1 billion people will need to be reskilled by 2030 because of technological disruption. Over the next several decades, it predicts that skill scarcity will cost the world $8.5 trillion, more than the current combined GDP of Germany and Japan. |
| Transformative solutions |
| But even if humans are using up the world at record speed, there are things we can do to safeguard against resource scarcity. |
| The research identifies transitioning toward a more circular economy, where waste is minimized and restorative or regenerative economic processes are prioritized, as an essential step, as right now 99% of the items humans harvest, mine, process, and transport ends up in the trash in less than six months. |
| Innovative technologies to reduce waste and ensure the world lives within the means of what the planet can provide are what the report terms “scarcity tech.” These solutions, such as regenerative agriculture and more efficient and clean energy generation technology, can help balance supply and demand more sustainably. |
| “A transforming world needs transformative solutions,” the report reads. The report claims that scarcity tech would make sure that we do not live as exceedingly beyond our means as humans have done in the past. |
| https://www.mytwintiers.com/news-cat/international/what-are-fossil-fuels-and-when-will-they-run-out/#:~:text=According%20to%20the%20MAHB%2C%20the,gas%20to%20last%2084%20years. |
| According to the MAHB [Millennium Alliance for Humanity and the Biosphere], the world’s oil reserves will run out by 2052, natural gas by 2060 and coal by 2090. The U.S. Energy Information Association said in 2019 that the United States has enough natural gas to last 84 years. |
| https://savetheelephants.org/news/wwf-says-african-elephants-will-be-extinct-by-2040-if-we-don-t-act-right-away/ |
| WWF says African Elephants will be extinct by 2040 if we don’t act right away. The African Elephant will disappear within two decades if urgent action is not taken to save one of the world’s most iconic animal species, the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) has warned in a new campaign fundraiser. |
| The population of these elephants—the largest animal currently walking the Earth—has declined by 70 percent in the last 40 years, in large part because of the illegal ivory trade, which is the biggest driver of elephant poaching, according to the non-profit. |
| In fact, 20,000 elephants are killed every year to feed this trade—which is equivalent to one death every 26 minutes. |
| https://www.quora.com/What-natural-resources-on-Earth-are-projected-to-run-out-within-the-next-10-20-years |
| Several natural resources are projected to face significant depletion within the next 10-20 years due to increasing demand, unsustainable extraction practices, and environmental changes. Here are some key resources: |
| Freshwater: Many regions are experiencing severe water scarcity due to over-extraction, pollution, and climate change. Groundwater levels are declining, particularly in areas reliant on aquifers for agriculture and drinking water. |
| Phosphorus: Essential for fertilizers, phosphorus reserves are limited and concentrated in a few countries. Overuse and inefficient agricultural practices are depleting accessible phosphorus, raising concerns about food security. |
| Fossil Fuels: While estimates vary, certain oil and natural gas fields are projected to be depleted within the next few decades. Coal reserves are also under pressure due to environmental regulations and market shifts towards renewable energy. |
| Rare Earth Elements: These are crucial for many high-tech applications, including electronics and renewable energy technologies. The extraction and processing of these elements are environmentally damaging, and geopolitical issues may affect their availability. |
| Forests: Deforestation, driven by agriculture and logging, is leading to significant loss of forest resources. This impacts biodiversity, carbon storage, and local climates. |
| Soil: Soil degradation from overuse, erosion, and contamination threatens agricultural productivity. The loss of arable land could lead to food shortages. |
| Marine Resources: Overfishing is depleting fish stocks faster than they can replenish, threatening marine biodiversity and the livelihoods of communities dependent on fishing. |
| Sand and Gravel: Used extensively in construction, these materials are being extracted at unsustainable rates, leading to environmental degradation and shortages in some regions. |
| Addressing the depletion of these resources requires sustainable management practices, technological innovation, and international cooperation to ensure their availability for future generations. |
| https://climatefactchecks.org/global-climate-efforts-falter-as-95-of-nations-miss-un-deadline-for-2035-emissions-pledges/ |
| In a stark reminder of the uphill battle to combat climate change, nearly 95% of countries have failed to meet a critical United Nations deadline to submit updated emissions-cutting plans for 2035. Only 10 out of 195 nations party to the Paris Agreement have published their new climate pledges, raising concerns about the world’s ability to meet the ambitious goals set to limit global warming. With major polluters like China, India, and the European Union yet to finalise their plans, the delay threatens to undermine global efforts to avert a climate catastrophe. |
| https://www.langdonmorris.com/news/the-world-in-2035 |
| Climate change is a slow-motion disaster of our own making, one that has come about as a consequence of the ways that the human economy exploits the resources and systems of the natural world. It’s now at very forefront of our concerns, so whereas a century ago it was not a common topic for discussion, today it’s one of the most critical issues facing humanity and we discuss it incessantly. Will we develop resilience to the changing climate and adapt to its rigorous demands, or will we experience widespread economic and social collapse as nations and regions succumb to the mounting challenges of a malicious climate? |
| There are 8 Critical Driving Forces – Geopolitics Politics Climate Energy Science & Technology Economy Demographics Culture – each one always being connected and linked to the other seven. |
| https://www.weforum.org/publications/global-risks-report-2025/in-full/paste-test/ |
| Comparing the two- and 10-year time-frames in more detail reveals a markedly deteriorating global risks landscape. All 33 risks surveyed increase in severity score over the long term compared to the short term, reflecting respondents’ concerns about the heightened frequency or intensity of these risks over the course of the 10-year horizon. |
| Environmental and, to a lesser degree, technological risks dominate the long-term global risks landscape according to the GRPS. In fact, nearly all environmental risks are included in the top 10. Extreme weather events are anticipated to become even more severe, with the risk ranked first over the next decade for the second year running. Biodiversity loss and ecosystem collapse ranks #2, up from #3 last year and with a significant deterioration compared to its two-year ranking (#21). Critical change to Earth systems at #3, Natural resource shortages at #4 and Pollution at #10 complete the very bleak outlook for environmental risks. |
| Technological risks fare little better than environmental risks over the next 10 years. Adverse outcomes of AI technologies follows Biodiversity loss and ecosystem collapse as one of the risks expected to increase in severity the most from the two-year to the 10-year time-frame, ranking #6 on the 10-year risk outlook compared to #31 on the two-year risk outlook. |
| Pollution at a crossroads |
| Short-lived climate pollutants such as black carbon and methane are accelerating the pace of climate change. |
| Freshwater and ocean pollution are severely impacting human and ecosystem health, with antimicrobial pollution emerging as an increasing concern. |
| Nitrogen and waste pollution are becoming more costly, generating a range of health and ecosystem impacts. |
| Microplastics and Nanoplastics |
| The world is currently producing more than 430 million tonnes of plastic annually. Each year, 19 million tonnes of plastic waste leak into the environment – 13 million onto land and six million into rivers and coastlines. Plastic does not biodegrade, and over 99% of plastic is directly derived from fossil fuels. Plastic Pollution in aquatic environments includes Pollution from shipping and fishing. |
| Microplastics – pieces of plastic of less than five millimetres wide – include plastics originally manufactured to be that size (‘primary microplastics’), for example microbeads, industrial plastic powders and pellets, but also pieces of plastic that have resulted from the degradation and fragmentation of larger items, for example plastic bottles, synthetic textiles and tyres. The World Health Organization (WHO) concludes that although further work is required to understand the impacts of microplastics on human and biodiversity health, their presence has been detected both in our bodies and in the air, causing rising concern. |
| Microplastics also affect the soil ecosystem and restrict the growth of plants, both in marine and freshwater settings. Nanoplastics – pieces of plastic even smaller than microplastics at 100-1,000 nanometers wide – are an emerging area of high risk, as there is an increased chance of them being ingested, inhaled or absorbed. |
| Chemicals present in plastics are endocrine disrupting, interfering with hormone actions in the body. These chemicals can be released during the entire life cycle, with more than 13,000 chemical substances identified. This is an area of emerging research and concern given that endocrine-disrupting chemicals are linked to significant health effects including infertility, obesity, cancer, thyroid problems and developmental issues. |
| Nitrogen |
| Industrial agriculture has long been dependent on nitrogenous fertilizers to increase productivity. This has resulted in Nitrogen Pollution becoming a major contaminant of soil, water and air. A key part of the problem is that the more these fertilizers are used to increase crop yields, the more is lost to the environment, escaping into water and the atmosphere, the latter as ammonia. |
| If groundwater becomes contaminated with nitrogen it can become a health issue. For example, high nitrate levels in drinking water can cause reproductive problems, methemoglobinemia, colorectal cancer, thyroid disease and neural tube defects. Nitrogen in rivers flows into the sea causing eutrophication of coastal waters, a phenomenon generating various seawater health issues. Recent evidence shows that eutrophication is a problem that is on a worsening trend. [Eutrophication is a general term describing a process in which nutrients accumulate in a body of water, resulting in an increased growth of organisms that may deplete the oxygen in the water. Eutrophication may occur naturally or as a result of human actions.] |
| Livestock manure and fertilizers in agriculture are responsible for 81% of ammonia emissions into the air globally. That contributes to 50% (in the EU) and 30% (in the United States) of PM2.5 air Pollution, causing chronic illnesses that can lead to premature mortality. Livestock manure and fertilizer use also leads to nitrous oxide production, a potent GHG, and the most important substance for the depletion of the stratospheric ozone layer, with implications for the increased occurrence of skin cancer. |
| Super-ageing societies |
| Pension crises will start to bite over the next decade in super-ageing societies as dependency ratios rise further and government finances are stretched. |
| Labour shortages in several sectors, in particular long-term care, are likely to become a characteristic of super-ageing societies unless policies shift. |
| Super-ageing societies will pose global economic and labour-market challenges, even for countries still benefiting from their demographic dividend. |
| Countries are termed “super-ageing” or “super- aged” when over 20% of their populations are over 65 years old. Several countries have already exceeded that mark, led by Japan and including some countries in Europe. Many more countries across Europe and Eastern Asia in particular are projected do so by 2035. Globally, the number of people aged 65 and older is expected to increase by 36%, from 857 million in 2025 to 1.2 billion in 2035. |
| By 2035, populations in super-ageing societies could be experiencing a set of interconnected and cascading risks that underscore the GRPS finding that the severity – albeit not the ranking – of the risk of Insufficient public infrastructure and social protections is expected to rise from the two-year to the 10-year time horizon. An ongoing concern is that government funding for public infrastructure and social protections gets diverted during short-term crises. |
| Some super-ageing societies could be facing crises in their state pensions systems as well as in employer and private pensions, leading to more financial insecurity in old age and exacerbated pressure on the labour force, which includes a growing number of unpaid caregivers. Indeed, super-ageing societies by 2035 are likely to face labour shortages. |
| Ranked second globally according to the EOS [Entrepreneurial Operating System], labour and talent shortage is selected as the top risk in Europe and Eastern Asia, where super-ageing is most pronounced. Twenty-one countries place the risk in first place, including two of the most super-ageing societies, Japan and Germany, while 40 other economies view it as one of the top five risks |
| Pension crises |
| Over the next decade the pensions crises and their implications will start hitting home in super- ageing societies, as it becomes clear that current state pension systems were designed for a much younger demographic with fewer years of retirement that needed funding. But it is not only state pension systems that will be struggling. |
| Many employees are moving from Defined Benefits to Defined Contribution schemes – putting the onus on the individual to come up with strategies for saving over a lifetime. However, for many people this can be challenging as they may have insufficient income, lack the requisite financial understanding, or fail to make good early decisions about savings and retirement. |
| As dependency ratios rise, fewer people will be contributing to employer and private pensions schemes relative to the number of people whose retirements need funding, and with the length of those retirements rising. This will put pressure on institutional pension funds, some of which may seek to increase their returns by allocating higher proportions of their assets to riskier investments, such as crypto assets, private credit or other alternative investments. These riskier investments will not always pay off, and over time this could worsen the already suboptimal funding ratios of some of these institutions. If there are extended periods of market underperformance, this could lead to many more individuals facing shortfalls in funding their retirement. |
| The pension gaps in super-ageing societies will be exacerbated by the long-term impacts of the rise of the “gig economy” and the associated failure to make sufficient pensions contributions during periods of gig work. Pension shortfalls will also disproportionately affect lower-income workers who have not managed to make significant savings during their careers, even if they have been fully employed. In the EU, for example, already today one in five elderly people face the risk of poverty or social exclusion and this figure is set to rise by 2035. |
| Women on average have significantly higher pensions gaps than men given time taken out of formal employment over the course of their careers to care for children or elderly relatives, as well as their lower average pay compared to men. In the EU, women’s pensions are nearly 30% lower than those of men, meaning that they are at a 35% higher risk of poverty. |
| The societal implications of insufficient public infrastructure and social protections, such as pensions and care systems, which reveals that Inequality was selected by GRPS respondents as a significant connected risk. |
| A common proposal for alleviating the pensions crisis in super-ageing societies is raising the statutory retirement age, and in some countries this has already occurred. However, attempts to do this to the extent needed to stem the pension crises will face resistance from voters, a rising proportion of whom are themselves close to retirement. This segment of the population tends to have high voter turnout, making it increasingly likely that policy outcomes will be in their favour. Intergenerational tensions could become an ongoing feature of super- ageing societies, with discontented younger working cohorts resenting being called upon to pay more towards funding retiree pensions. |
| There is also a gap between what global executives believe needs to be done to adjust pension schemes and what they view as businesses’ responsibilities. One-quarter of global executives (25%) support policy changes to pension schemes and retirement ages, but a lower share (14%) of executives view such measures as an effective business practice for expanding their talent base, as reported in the World Economic Forum’s Future of Jobs Report 2025. This illustrates the complexity of aligning key stakeholder interests behind pension reforms. |
| Even if official retirement ages can be increased, the impact on reducing the scale of the pension crises may be smaller than hoped for. Some people do not manage to work to their expected retirement age, as their working lives are cut short by illness or disability, job loss or other reasons. The inability to extend retirement age is an especially significant risk for people in physically demanding jobs. However, many would like to be upskilled or reskilled to be able to extend their careers. |
| Long-term Care crunch |
| In super-ageing societies, the balance between public sector, private sector and family support in the provision of long-term care is varied. The predominant case globally is that government healthcare and social services, and other government financial assistance for retirees, play important roles. In high-income countries with less of a contribution by the public sector, more of a role is played by private insurance, private care facilities, and home care services. |
| Given the rising demand for its services, the Care sector overall is set to need many more workers by 2035. In the United States, for example, demand for long-term care services and support workers alone is projected to grow by 44% from 2020-2035. This rising demand needs to be set against an environment in which staff are often underpaid and overworked. Unless long-term care providers can find ways to improve pay and working conditions, the risk of labour shortages in the sector will only rise. Market forces can lead to more private-sector provision of long-term care filling some of the void. However, for many families, paying for private long-term care will remain out of reach financially. |
| Immigration into super-ageing societies is already playing a role in addressing the sector’s labour needs. However, migrant workers are over-represented in the less regulated areas of the care economy, such as home-based care and domestic work, and earn nearly 13% less than the national average. The political climate around immigration is strained and may become more so over the coming years, with anti-immigration policies becoming more mainstream in several super-ageing societies. |
| Similarly, over a 10-year time-frame, there is only so much that increased labour-force participation in super-ageing societies can contribute to addressing the long-term Care crunch. Attracting more women to enter the formal workforce can play a role. However, the balance of incentives available to women needs rethinking for there to be a meaningful change in female labour-force participation. Women currently provide two-thirds of unpaid work worldwide, which keeps 708 million of them from joining the labour force. |
| Without meaningful transformation of the Care sector and its resourcing, the scope for either immigration or increased labour force participation to solve the long-term Care crunch over the next 10 years remains limited. Governments and companies may be tempted to turn to technology in an effort to increase sectoral productivity. This can involve everything from automated reminders to take pills, to chatbots responding to medical queries and robots delivering meals, ideally freeing up time for more social interactions wherever possible. But while these and other technologies may help optimize care delivery and reach, demand for care skills and jobs is likely to be far from fully met by technological innovation. |
| Conclusion |
| As we have seen from the above, mankind is faced with so many problems that it is NOT POSSIBLE for society to correct these matters. Mankind talks about recycling to delay the inevitable problems but on this, like all other fronts, failure occurs. Witness the climate proposals. |
| There is NO HUMAN SOLUTION. Like those stupid scientists, they are merely talking among themselves and FIGHTING AGAINST THE LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS. |
| From the above, we have seen many examples of things having a life-span measured in a few years, a decade or more. Clearly, our world is accelerating in all respects – witness the world population – and if Stephen Hawkings had lived another 7 years then, in all probability, he would have again reduced his estimate for the time of Earth. |
| God the Father and His Son Jesus Christ are in control – not mankind – and soon our whole world will witness to this fact. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3127 |
| 17. Tribulation |
| Matthew 24:29 ¶ IMMEDIATELY AFTER the TRIBULATION of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the HEAVENS shall be shaken: |
| Matthew 24:30 And THEN shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. |
| Mark 13:24 ¶ But in those days, AFTER that TRIBULATION, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, |
| Mark 13:25 And the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. |
| Mark 13:26 And THEN shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory. |
| HISTORICAL fulfilment dates: |
| IMMEDIATELY AFTER the TRIBULATION |
| 1 November 1755 – Lisbon earthquake |
| 19 May 1780 – Sun and Moon in darkness |
| 12/13 November 1833 – Stars fell from heaven |
| So the [Great] Tribulation would have had to end before 1 November 1755. Did it? |
| The persecution of the church did not continue throughout the entire period of the 1260 years. God in mercy to his people cut short the time of their fiery trial. {1888 GC88 266.3} |
| At the close of the great papal persecution, Christ declared, the sun should be darkened, and the moon should not give her light. {1898 DA 632.1} |
| Therefore, papal persecution must have ended before 13 May 1780? |
| Also note the order of the historical events: The Lisbon earthquake shook the EARTH – it was the FIRST of the 3 events. |
| But Matthew 24:29-30 & Mark 13:24-26 state that “the powers that are in HEAVEN shall be shaken” – this is the LAST of the 3 events. |
| Therefore, are the Matthew 24:29-30 & Mark 13:24-26 events still to occur? |
| FINAL/FUTURE fulfilment: |
| IMMEDIATELY AFTER the TRIBULATION of those days |
| the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, |
| the stars of heaven shall fall, |
| the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. |
| THEN shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory. |
| So it appears that there will be another occurrence which will fulfil these conditions and occur in the same order as Scripture dictates. |
| Many secular churches incorrectly take Daniel 9:24-26 along with other texts as being futuristic. From this incorrect understanding, they deduce that there will be a 7 year period of [great] tribulation immediately prior to the Second Coming of Jesus. |
| Matthew 24:21 For then shall be GREAT TRIBULATION, SUCH AS WAS NOT SINCE THE BEGINNING OF THE WORLD to this time, no, nor ever shall be. |
| Matthew 24:22 And EXCEPT THOSE DAYS SHOULD BE SHORTENED, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened. |
| In the Jesus Christ will Return on September 11, 2037 [End of Tishrei 1, 5798] documents, see: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3069 and others. |
| Here we saw that: |
| 210 days from Friday, 11 September, 2037 [the date for the Return of Jesus Christ] we get Friday, 13 February, 2037. |
| The significance of this February date was shown and also what will happen on this day. |
| That God/Jesus will use this date, the Friday 13th February, 2037 to reveal His Laws/the Ten Commandments to a corrupt world of sin. |
| It was also noted that 210 days = 7 months of [Hebrew] 30 days. |
| Interestingly, we could say that the 7 years of expected tribulation is actually 7 months. |
| However, there are no more time prophecies beyond 1844: |
| “And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven, and sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer” (Revelation 10:5, 6). This message announces the end of the prophetic periods. The disappointment of those who expected to see our Lord in 1844 was indeed bitter to those who had so ardently looked for His appearing. It was in the Lord’s order that this disappointment should come, and that hearts should be revealed. {1958 2SM 108.1} |
| By Friday 13th February, 2037, the Sunday Laws would have been implemented and God’s Sabbath-keeping people will experience much tribulation. |
| But God’s Laws/the Ten Commandments have to be revealed so that all Jews who are sincere and God-fearing, along with all others, are given a chance to correct their spiritual life. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3209 |
| 18. Glorified Humanity |
| Acts 1:11 Which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in LIKE MANNER as ye have seen him go into heaven. [Jesus was taken to heaven as a man; He will return in LIKE MANNER as a man.] |
| 1 Timothy 2:5 FOR [THERE IS] ONE GOD, AND ONE MEDIATOR between God and men, THE MAN CHRIST JESUS; [Deuteronomy 6:4; Isaiah 42:8; Malachi 2:10; Mark 12:29-30, 32; John 17:3; Romans 3:30; 1 Corinthians 8:4 & 6; Ephesians 4:6; James 2:19] [Note: A mediator is an impartial person. Note also the only reference to THE MAN CHRIST JESUS. Paul is writing to Timothy AFTER Christ’s ascension to heaven. Jesus’ work as the perfect mediator between God and man is not only dependent on His death but also in His continuing humanity. In His humanness, we are united to Him by FAITH, and only in Him are we united to God.] |
| On the Isle of Patmos, Christ revealed Himself to John, enabling His servant to endure the seeing of things of eternal interest. No mortal being can endure the revelation of God. His presence has always been shrouded by a guard of angels. But to John was given the privilege of seeing Christ, not in the burning bush, but amidst the indescribable glory of the holy sanctuary. Never was there a grander meeting than the meeting between John and Christ on the Isle of Patmos. The wonderful vision was accompanied by the words, “Prepare to meet thy God, O Israel.” It was no sophistry, but the presence of the divine Being who at the time of His ascension has TAKEN INTO THE HEAVENLY COURTS A GLORIFIED HUMANITY. He announced Himself as the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last, and He came to give John a message for the churches. {Ms168-1907} |
| CHRIST took HUMAN NATURE upon Him and BORE IT, pure and spotless, INTO THE HEAVENLY COURTS. HE WILL BEAR THIS NATURE THROUGH THE AGES OF ETERNITY. In ascending to heaven with a GLORIFIED HUMANITY, Christ has declared what man can become if he will do the will of God, but it is only through the mediation of Christ that any human being can overcome. Of the redeemed we read, “They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony.” God will honor those who accept Christ, making them witnesses of Him to the world. {Lt257-1903} |
| CHRIST TOOK with Him to the heavenly courts HIS GLORIFIED HUMANITY. To those who receive Him, He gives power to become the sons of God, that at last God may receive them as His, to dwell with Him throughout all eternity. If during this life they are loyal to God, they will at last “see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads.” And what is the happiness of heaven but to SEE GOD? What greater joy could come to the sinner, saved by the grace of Christ, than TO LOOK UPON THE FACE OF GOD and know Him as Father? “Now we see through a glass, darkly; but then face to face; now I know in part; but then shall I know even as also I am known.” (1 Corinthians 13:12). {Ms124-1903} Also {9MR 124.1 1990} |
| Sin-burdened, struggling souls, Jesus in his GLORIFIED HUMANITY has ascended into the heavens to make intercession for us. “For we have not a high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace.” We should be continually looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith; for by beholding him we shall be changed into his image, our character will be made like his. We should rejoice that all judgment is given to the Son, because in his humanity he has become acquainted with all the difficulties that beset humanity. {RH, April 28, 1891 par. 1} Also {RH, December 5, 1912 par. 1} {RH, January 2, 1913 par. 1} {RC 20.2 1985} |
| Revelation 1:07 Behold, HE COMETH WITH CLOUDS; and EVERY EYE SHALL SEE HIM, and they [also] which pierced Him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of Him. Even so, Amen. [CLOUDS=Clouds of Angels] [Jesus returns as a man – EVERY EYE SHALL SEE HIM.] [The Northern or Polar Star is not visible in the southern hemisphere and those in the northern hemisphere do not see the Southern Cross. The return of Jesus has to be from a direction that ALL may see. If we take the Equator and extend it out as a straight line into space as the Celestial Equator, it goes through the very heart of the Orion Nebula.] |
| “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth; for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away.” [Revelation 21:1.] The fire that consumes the wicked purifies the earth. Every trace of the curse is swept away. No eternally burning hell will keep before the ransomed the fearful consequences of sin. One reminder alone remains: our Redeemer will ever bear the marks of his crucifixion. Upon his wounded head, his hands and feet, are the only traces of the cruel work that sin has wrought. {4SP 489.2 1884} |
| One reminder alone remains: our Redeemer will ever bear the marks of his crucifixion. Upon his wounded head, upon his side, his hands and feet, are the only traces of the cruel work that sin has wrought. Says the prophet, beholding Christ in his glory, “He had bright beams coming out of his side; and there was the hiding of his power.” [Habakkuk 3:4 (MARGIN)] That pierced side whence flowed the crimson stream that reconciled man to God,—THERE IS THE SAVIOUR’S GLORY, there “the hiding of his power.” “Mighty to save,” through the sacrifice of redemption, he was therefore strong to execute justice upon them that despised God’s mercy. And the tokens of his humiliation are HIS HIGHEST HONOR; through the eternal ages the wounds of Calvary will SHOW FORTH HIS PRAISE, AND DECLARE HIS POWER. {GC88 674.1 1888} |
| By being the Only Begotten Son of God and by His Omniscience, Jesus at Creation, would have known when He created man, that one day He, not only would have to die for us but would also have to forfeit His Omnipresence for eternity. Yet He still went through with both – because of His love to restore fallen man back to His heavenly Father. |
| Also, in heaven for all eternity, His crucifixion wounds are His SAVIOUR’S GLORY, HIS HIGHEST HONOR, and will SHOW FORTH HIS PRAISE, AND DECLARE HIS POWER. What indescribable Love Jesus gives to each one of us who fully accepts Him. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=1445 |
| 19. End Time Events and the New Jerusalem |
| This earth is the battleground of the great controversy between Christ and Satan, and although Christ defeated His enemy on the cross of Calvary, the execution has not yet taken place. Until that time, the devil is working with fury to destroy as many as he can “for he knoweth he hath but a short time.” Revelation 12:12. |
| Trials and disasters will increase, but if our focus is on the coming of the Lord, and we have His peace in our hearts, we will be given strength to bear them. |
| When all things have been fulfilled, the universe will know without a doubt that disobedience to God’s Ten Commandments does not bring peace and happiness, but untold suffering and misery. Praise God, sin and affliction will “not rise up a second time.” Nahum 1:9. |
| Sin and sinners will be destroyed in the second death, not to linger on for eternity, but destroyed completely. |
| “Behold, the day cometh that shall burn as an oven, and all the proud yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble, the day that cometh shall burn them up… that it shall leave them neither root nor branch…. they shall be ashes under the soles of your feet in that day… saith the Lord of hosts.” Malachi 4:1, 3. |
| “In the day of the Lord, just before the coming of Christ, God will send lightnings from Heaven in His wrath, which will unite with fire in the earth. The mountains will burn like a furnace, and will pour forth terrible streams of lava, destroying gardens and fields, villages and cities… |
| The earth will be convulsed, and there will be dreadful earthquakes everywhere. |
| God will plague the wicked inhabitants of the earth until they are destroyed from off it…” Spiritual Gifts Book 3 p82-83. |
| During this time, God’s faithful ones will stand unmoved, protected by holy angels who excel in strength. Daniel 12:1. |
| The Old Testament prophets speak of this dramatic period of earth’s history, and the writers of the New Testament repeat their words, sometimes a direct quotation, and at other times using their own words. |
| Isaiah describes the same scenes. “And all the host of heaven shall be dissolved, and the heavens shall be rolled together as a scroll…” Isaiah 34:4. |
| John wrote of the same event. “And the heavens departed as a scroll when it is rolled together, and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.” Revelation 6:14. |
| Isaiah adds further details in very descriptive language saying, “Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside-down… The earth is utterly broken down, the earth is clean dissolved, the earth is moved exceedingly. The earth shall reel to and fro like a drunkard, and shall be removed like a cottage… The land shall be utterly emptied and utterly broken, for the Lord hath spoken this word.” Isaiah 24:1, 3, 19-20. |
| The Psalmist also speaks of it. “A fire goeth before Him, and burneth up His enemies round about. His lightnings enlightened the world; the earth saw, and trembled. The hills melted like wax at the presence of the Lord.” Psalm 97:3-5. |
| Ellen White continues her description, “Above the terrific roar of thunder, voices, mysterious and awful, declare the doom of the wicked. The words spoken are not comprehended by all, but they are distinctly understood by the false teachers. Those who a little before were so reckless, so boastful and defiant… are now overwhelmed with consternation and shuddering in fear.” Maranatha p285. |
| And again, “The earth’s crust will be rent by the outbursts of the elements concealed in the bowels of the earth. These elements, once broken loose, will sweep away the treasures of those who for years have been adding to them wealth by securing large possessions at starvation prices from those in their employ.” Manuscript 24. 1891. |
| As the wicked suffer for their evil deeds, the clouds break apart, and “there beams a star whose brilliance is increased fourfold in contrast with the darkness. It speaks hope and joy to the faithful, but severity and wrath to the transgressors of God’s law.” Ibid. |
| Amid the devastation and breakup of the earth, “the voice of God is heard from heaven… He speaks one sentence and then pauses, while the words roll around the earth…. The living saints…. knew and understood the voice, while the wicked thought it was thunder and an earthquake.” Early Writings p285. |
| “The sun appears, shining in its strength. Signs and wonders follow in quick succession. The wicked look with terror and amazement upon the scene, while the righteous behold with solemn joy the tokens of their deliverance. Everything in nature seems turned out of its course. The streams cease to flow. Dark, heavy clouds come up and clash against each other.” Maranatha p279. |
| “And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air, and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, ‘It is done”. Revelation 16:17. |
| “Dark, heavy clouds came up and clashed against each other. The atmosphere parted and rolled back; then we could look up through the open space in Orion, whence came the voice of God.” Early Writings p41. |
| That voice shakes the heavens and the earth, and there is a mighty earthquake, “such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake.” Revelation 16:18. |
| “Soon our eyes were drawn to the east, for a small black cloud had appeared… When it first appeared in the distance, this cloud looked dark and very small…. As it drew nearer the earth, we could behold the excellent glory and majesty of Jesus….” Maranatha p289. Christ comes in His own glory, in the glory of His Father, and in the glory of the holy angels, and “every eye shall see Him.” Revelation 1:7. |
| “Ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of angels, the beautiful, triumphant sons of God, possessing surpassing loveliness and glory, will escort Him on His way. In the place of a crown of thorns, He will wear a crown of glory – a crown within a crown… And on His vesture and on His thigh a name will be written, ‘KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS’. Revelation 19:16.” Our High Calling p367. |
| Come Lord Jesus, come quickly! |
| “Amid the reeling of the earth, the flash of lightning, and the roar of thunder, the voice of the Son of God calls forth the sleeping saints. He looks upon the graves of the righteous, then, raising His hands to heaven He cries, ‘Awake, awake, awake, ye that sleep in the dust, and arise!’ |
| Throughout the length and breadth of the earth the dead shall hear that voice, and they that hear shall live… |
| From the prison house of death they come, clothed with immortal glory… And the living righteous and the risen saints unite their voices in a long, glad shout of victory…” Great Controversy p641- 645 |
| “Behold… in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump, for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed…. for this mortal must put on immortality.” 1 Corinthians 15:52. |
| “Friends long separated by death are united, nevermore to part, and with songs of gladness ascend together to the City of God.” The Great Controversy p645. |
| Mothers will see their babies and children again. “As the little infants come forth immortal from their dusty beds, they immediately wing their way to their mothers’ arms. They meet again, nevermore to part. But many of the little ones have no mother there. We listen in vain for the rapturous song of triumph from the mother. The angels receive the motherless infants and conduct them to the tree of life.” 2 Selected Messages p260. |
| What a glorious day! |
| “We shall know our friends, even as the disciples knew Jesus. They may have been deformed, diseased or disfigured in this mortal life, but they rise in perfect health and symmetry; yet in the glorified body their identity will be perfectly preserved… In the face radiant with the light shining from the face of Jesus, we shall recognise the lineaments (features) of those we love.” The Desire of Ages p804. |
| It is many light years to the heavenly city, however, with immortal youth, God’s people will follow their Saviour through the starry heavens to His glorious home. |
| “Before entering the city, the saints were arranged in a perfect square, with Jesus in the midst…. His majestic form and lovely countenance could be seen by all in the square.” Early Writings p288. |
| “With unutterable love, Jesus welcomes His faithful ones to the joy of their Lord. The Saviour’s joy is in seeing, in the kingdom of glory, those who have been saved by His agony and humiliation.” Maranatha p315. |
| “I saw a very great number of angels bring from the city glorious crowns – a crown for every saint, with his name written thereon. As Jesus called for the crowns, angels presented them to Him, and with His own right hand, the lovely Jesus placed the crowns on the heads of the saints. In the same manner the angels brought the harps, and Jesus presented them also to the saints. |
| The commanding angels first struck the note, and then every voice was raised in grateful, happy praise, and every hand skilfully swept over the strings of the harp, sending forth melodious music in rich and perfect strains. |
| Then I saw Jesus lead the redeemed company to the gates of the city. He laid hold of the gate and swung it back on its glittering hinges and bade the nations that had kept the truth enter in… |
| Jesus looked upon His redeemed saints; their countenances were radiant with glory; and as He fixed His loving eyes upon them, He said, with His rich, musical voice, ‘I behold the travail of My soul, and am satisfied. This rich glory is yours to enjoy eternally. Your sorrows are ended’.” Early Writings p288-289. |
| “I saw the redeemed host bow and cast their glittering crowns at the feet of Jesus, and then, as his lovely hand raised them up, they touched their golden harps and filled all heaven with their rich music and songs to the Lamb.” Ibid p289. |
| “As the ransomed ones are welcomed to the City of God, there rings out upon the air an exultant cry of adoration…. |
| The Son of God is standing with outstretched arms to receive the father of our race … As Adam discerns the prints of the cruel nails, he does not fall upon the bosom of his Lord, but in humiliation casts himself at His feet… Tenderly, the Saviour lifts him up and bids him look once more upon the Eden home from which he has so long been exiled.” Maranatha p315. |
| “All the redeemed saints will see and appreciate as never before the love of the Father and the Son, and songs of praise will burst forth from immortal tongues. He loved us, He gave His life for us. |
| With glorified bodies, with enlarged capacities, with hearts made pure, with lips undefiled, we shall sing the riches of redeeming love.” Review & Herald. June 1884. |
| “Some things in the Bible may appear to us mysterious because they are beyond our finite comprehension. But as our Saviour leads us by the living waters, He will make clear to our minds that which was not before clearly understood.” Ibid August 8, 1907. |
| “Christ will lead His redeemed ones beside the river of life and will explain to them all that perplexed them in this world. The mysteries of grace will unfold before them. Where their finite minds discerned only confusion and broken promises, they will see the most perfect and beautiful harmony.” 9 Testimonies p194. |
| “We shall see that our seemingly unanswered prayers and disappointed hopes have been among our greatest blessings.” The Ministry of Healing p473. |
| “The ways of Providence will be made clear; the mysteries of grace through Christ will be unfolded. That which the mind cannot now grasp, which is hard to be understood, will be explained… The heart will be made to sing for joy.” 6 Bible Commentary p1091. |
| “Every sinful tendency, and every imperfection, has been removed by the blood of Christ… They are without fault… sharing the dignity and privileges of the angels.” In Heavenly Places p367. |
| “When the redeemed, who have been subject to sorrow, toil, and afflictions, who have groaned beneath the curse, are gathered up around that tree of life to eat of its immortal fruit…. there will be no danger of their ever losing right to the tree of life again, for he that tempted our first parents to sin will be destroyed by the second death.” My Life Today p355. |
| “Restored to the tree of life in the long-lost Eden, the redeemed will ‘grow up’ to the full stature of the race in its primeval glory. The last lingering traces of the curse of sin will be removed, and Christ’s faithful ones will appear in ‘the beauty of the Lord our God’.” God’s Amazing Grace p360. |
| “To be heirs of God and joint heirs with Christ is to be entitled to unsearchable riches – treasures of such value that in comparison with them the gold and silver, the gems and precious stones of earth, sink into insignificance.” Review & Herald. June 10, 1884. |
| “In the heavenly school we shall have opportunity to attain, step by step, to the greatest heights of learning.” Counsels to Parents, Teachers and Students p209. |
| “Between the school established in Eden at the beginning and the school of the hereafter there lies the whole compass of this world’s history – the history of human transgression and suffering, of divine sacrifice, and of victory over death and sin. Not all the conditions of that first school of Eden will be found in the school of the future life. No tree of knowledge of good and evil will afford opportunity for temptation. No tempter is there, no possibility of wrong…. Restored to His presence, man will again, as at the beginning, be taught of God.” Education 301-302. |
| “We shall ever feel the freshness of the morning and shall ever be far from its close.” Maranatha p356. |
| “Our lifework here is a preparation for the life eternal. The education begun here will not be completed in this life, it will be going forward through all eternity – ever progressing, never completed.” The Ministry of Healing p466. |
| “Every faculty will be developed, every capacity increased. The acquirement of knowledge will not weary the mind or exhaust the energies. |
| There the grandest enterprises may be carried forward, the holiest aspirations reached, the highest ambitions realised; and still there will arise new heights to surmount, new wonders to admire, new truths to comprehend, fresh objects to call forth the powers of mind and body.” Maranatha p363. |
| “Every right principle, every truth learned in an earthly school, will advance us just that much in the heavenly school.” God’s Amazing Grace p366. |
| “Heaven is a place of interested activity; yet to the weary and heavy laden, to those who have fought the good fight of faith, it will be a glorious rest; for the youth and vigour of immortality will be theirs…. To these energetic workers a state of eternal indolence would be irksome.” Child Guidance p354. |
| “In the world to come Christ will lead the redeemed beside the river of life and will teach them wonderful lessons of truth. He will unfold to them the mysteries of nature. They will see that a master hand holds the world in position. |
| They will behold the skill displayed by the great Artist in colouring the flowers of the field, and will learn of the purposes of the merciful Father, who dispenses every ray of light, and with the holy angels the redeemed will acknowledge in songs of grateful praise God’s supreme love to an unthankful world.” My Life Today p361. |
| “As Christ walked and talked with His disciples during His ministry on this earth, so will He teach us in the school above, leading us beside the river of living waters and revealing to us truths that in this life must remain hidden mysteries because of the limitations of the human mind, so marred by sin.” Counsels to Parents, Teachers and Students p209. |
| “The study of the incarnation of Christ, His atoning sacrifice and mediatorial work, will employ the mind of the diligent student as long as time shall last… The themes of redemption will employ the hearts and minds and tongues of the redeemed through the everlasting ages… forever and forever new views of the perfection and glory of Christ will appear. Through endless ages the faithful Householder will bring forth from His treasures things new and old.” My Life Today p360. |
| “There the student of science may read the records of creation and discern no reminders of the law of evil. He may listen to the music of nature’s voices and detect no note of wailing or undertone of sorrow. In all created things he may trace one handwriting – in the vast universe behold ‘God’s name writ large’, and not in earth or sea or sky one sign of ill remaining.” Education p303. |
| At the end of the thousand-year-investigation into the records of the lost, the redeemed will return to the earth, and from above its broken and twisted ruins, will watch the descent of the city of God. |
| “The holy city will come down through the open space in Orion.” Early Writings p41. |
| The apostle John saw its descent in vision, for he said, “I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven…” Revelation 21:2. |
| Jesus’ final advent will precede the descent of the city, then “His feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley, and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.” Zechariah 14:4. |
| This hallowed expanse will be the resting place of the New Jerusalem. |
| It will be the capital city of a renewed earth, restored once again to its original Edenic beauty. The Creator will speak as He did in the beginning, and the elements will obey His voice. They will spring forth into a glorious ‘new earth’. He will “command, and it will stand fast.” Psalm 33:9. |
| God said, “Behold, I create new heavens (atmospheric) and a new earth; and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind…. |
| And they shall build houses, and inhabit them; and they shall plant vineyards, and eat the fruit of them… They shall not labour in vain… The wolf and the lamb shall feed together, and the lion shall eat straw like the bullock….” Isaiah 65:17, 21, 23, 25. |
| “They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain; for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.” Isaiah 11:9. |
| David prophesied, “The meek shall inherit the earth, and shall delight themselves in the abundance of peace.” Psalm 37:11. |
| Jesus quoted these words in His sermon of blessing, “Blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit the earth.” Matthew 5:5. |
| In vision, Ellen White saw and experienced this wonderful new earth. She said, “I saw a field full of all kinds of flowers, and as I plucked them, I cried out, ‘They will never fade’. Next I saw a field of tall grass, most glorious to behold; it was living green… Then we entered a field full of all kinds of beasts – the lion, the lamb, the leopard, and the wolf, all together in perfect union. We passed through the midst of them, and they followed on peaceably after.” Early Writings p18. |
| “And I saw a table of pure silver, it was many miles in length, yet our eyes could extend over it. I saw the fruit of the tree of life, the manna, almonds, figs, pomegranates, grapes, and many other kinds of fruit. I asked Jesus to let me eat of the fruit. He said, ‘Not now. Those who eat of the fruit of this land go back to earth no more…. You must go back to the earth again and relate to others what I have revealed to you.” Early Writings p19-20. |
| In God’s eternal kingdom, “there is no disappointment, no sorrow, no sin, no one who shall say, I am sick; there are no burial trains, no mourning, no death, no partings, no broken hearts.” The Mount of Blessings p17. |
| Not only is this earth to be ransomed, but it is to be exalted. “Our little world, under the curse of sin the one dark blot in His glorious creation, will be honoured above all other worlds in the universe of God. Here, where the Son of God tabernacled in humanity; where the King of glory lived and suffered and died – here, when He shall make all things new, the tabernacle of God shall be with men ‘and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God’. And through endless ages as the redeemed walk in the light of the Lord, they will praise Him for His unspeakable Gift -– Immanuel, ‘God with us’.” The Desire of Ages p26. |
| Only one reminder of our sinful world remains. “Our Redeemer will ever bear the marks of His crucifixion. Upon His wounded head, upon His side, His hands and feet, are the only traces of the cruel work that sin has wrought….That pierced side whence flowed the crimson stream that reconciled man to God — there is the Saviour’s glory, there the ‘hiding of his power’… And the tokens of His humiliation are His highest honour; through the eternal ages the wounds of Calvary will show forth His praise and declare His power.” The Faith I Live By p361. |
| “All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned everyone to his own way; and the Lord hath laid on Him the iniquity of us all.” Isaiah 53:6. |
| When Eden shall bloom on earth again, God’s holy rest day, the memorial of His creative power, will be honoured by all beneath the sun. “’From one Sabbath to another the inhabitants of the glorified new earth shall go up ‘to worship before Me’, saith the Lord’.” Isaiah 66:23. The Desire of Ages p283. |
| “There the loves and sympathies that God has planted in the soul will find truest and sweetest exercise. The pure communion with holy beings, the harmonious social life with the blessed angels and with the faithful ones of all ages, the sacred fellowship that binds together ‘the whole family in heaven and earth’ – all are among the experiences of the hereafter.” Education p306. |
| “All the treasures of the universe will be open to the study of God’s redeemed. Unfettered by mortality, they wing their tireless flight to worlds afar – worlds that thrilled with sorrow at the spectacle of human woe and rang with songs of gladness at the tidings of a ransomed soul. With unutterable delight the children of earth enter into the joy and the wisdom of unfallen beings. |
| “They share the treasures of knowledge and understanding gained through ages upon ages in contemplation of God’s handiwork. With undimmed vision they gaze upon the glory of creation – suns and stars and systems, all in their appointed order circling the throne of Deity. |
| Upon all things, from the least to the greatest, the Creator’s name is written, and in all are the riches of His power displayed. |
| And the years of eternity, as they roll, will bring richer and still more glorious revelations of God and of Christ. As knowledge is progressive, so will love, reverence, and happiness increase. |
| As Jesus opens before them the riches of redemption and the amazing achievements in the great controversy with Satan, the hearts of the ransomed thrill with more fervent devotion, and with more rapturous joy they sweep the harps of gold…” Signs of the Times March 10, 1880. |
| And every voice will rise saying, “Blessing and honour and glory and power be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.” Revelation 5:13. “Ten thousand times ten thousand and thousands of thousands of voices unite to swell the mighty chorus of praise.” The Great Controversy p667-668. |
| The above information has primarily been taken from: |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=3288 |
| 20. It is Not for You |
| March 22, 1892 “It Is Not for You to Know the Times and the Seasons.” |
| [SERMON AT LANSING, MICH., SEPT. 5, 1891.] |
| By Mrs. E. G. White. |
| “He showed himself alive after his passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence. When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel? And he said unto them, IT IS NOT FOR YOU to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power.” {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 1} |
| THE DISCIPLES were anxious to know the exact time for the revelation of the kingdom of God; but Jesus tells them that they may not know the times and the seasons; for the Father has not revealed them. To understand when the kingdom of God should be restored, was not the thing of most importance for them to know. They were to be found following the Master, praying, waiting, watching, and working. They were to be representatives to the world of the character of Christ. THAT WHICH WAS ESSENTIAL FOR A SUCCESSFUL CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE IN THE DAYS OF THE DISCIPLES, IS ESSENTIAL IN OUR DAY. “And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you.” And after the Holy Ghost was come upon them, what were they to do? “And ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth.” {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 2} |
| This is the work in which we also are to be engaged. Instead of living in expectation of some special season of excitement, WE ARE WISELY TO IMPROVE PRESENT OPPORTUNITIES, DOING THAT WHICH MUST BE DONE IN ORDER THAT SOULS MAY BE SAVED. Instead of exhausting the powers of our mind in speculations in regard to the times and seasons which the Lord has placed in his own power, and withheld from men, WE ARE TO YIELD OURSELVES TO THE CONTROL OF THE HOLY SPIRIT, TO DO PRESENT DUTIES, TO GIVE THE BREAD OF LIFE, UNADULTERATED WITH HUMAN OPINIONS, TO SOULS WHO ARE PERISHING FOR THE TRUTH. {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 3} |
| Satan is ever ready to fill the mind with theories and calculations that will divert men from the present truth, and disqualify them for the GIVING OF THE THIRD ANGEL’S MESSAGE TO THE WORLD. It has ever been thus; for our Saviour often had to speak reprovingly to those who indulged in speculations and were ever inquiring into those things which the Lord had not revealed. Jesus had come to earth to impart important truth to men, and he wished to impress their minds with the necessity of receiving and obeying his precepts and instructions, of doing their present duty, and his communications were of an order that imparted knowledge for their immediate and daily use. {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 4} |
| Jesus said: “THIS IS LIFE ETERNAL, THAT THEY MIGHT KNOW THEE THE ONLY TRUE GOD, AND JESUS CHRIST, WHOM THOU HAST SENT.” All that was done and said had this ONE OBJECT IN VIEW,–TO RIVET TRUTH IN THEIR MINDS that they might attain unto everlasting life. Jesus did not come to astonish men with some great announcement of some special time when some great event would occur, but he came to instruct and save the lost. He did not come to arouse and gratify curiosity; for he knew that this would but increase the appetite for the curious and the marvelous. It was his aim to impart knowledge whereby men might INCREASE IN SPIRITUAL STRENGTH, AND ADVANCE IN THE WAY OF OBEDIENCE AND TRUE HOLINESS. He gave only such instruction as could be appropriated to the needs of their daily life, only such truth as could be given to others for the same appropriation. He did not make new revelations to men, but OPENED TO THEIR UNDERSTANDING TRUTHS THAT HAD LONG BEEN OBSCURED OR MISPLACED THROUGH THE FALSE TEACHING of the priests and teachers. Jesus replaced the gems of divine truth in their proper setting, in the order in which they had been given to patriarchs and prophets. And after giving them this precious instruction, he promised to give them the Holy Spirit whereby all things that he had said unto them should be brought to their remembrance. {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 5} |
| WE ARE IN CONTINUAL DANGER OF GETTING ABOVE THE SIMPLICITY OF THE GOSPEL. There is an intense desire on the part of many to startle the world with something original, that shall lift the people into a state of spiritual ecstasy, and change the present order of experience. There is certainly great need of a change in the present order of experience; for the sacredness of present truth is not realized as it should be, but the change we need is a change of heart, and can only be obtained by seeking God individually for his blessing, by pleading with him for his power, by fervently praying that his grace may come upon us, and that our characters may be transformed. This is the change we need today, and for the attainment of this experience we should exercise persevering energy and manifest heart-felt earnestness. We should ask with true sincerity, “What shall I do to be saved?” We should know just what steps we are taking heavenward. {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 6} |
| Christ gave to his disciples truths whose breadth and depth and value they little appreciated, or even comprehended, and the same condition exists among the people of God today. We too have failed to take in the greatness, to perceive the beauty of the truth which God has intrusted to us today. Should we advance in spiritual knowledge, we would see the truth developing and expanding in lines of which we have little dreamed, but it will never develop in any line that will lead us to imagine that we may know the times and the seasons which the Father hath put in his own power. AGAIN AND AGAIN HAVE I BEEN WARNED IN REGARD TO TIME-SETTING. THERE WILL NEVER AGAIN BE A MESSAGE FOR THE PEOPLE OF GOD THAT WILL BE BASED ON TIME. WE ARE NOT TO KNOW THE DEFINITE TIME EITHER FOR THE OUTPOURING OF THE HOLY SPIRIT OR FOR THE COMING OF CHRIST. {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 7} |
| I was searching through my writings, before coming to this meeting, to see what I should take with me to Australia, and I found an envelope on which was written, “Testimony given in regard to time-setting, June 21, 1851. Preserve carefully.” I opened it, and this is what I found. It reads, “A copy of a vision the Lord gave sister White June 21, 1851, at Camden, N. Y. The Lord showed me that the message must go, and that it must not be hung on time; for time will never be a test again. I saw that some were getting a false excitement, arising from preaching time, that the third angel’s message can stand on its own foundation, and that it needs not time to strengthen it, and that it will go with mighty power, and do its work, and will be cut short in righteousness. {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 8} |
| “I saw some were making everything bend to this next fall; that is, making their calculations, and disposing of their property in reference to that time. I saw that this was wrong for this reason, instead of going to God daily, and earnestly desiring to know their present duty, they looked ahead, and made their calculations as though they knew that the work would end this fall, without inquiring their duty of God daily. |
| “E. G. White. |
| “Copied at Milton, June 29, 1851. A. A. G.” {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 9} |
| This was the document I came upon last Monday in searching over my writings, and here is another which was written in regard to a man who was setting time in 1884, and sending broadcast his arguments to prove his theories. The report of what he was doing was brought to me at the Jackson, Mich., camp-meeting, and I told the people they need not take heed to this man’s theory; for the event he predicted would not take place. The times and the seasons God has put in his own power, and why has not God given us this knowledge?–Because we would not make a right use of it if he did. A condition of things would result from this knowledge among our people that would GREATLY RETARD THE WORK OF GOD in preparing a people to stand in the great day that is to come. We are not to live upon time excitement. WE ARE NOT TO BE ENGROSSED WITH SPECULATIONS in regard to the times and the seasons WHICH GOD HAS NOT REVEALED. Jesus has told his disciples to “watch,” but not for definite time. His followers are to be in the position of those who are listening for the orders of their Captain; they are to watch, wait, pray, and work, as they approach the time for the coming of the Lord; but no one will be able to PREDICT just when that time will come; for “of that day and hour knoweth no man.” You will not be able to say that he will come in one, two, or five years, neither are you to put off his coming by stating that it may not be for ten or twenty years. {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 10} {Also quoted in Selected Messages, Volume 1, page 189 and 2003 Heaven page 166.1} |
| It is the duty of the people of God to have their lamps trimmed and burning, to be as men that wait for the Bridegroom, when he shall return from the wedding. You have not a moment to lose in neglect of the great salvation that has been provided for you. THE TIME OF THE PROBATION OF SOULS IS COMING TO AN END. From day to day the destiny of men is being sealed, and even from this congregation we know not how soon many shall close their eyes in death and be habited for the tomb. We should now consider that our life is swiftly passing away, that we are not safe one moment unless our life is hid with Christ in God. OUR DUTY IS not to be looking forward to some special time for some special work to be done for us, but TO GO FORWARD IN OUR WORK OF WARNING THE WORLD; FOR WE ARE TO BE WITNESSES OF CHRIST TO THE UTTERMOST PARTS OF THE WORLD. All around us are the young, the impenitent, the unconverted, and what are we doing for them? Parents, in the ardor of your first love, are you seeking for the conversion of your children, or are you engrossed with the things of this life to such an extent that you are not making earnest efforts to be laborers together with God? Do you have an appreciation of the work and mission of the Holy Spirit? DO YOU REALIZE THAT THE HOLY SPIRIT IS THE AGENCY WHEREBY WE ARE TO REACH THE SOULS OF THOSE AROUND US? When this meeting shall close, will you go from here and forget the earnest appeals that have been made to you? will the messages of warning be left unheeded, and the truth you have heard leak out of your heart as water leaks out of a broken vessel? {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 11} |
| The apostle says, “Therefore we ought to give the more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip. For if the word spoken by angels was steadfast, and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompense of reward; how shall we escape, if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord, and was confirmed unto us by them that heard him; God also bearing them witness, both with signs and wonders, and with divers miracles, and gifts of the Holy Ghost, according to his own will?” {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 12} |
| The third angel’s message is swelling into a loud cry, and you must not feel at liberty to neglect the present duty, and still entertain the idea that at some future time you will be the recipients of great blessing, when without any effort on your part a wonderful revival will take place. TODAY YOU ARE TO GIVE YOURSELVES TO GOD, THAT HE MAY MAKE OF YOU VESSELS UNTO HONOR, AND MEET FOR HIS SERVICE. TODAY YOU ARE TO GIVE YOURSELF TO GOD, THAT YOU MAY BE EMPTIED OF SELF, EMPTIED OF ENVY, JEALOUSY, EVIL-SURMISING, STRIFE, EVERYTHING THAT SHALL BE DISHONORING TO GOD. TODAY YOU ARE TO HAVE YOUR VESSEL PURIFIED THAT IT MAY BE READY FOR THE HEAVENLY DEW, READY FOR THE SHOWERS OF THE LATTER RAIN; FOR THE LATTER RAIN WILL COME, AND THE BLESSING OF GOD WILL FILL EVERY SOUL THAT IS PURIFIED FROM EVERY DEFILEMENT. IT IS OUR WORK TODAY TO YIELD OUR SOULS TO CHRIST, THAT WE MAY BE FITTED FOR THE TIME OF REFRESHING FROM THE PRESENCE OF THE LORD–FITTED FOR THE BAPTISM OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. |
| (To be continued.) {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 13} |
| March 29, 1892 “It Is Not for You to Know the Times and the Seasons.” |
| [SERMON AT LANSING, MICH., SEPT. 5, 1891.] |
| By Mrs. E. G. White. |
| (Continued.) |
| Brethren and sisters, with the increased light that has shone upon you at this meeting, will you go home to be more faithful in your Christian life? Meetings have been held every day to instruct your children as to how to give their hearts to Jesus, how to live in a manner that will be acceptable to God. They have been instructed that if they repent of their sins, Jesus will forgive them, and cleanse them from all unrighteousness. Who will carry forward the good work that has been begun? Day by day these children need instruction as to how to follow the Lord. Will you pray for them and teach them, and lead them in the way of righteousness? Will you teach your little ones of the love of God which led him to give his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth on him should not perish, but have everlasting life? {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 1} |
| THOSE WHO WOULD BE SUCCESSFUL IN WINNING SOULS TO CHRIST, MUST CARRY WITH THEM THE DIVINE INFLUENCE OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. But how little is known concerning the operation of the Spirit of God. How little has been said of the importance of being endowed by the Holy Spirit, and yet it is through the agency of the Holy Spirit that men are to be drawn to Christ, and through its power alone can the soul be made pure. The Saviour said: “And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment.” {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 2} |
| Christ has promised the gift of the Holy Spirit to his church, but how little is this promise appreciated. How seldom is its power felt in the church; how little is its power spoken of before the people. The Saviour has said: “Ye shall receive power after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me.” With the reception of this gift, all other gifts would be ours; for we are to have this gift according to the plentitude of the riches of the grace of Christ, and he is ready to supply every soul according to the capacity to receive. Then let us not be satisfied with only a little of this blessing, only that amount which will keep us from the slumber of death, but LET US DILIGENTLY SEEK FOR THE ABUNDANCE OF THE GRACE OF GOD. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 3} |
| God grant that his converting power may be felt throughout this large assembly. O, that the power of God may rest upon the people. WHAT WE NEED IS DAILY PIETY. WE NEED TO SEARCH THE SCRIPTURES DAILY, TO PRAY EARNESTLY THAT BY THE POWER OF THE HOLY SPIRIT GOD MAY FIT EVERY ONE OF US UP TO WORK IN OUR PLACE IN HIS VINEYARD. No one is prepared to educate and strengthen the church unless he has received the gift of the Holy Spirit. No minister is prepared to labor intelligently for the salvation of souls, unless he is endowed by the Holy Spirit, unless he is feeding on Christ, and has an intense hatred of sin. There are some who are regarded as laborers together with God, who have no connection with God, and are sinning against him. They are not led by Christ; another is their captain. They do not wait upon the Lord, and renew their strength in Christ; they have no burden for souls. What kind of account will these false shepherds have to meet in the judgment? What will they have to say to justify their inefficient, unconsecrated lives? What excuse can they render to the God of heaven? Was there not a sufficient sacrifice made in their behalf, that they might become partakers of the divine nature, and escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust? WE ARE TO MAKE INTELLIGENT WORK FOR ETERNITY. THIS IS THE OBJECT FOR WHICH WE SHOULD LABOR. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 4} |
| I HAVE NO SPECIFIC TIME OF WHICH TO SPEAK WHEN THE OUTPOURING OF THE HOLY SPIRIT WILL TAKE PLACE,–WHEN THE MIGHTY ANGEL WILL COME DOWN FROM HEAVEN, AND UNITE WITH THE THIRD ANGEL IN CLOSING UP THE WORK FOR THIS WORLD; MY MESSAGE IS THAT OUR ONLY SAFETY IS IN BEING READY FOR THE HEAVENLY REFRESHING, HAVING OUR LAMPS TRIMMED AND BURNING. Christ has told us to watch; “for in such an hour as ye think not, the Son of man cometh.” “Watch and pray” is the charge that is given us by our Redeemer. DAY BY DAY WE ARE TO SEEK THE ENLIGHTENMENT OF THE SPIRIT OF GOD, THAT IT MAY DO ITS OFFICE WORK UPON THE SOUL AND CHARACTER. O, how much time has been wasted through giving attention to trifling things. Repent and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 5} |
| We now call upon you to GIVE YOURSELVES TO THE SERVICE OF GOD. Too long have you given your powers to the service of Satan, and have been slaves to his will. GOD CALLS UPON YOU TO BEHOLD THE GLORY OF HIS CHARACTER, THAT BY BEHOLDING, YOU MAY BECOME CHANGED INTO HIS IMAGE. There are many who have not an experimental knowledge of God or of the Lord Jesus Christ, whom he hath sent. Christ came into the world because men did not have a correct knowledge of the character of God, and he came to reveal the Father. He said: “Neither knoweth any man the Father, but the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal him.” Jesus came to reveal to the world the love and goodness of God. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 6} |
| It was thought that Solomon knew God. In a dream the Lord appeared unto Solomon, and said unto him: “Ask what I shall give thee.” And Solomon said: “Give therefore thy servant an understanding heart to judge thy people, that I may discern between good and bad: for who is able to judge this thy so great a people?” And the Lord gave Solomon wisdom and riches and power and influence, and Solomon served the Lord for a time. At the dedication of the temple, Solomon prayed unto the Lord, and blessed the people, saying, “Blessed be the Lord, that hath given rest unto his people Israel, according to all that he promised: there hath not failed one word of all his good promise, which he promised by the hand of Moses his servant. The Lord our God be with us, as he was with our fathers: let him not leave us, nor forsake us: that he may incline our hearts unto him, to walk in all his ways, and to keep his commandments, and his statutes, and his judgments, which he commanded our fathers. And let these my words, wherewith I have made supplication before the Lord, be nigh unto the Lord our God day and night, that he maintain the cause of his servant, and the cause of his people Israel at all times, as the matter shall require: that all the people of the earth may know that the Lord is God, and that there is none else.” {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 7} |
| But although Solomon had had great light, he became lifted up in himself, and imagined that he was wise enough to keep himself, so he separated from God. Then he made alliances with the heathen nations around him, and married idolatrous women, and bowed at pagan shrines, and worshiped after the manner of the heathen. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 8} |
| He forgot the benefits that God has bestowed upon him; he forsook the sacred temple of the Lord, but he afterwards repented, and turned from his evil ways. But did Solomon know God when he was doing according to the ways of idolaters?–No; he had forgotten the rich experience of his youth and the prayers he had made in the temple. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 9} |
| The True Witness speaks to us today, and says, “I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” The Lord wants you to set things in order in your families, and to come back to your first love. He says, “Except thou repent, I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place.” The candlestick was removed out of its place when Solomon forgot God. He lost the light of God, he lost the wisdom of God, he confounded idolatry with religion. The Saviour declares, “Ye cannot serve God and mammon,” and every one of you who persists in sinning against God when you have had such great light, will be lost, “except thou repent.” DO YOU IMAGINE THAT YOU CAN GIVE THE THIRD ANGEL’S MESSAGE TO THE WORLD WHILE YOU ARE STILL CARNAL AND CORRUPT, WHILE YOUR CHARACTERS ARE STILL SINFUL? “No man putteth a piece of new cloth unto an old garment; for that which is put in to fill it up taketh from the garment, and the rent is made worse.” Unless your HEARTS ARE EMPTIED OF SIN EVERY DAY, unless you are SANCTIFIED THROUGH THE TRUTH, you would better not touch the message of God. You cannot cleanse yourselves, but BY COMING TO JESUS IN HUMILITY, IN CONTRITION, SURRENDERING YOURSELVES TO GOD, THROUGH THE MERITS OF CHRIST’S RIGHTEOUSNESS you may have an experience in the things of God, and taste of the powers of the world to come. YOU THEN WILL HAVE FRUIT UNTO LIFE ETERNAL. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 10} |
| Christ says, “If ye keep my commandments, ye shall abide in my love.” “O,” you may say, “I do keep the commandments.” Do you? Saul came to meet Samuel, and when reproved, he declared, “I have kept the commandments of the Lord.” Do you carry out the principles of God’s commandments in your home in your family? Do you never manifest rudeness, unkindness, and impoliteness in the family circle? If you do manifest unkindness at your home, no matter how high may be your profession, you are breaking God’s commandments. No matter how much you may preach the commandments to others, if you fail to manifest the love of Christ to others in your home life, you are a transgressor of the law. But if the grace of Christ appears in your life, you will be in a position to glorify God, and to manifest Christ to others. But do you think that that man who goes from the sacred desk to indulge in jesting and joking, and in all manner of trifling conversation, is a representative of Christ to the world? Has he the law of God in his heart?–No. His heart is filled with self-love, self-importance, and he makes it manifest that he has no correct estimate of sacred things. His conduct is the product of his thoughts, showing just what is in the heart. Christ is not there, and he does not go weighted with the spirit of the solemn message of truth for this time. An exhibition of this character clearly proves that the man does not know God, and has not been intrusted with the solemn work which he does not understand or appreciate. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 11} |
| If the minister had a realizing sense of the presence of God, would he conduct himself in this way? He had great light, and had taken upon himself the sacred responsibility of a minister of God, and yet he acts as carelessly as if he was an unbeliever. His actions make it evident that he has as much realization of the presence of God as had Belshazzar when he drank from the sacred vessels from the house of the Lord, praising the gods of gold and silver. The mighty men and the lords of the kingdom were assembled, and they ate and drank, and had a jovial time, but the True Witness was there, and their profanity was recorded in the books of heaven. In the midst of their revelry, a bloodless hand appeared, tracing mysterious characters upon the wall of the palace, and their godless mirth was checked, and terror and despair took its place. They inquired for some one who could interpret the writing, and Daniel, the prophet of God, was called to the banquet room, and the servant of the Lord was able to decipher the writing, and interpret the meaning of the words. “This is the interpretation of the thing: Mene; God hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it. Tekel; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting. Peres; Thy kingdom is divided and given to the Medes and Persians.” {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 12} |
| The same Witness that recorded the profanity of Belshazzar is present with us wherever we go. Young man, young woman, you may not realize that God is looking upon you; you may feel that you are at liberty to act out the impulses of the natural heart, that you may indulge in lightness and trifling, but for all these things you must give an account. As you sow, you will reap, and if you are taking the foundation from your house, robbing your brain of its nutriment, and your nerves of their power by dissipation and indulgence of appetite and passion, you will have an account to render to him who says, “I know thy works.” {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 13} |
| IF YOU KNEW GOD, IF YOU WERE TRULY CONVERTED, YOU WOULD NOT TAKE PLEASURE IN SINFUL THINGS. THE FEAR OF GOD WOULD BE UPON YOU, and as you looked to Calvary, the hateful character of transgression would be revealed to you, and you would see the great love wherewith God has loved you, and you would not have a disposition to sin. But how would it be with many of you who have dared to handle sacred things with unclean hands and with defiled souls, should the trumpet sound today? How would it be with some of you, should you be called to render up your account at the judgment seat of Christ today? I ask, What would be your condition if Christ should leave the holy place today, and probation should close, and Christ should come? That time is soon to come, though we know not the day or the hour. {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 14} |
| THE TIMES AND THE SEASONS ARE KNOWN ONLY TO GOD, but we are each to know that it is well with our souls, that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. We are to know that our Redeemer liveth, and that we will be among that number who shall hear the voice of Christ, who will be gathered by the angels of God, and caught up to meet the Lord in the air. |
| (Concluded next week.) {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 15} |
| April 5, 1892 “It Is Not for You to Know the Times and the Seasons.” |
| [SERMON AT LANSING, MICH., SEPT. 5, 1891.] |
| By Mrs. E. G. White. |
| (Concluded.) |
| We would ask you what time have you set in which you have determined to give your heart to God without reserve? What time have you set for seeking for perfection of character through faith in the righteousness of Christ? Is it tomorrow? Tomorrow you may be cold in death. Is it next week? Next week your hands may be folded across your breast, and your eyes may be sealed in their last sleep, and it may be too late for you to perfect a character for heaven. I want to ask our ministers, What kind of character do you think the Lord will accept in his kingdom? Do you know God, and Jesus Christ whom he hath sent? Is the love of God abiding in your souls? Are you dwelling in Christ, and Christ in you? If you are, you are safe; but if you are not, there is no safety for you. Do not allow your minds to be diverted from the all-important theme of the righteousness of Christ by the study of theories. Do not imagine that the performance of ceremonies, the observance of outward forms, will make you an heir of heaven. We want to keep the mind steadfastly to the point for which we are working; for it is now the day of the Lord’s preparation, and we should yield our hearts to God, that they may be softened and subdued by the Holy Spirit. {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 1} |
| “Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you.” But when the Holy Spirit is in the heart, the minister will manifest it to others by his godly life and holy conversation. Do you think that the minister who has no burden for souls is fit for the sacred office to which he has been ordained?–No; he does not know what it means to keep his own soul in the love of God. The minister should realize that souls are the purchase of the blood of Christ, ransomed at an infinite cost. Can the minister who is standing under the shadow of Calvary engage in jesting and joking, and indulge his carnal propensities? Would such a one be a safe guide for the flock of God? Would he not cause them to stumble? He would cause them to stumble; for he would not discern between the sacred and the common, and eternity would be lost out of his reckoning. {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 2} |
| WE SHOULD ALL REALIZE THAT AN ANGEL IS WRITING EVERY WORD AND ACTION IN THE BOOK OF RECORD, AND THE THINGS DONE IN SECRET ARE TO BE PROCLAIMED UPON THE HOUSETOP. WHAT WE NEED IN THIS TIME OF PERIL IS A CONVERTED MINISTRY. WE NEED MEN WHO REALIZE THEIR SOUL POVERTY, AND WHO WILL EARNESTLY SEEK FOR THE ENDOWMENT OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. A PREPARATION OF HEART IS NECESSARY THAT GOD MAY GIVE US HIS BLESSING, but this heart work is not done. O, when will the ministry awake to the solemn responsibilities that are laid upon them, and earnestly plead for heavenly power? It is the Holy Spirit that must give edge and power to the discourse of the minister, or his preaching will be as destitute of the righteousness of Christ as was the offering of Cain. Both ministers and people need to open the door to Christ. He says, “Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me.” Thank God for that promise, for it is given to those who have made mistakes and failures. Jesus says, “As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent.” May God help us to do this work in sincerity and in contrition of soul. {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 3} |
| When ministers enter the desk, they should do so feeling their dependence upon God, that they may work out their own salvation with fear and trembling, and all the glory should be given to God; for it is God that worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure. This is the co-operation that God requires. What is the trouble that the flock of the Lord is sickly and ready to die? Why is it that spiritual food is not supplied? Are the ministers of the Lord eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God? Jesus says, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you. . . . It is the spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” My heart is drawn out to the hungry flock in Michigan, and you who have not fed on the living Bread, who have not drank of the healing streams of salvation, and do not know where to lead the flock of God that they may find refreshment, for Christ’s sake, do not try to minister in the sacred desk, until you have an experience in the things of God. Jesus prayed, “Sanctify them through thy truth: thy word is truth.” When the word of God is in the heart, it exerts a sanctifying influence over the character, and men are brought into harmony with God. If truth and light are in the heart, you will bring love and light and blessing to the churches. You will not be as shadows casting the gloom of unbelief and darkness upon the people. Jesus wants to take your hand, and lead you, and will you not give yourselves to him? Talk of what Jesus did, how he left his glory, and came to seek and to save that which was lost. {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 4} |
| If God has sent you to preach, he has provided that you shall go weighted with the graces of the Spirit of God, and with a message of truth that will be as meat in due season to the hungry flock of God. You will realize that you are standing between the living and the dead, and that you are a spectacle unto the world, to angels, and to men. THE MINISTER IS TO REVEAL CHRIST, NOT TO EXHIBIT HIMSELF TO THE PEOPLE. Youth is not to be urged as an excuse for lightness and trifling; for the apostle exhorts that young men be sober-minded, and remember that they are to render an account to God for the influence they exert. Young men, if you have had no special sense of sin, if you are possessed of a spirit of trifling, do not seek to minister in the sacred desk, and jeopardize your own soul and the souls of others, and leave the impression on the world that you are representatives of the solemn truth for this time. Unless Jesus is formed within, the hope of glory, you will be a curse and not a blessing to the congregation, for the minister cannot bring the people to a higher standard than that which he himself reaches. But those who sincerely repent and turn to the Lord, will find in him a personal Saviour. He is able to save to the uttermost all that come unto God by him. He will save you from yourself, from every defilement, from all your foolishness. You are to believe in him, to “trust in the living God, who is the Saviour of all men, specially of those that believe.” When you love Jesus, you will not grieve him by indulging sin in yourself; for you will realize that he came not to save you in your sins, but from your sins. John says, “If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 5} |
| Those whom God has called to the ministry are to give evidence by the influence they exert, that they are fit for the holy calling in which they are found. Paul writes, “Be thou an example of the believers.” Then shall young ministers be excused for their lightness and trifling? Shall the church be expected to listen to their words, to receive their testimony, when their example misrepresents the character of Christ, and leads away from the path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in? What can we think of churches that will listen to the testimony of men who have no power in prayer, no fervency in their devotion, no freedom in personal labor for souls? The Lord has commanded, “Be ye holy in all manner of conversation.” “Take heed unto thyself, and unto the doctrine; continue in them; for in doing this thou shalt both save thyself, and them that hear thee.” The proof of the minister’s call to preach the gospel is seen in his example and work. God desires men in the ministry who will esteem highly the things which he esteems, and preserve the sanctity of truth, and not do as did Nadab and Abihu. They discerned not the difference between the sacred and the common. Their senses were blunted with indulgence in wine, and they offered strange fire before the Lord. They did not realize the sacredness of the work in which they were engaged. There are some now who profess to be ministers of the Lord who talk of the things of God as they would talk of some business transaction. O, WE NEED THE HEAVENLY ENLIGHTENMENT OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. THE CHURCHES WILL NEVER BECOME THE LIGHT OF THE WORLD UNLESS THEY TURN UNTO THE LORD TO SERVE HIM WITH FULL PURPOSE OF HEART. {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 6} |
| The people of God are called to be the light of the world, a city that is set upon a hill, not to be hidden; and if the church is ever to fulfill its divine mission, we must be filled with the love of Jesus. Our hearts must be so full of his matchless grace that when we meet each other, we shall take our brethren by the hand, and say, “Hear what the Lord hath done for my soul.” Our minds must be stayed upon God until, by beholding, we shall become changed into the same image. Then we shall talk of the power of God, of the goodness and mercy and love of our heavenly Father; and as we talk of the matchless charms of our divine Redeemer, our hearts will be melted and subdued by the Holy Spirit, and those around us will behold us, and know that we have been with Jesus and learned of him. {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 7} |
| Then if one comes among you professing to be a preacher of righteousness, who mingles with the truth words of foolishness and jesting, who carries no burden for souls, take him aside, and in the spirit of love and meekness, tell him that he cannot feed the church of God when he himself does not know what it means to feed on the bread of life. Let the father plead that he is seeking to follow the example of Abraham, and commanding his children and his household to keep the way of the Lord. Let the mother urge that a right example be given to her children. Let trifling and joking be banished from the conversation of the minister, but let his speech be seasoned with grace; let the light and love of Jesus shine in his example and precept, that souls may be won for the Master. {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 8} |
| Follow the instruction of the word of God, in dealing with your ministering brethren. Paul says, “Rebuke not an elder, but entreat him as a father, and the younger men as brethren.” THERE MAY BE OCCASION TO SPEAK OF THEIR ERRORS TO THOSE WHO HAVE LONG BEEN IN THE MINISTRY, BUT LET IT BE DONE AS A MATTER OF ENTREATY, AND NOT REBUKE. The younger ministers are to be treated as brethren, and may God help us that we may help one another. We must have a living connection with God. We must be clothed with power from on high by the baptism of the Holy Spirit, that we may reach a higher standard; for there is help for us in no other way. {The Review and Herald, April 5, 1892 par. 9} |
| Conclusions |
| Psalm 19:1-4 must prioritise as it is God’s Word. See PART A – Main Subject [Sub-Heading 5] |
| Ellen G. White gave the above as a SERMON – it was not given while she was in vision even though various statements relate to earlier vision findings. |
| Technically, her THE TIMES AND THE SEASONS ARE KNOWN ONLY TO GOD statement {The Review and Herald, March 29, 1892 par. 15} is incorrect – both God and Jesus being aware. |
| AGAIN AND AGAIN HAVE I BEEN WARNED IN REGARD TO TIME-SETTING. THERE WILL NEVER AGAIN BE A MESSAGE FOR THE PEOPLE OF GOD THAT WILL BE BASED ON TIME. WE ARE NOT TO KNOW THE DEFINITE TIME EITHER FOR THE OUTPOURING OF THE HOLY SPIRIT OR FOR THE COMING OF CHRIST. {The Review and Herald, March 22, 1892 par. 7} |
| This statement, from all the capitalised statements within Ellen’s sermon, is the ONLY ONE where, perhaps, there is direct confliction with knowing in advance the time for the Second Coming. |
| Yes, human speculative time setting has occurred – hence the warning. The time for the outpouring of the Holy Spirit – this we do not know. WE ARE NOT TO KNOW THE DEFINITE TIME … FOR THE COMING OF CHRIST – it is this portion of recorded text that yields the confliction. |
| Many of Ellen G. White’s public sermons and talks were recorded by stenographers. Stenographers historically used shorthand or specialised chorded keyboards to document rapid dialogue in real-time. Because she did not write her sermons in advance or read them from a script, stenographers were utilised to capture her spoken messages at camp meetings and church services. Historians and the Ellen G. White Estate note that stenographers’ reports are not always verbatim. The transcriptions reflect the individual stenographer’s shorthand speed, interpretation, and subsequent editing before publication, meaning they capture her message (“something very like” what she said) rather than her exact words. |
| It is therefore quite probable that while her first statement WE ARE NOT TO KNOW THE DEFINITE TIME [either] FOR THE OUTPOURING OF THE HOLY SPIRIT was correctly recorded, the follow-on and implied WE ARE NOT TO KNOW the time FOR THE COMING OF CHRIST has led to a misquote. Alternatively, Ellen may have given her own understanding regarding this matter bearing in mind that she was aware of Matthew 24:36/Mark 13:32. |
| By parallel example, Ellen G. White anticipated that Christ’s Return would be in her lifetime. While she initially expected Christ’s return to happen very quickly, she later taught that the delay was caused by the church’s failure to adequately spread the gospel and live in total obedience. |
| https://www.godswordexplained.com/?page_id=2592 |
| End Time Events |
| An amalgamation from the Spirit of Prophecy books of: |
| HP – In Heavenly Places (1967), Mar – Maranatha (1976), LDE – Last Day Events (1992), DD – Darkness Before Dawn (1997), CTr – Christ Triumphant (1999), Hvn – Heaven (2003) and HB – Homeward Bound (2015). |
| For this documentation, click the following link: |
| https://9112037.com/?page_id=99 |